LEF-Ee EU PDF

Electric Actuator ®
Slider Type RoHS
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type
Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Size: 16, 25, 32, 40
Max. work load: 65 kg Max. speed: 1200 mm/s

Positioning repeatability: ±0.015 mm
Clean room specification also available Clean room specification
Motor top/ 11-LEFS
parallel type
Belt Drive Series LEFB Size: 16, 25, 32
Max. stroke:2000 mm
Max. speed: 2000 mm/s
AC Servo Motor Type

∗ Not applicable to UL.
Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Size: 25, 32, 40
Positioning repeatability: ± 0.01

mm (High precision type)
Improved high speed transfer ability Max. speed: 1500
mm/s
2
High acceleration/deceleration: 20000 mm/s
Pulse input type Clean room specification
With internal absolute encoder (For LECSB/C/S) Motor top/ 11-LEFS
Clean room specification also available parallel type
Belt Drive Series LEFB Size: 25, 32, 40

Max. stroke: 3000 mm
Max. acceleration/deceleration: 20000 mm/s 2
Motor bottom mounting type

Motor bottom mounting type also available
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Controller/Driver AC Servo Motor Driver ∗ Not applicable to UL.
Servo Motor (24 VDC) For absolute encoder For Incremental encoder
Pulse input type Pulse input type/
Step data input type Fieldbus compatible Network Series LECSB Positioning type
Series LECP6/LECA6 Series JXC 1
CC-Link direct input type Series LECSA
Series JXC92/93
Step data input type Series LECSC
Series JXC73/83 SSCNET # type
Series LECSS
Programless type
Series LECP1
SSCNET #/H type
Series LECSS-T
Pulse input type MECHATROLINK type
Series LECPA Series LECY
Series LEF
CAT.EUS100-87Ee-UK
Series LEF
Compact Easy mounting of the body/Reduction in installation labour
Height/width dimensions reduced by approx.
∗ Compared with SMC LJ1 series
50 % Possible to mount the
80 main body without
(Work load: 10 kg)
removing the external
cover etc.
40
90
Equipped with seal bands as standard
40
Covers the guide, ball screw and belt.
Prevents grease from splashing and
external foreign matter from entering.
LJ1H10 LEFS16
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)

Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS Size: 16, 25, 32, 40
Max. speed [mm/s]∗

Model Lead [mm]
Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
LEFS16 — 10 5 500 (For lead 10)
LEFS25 20 12 6 700 (For lead 20)
LEFS32 24 16 8 1000 (For lead 24)
LEFS40 30 20 10 1200 (For lead 30)
Motor parallel type available!
∗ Except LECPA
Max. work load: kg65 Motor mounting position can be selected
from two directions (Right or Left).
Top surface of table and motor are level.
Workpiece
Positioning repeatability: ± 0.02 mm
Right side
Positioning pin hole parallel
Table
Left side parallel

Slider type with
lower height
Height
Size Height [mm]

Non-magnetizing lock mechanism
(Option)
16 40
Ball screw Drop prevention in case of
25 48
power failure (Maintained)∗
32 60 ∗ The belt drive actuator LEFB cannot be used
vertically for applications.
40 68
Compatible motors Step motor

Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Work load
Servo motor
Ideal for transfer of high load at a
low speed
Servo motor (24 VDC)
Height
Stable at a high speed and silent

operation
Speed
Slider type with
lower height
Belt Drive/Series LEFB Size: 16, 25, 32
Max. stroke:2000 mm
Belt
1
Electric Actuator/Slider Type
AC Servo Motor
Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS Size: 25, 32, 40
Max. speed [mm/s]

Model Lead [mm]
AC servo motor
LEFS25 20 12 6 1500
LEFS32 24 16 8 1500
LEFS40 30 20 10 1500
High output motor (100/200/400 W) AC servo motor
Improved high speed transfer ability

Motor parallel type available!
Work load
Step motor
High acceleration/deceleration Motor mounting position can be selected from two
directions (Right or Left).
compatible: 20000 mm/s2
Servo motor
Pulse input type
With internal absolute encoder Speed
(For LECSB/C/S)
Belt Drive/Series LEFB Size: 25, 32, 40
Max. speed: 2000 mm/s A workpiece does not interfere with the motor.
Max. stroke: 3000 mm

Max. acceleration/deceleration: 20000 mm/s 2
Workpiece
Motor bottom mounting type
Clean room specification Support Guide/Series LEFG

A support guide is designed to support work pieces with
Ball Screw Drive/Series 11-LEFS significant overhang.
• As the dimensions are the same as the LEF series body, installation
∗1 is simple and contributes to a reduction in installation and assembly
ISO Class 4 (ISO14644-1)! labour.
• The standard equipped seal bands prevent grease from splashing
• Built-in vacuum piping and external foreign matter from entering.
• Possible to mount the main body without removing the
external cover etc. Application example
• Body-integrated linear guide specification
∗1 Changes depending on the suction flow rate.
Refer to page 33 for details. LEF (Drive side)
Vacuum port
Caution Support guide
Va c u u m s u c t i o n After installing the actuator on

minimizes external Vacuum the drive side, perform the
particle generation suction alignment of the support guide.
from the ball screw However, when the mounting
and guide. flatness exceeds 0 . 1 , install a
floating mechanism separately
on the workpiece installation
surface (table). For details, refer to page 259.
2
Series LEF
Application Examples
Precise positioning Load and unload transfer of
of work pieces work pieces
Series Variations
Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS
Lead
Type Size∗1 Stroke [mm]∗2
[mm]
5
16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
10
6
25 12 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800
Step motor
(Servo/24 VDC) 20
8
∗3
Clean room compatible 32 16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000
24
10
40 20 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1100, 1200
30
5
Servo motor 16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
(24 VDC) 10
6
∗3
Clean room compatible 25 12 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800
20
6
25 12 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800
20
AC servo motor 8
∗3 32 16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000
Clean room compatible 24
10
40 20 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1100, 1200
30
∗1 The size corresponds to the bore of the air cylinder with an equivalent force (for the ball screw drive).
∗2 Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
∗3 For clean room specification, refer to pages 49 and 167. Except lead 20, 24, 30 mm
Belt Drive/Series LEFB

Equivalent lead
Type Size∗1 Stroke [mm]∗2
[mm]
16 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000
Step motor
25 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
(Servo/24 VDC)
32 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
Servo motor 16 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000

(24 VDC) 25 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
25 54 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, (1100), 1200, (1300), (1400), 1500, (1600), (1700), (1800), (1900), 2000
AC servo motor 32 54 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, (1100), 1200, (1300), (1400), 1500, (1600), (1700), (1800), (1900), 2000, 2500
40 54 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, (1100), 1200, (1300), (1400), 1500, (1600), (1700), (1800), (1900), 2000, 2500, 3000
3
Pick and place Vertical transfer
Work load: Horizontal [kg] Work load: Vertical [kg] Speed [mm/s]
Page
10 20 30 40 50 60 10 20 30 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
25∗3
133∗3
Work load: Horizontal [kg]∗3 Speed [mm/s]

Page
5 10 15 20 25 500 1000 1500 2000
25
∗1 The size corresponds to the bore of the air cylinder with

an equivalent force (for the ball screw drive).
∗2 Please consult with SMC as all non-standard and non-
145 made-to-order strokes.
∗3 The belt drive actuator cannot be used vertically for
applications.
4
Step Data Input Type Series LECP6/LECA6
Simple Setting to Use Straight Away

Easy Mode for Simple Setting Step motor Servo motor
(Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC)
If you want to use it right away, select “Easy Mode.” LECP6 LECA6
<When a PC is used>
Controller setting software
Move jog
Step data setting, test operation,
move jog and move for the
Start testing
constant rate can be set and
operated on one screen.
Step data
setting
Setting of jog Move for the

and speed of the constant rate
constant rate
<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Example of setting the step data Example of checking the operation status
Simple screen without scrolling promotes 1st screen 1st screen
ease of setting and operating.
Pick up an icon from the first screen to
select a function. 2nd screen 2nd screen
Set up the step data Step Axis 1 Monitor Axis 1
and check the monitor Step No. 0 Step No. 1
Posn 123.45 mm
on the second screen. Posn 12.34 mm
Speed 100 mm/s Speed 10 mm/s
Operation status
It can be registered by “SET” after entering the values. can be checked.
Teaching box screen Step Axis 1 Step Axis 1

Data can be set with position Step No. 0 Step No. 1
and speed. (Other conditions Posn 50.00 mm Posn 80.00 mm
are already set.) Speed 200 mm/s Speed 100 mm/s
5
Normal Mode for Detailed Setting
Select normal mode when detailed setting is required.
Step data can be set in detail. Parameters can be set.
Signals and terminal status can be monitored. JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test operation and testing of forced output can be performed.
<When a PC is used>
Controller setting software
Step data setting, parameter
setting, monitor, teaching,
etc., are indicated in different
windows.
Step data
setup window
Parameter
setup window
Monitoring window
Teaching window
<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Menu Axis 1

Step data
Multiple step data can be Parameter Step Axis 1
stored in the teaching box, and Test Step No. Test DRV Axis 1
transferred to the controller. 0 Step No. 1
Main menu screen
Continuous test operation by
Movement MOD Posn 123.45 mm Out mon Axis 1
Stop BUSY[ ]
up to 5 step data. Step data SVRE[ ]
setup screen
Test screen SETON[ ]
Teaching box screen
Monitoring screen
Each function (step data setting,
test, monitor, etc.) can be
selected from the main menu.
The actuator and controller are provided as a set. (They can be ordered separately.)
Confirm that the combination of the controller and the actuator is correct.
<Check the following before use.>
q Check the actuator labell for model number. This matches the controller.
w Check Parallel I/O configuration matches (NPN or PNP).
Actuator Controller
q
q w
6
Fieldbus Network
Fieldbus-compatible
Gateway (GW) Unit
Series LEC-G
Conversion unit for Fieldbus network and LEC serial communication
Applicable Fieldbus protocols:
Two methods of operation

Step data input: Operate using preset step data in the controller.
Numerical data input: The actuator operates using values such as position and speed from the PLC.
Values such as position, speed can be checked on the PLC.
PLC
Fieldbus
network
Gateway
(GW) unit Serial
communication
RS485 Up to 12 controllers
are connectable.
Applicable
Fieldbus protocols
Max. number of
connectable controllers
12 8 5 12
24 VDC Compatible controllers

for gateway unit Series LEC
Power supply
Compatible electric actuators
Electric gripper Electric slide table Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Series LEH Series LES Rod type Slider type Step motor Servo motor
Series LEY Series LEF controller controller
(Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC)
Series LECP6 Series LECA6
Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Rotary table Miniature type Guide rod slider
Series LER Series LEP Series LEL
7
Programless Type Series LECP1
No Programming
Capable of setting up an electric actuator operation without using a PC or teaching box
Step motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
1 Setting position number 2 Setting a stop position 3 Registration LECP1
Setting a registered number Moving the actuator to a stop Registering the stop
for the stop position position using FORWARD and position using SET
Maximum 14 points REVERSE buttons button
Speed/Acceleration
16-level adjustment
Position
number
display Position SET button Speed
selecting adjustment
FORWARD switches
switch
and
REVERSE Acceleration
buttons adjustment
switches
Pulse Input Type Series LECPA

A driver that uses pulse signals to allow positioning at any position.
The actuator can be controlled from the customers’ positioning unit.
Touch panel
Pulse signal
PLC
positioning
Electric actuator
unit
SeriesLEFS/LEFB
Step motor driver (Pulse input type)
Series LECPA
Return-to-origin command signal

Enables automatic return-to-origin action.
With force limit function (Pushing force/Gripping force operation available)

Pushing force/Positioning operation possible by switching signals.
8
Series LECP6/LECA6/LECP1/LECPA
Function
Step data input type Programless type Pulse input type
Item
LECP6/LECA6 LECP1 LECPA
Step data and • Input from controller setting software (PC) • Select using controller operation • Input from controller setting software (PC)
parameter setting • Input from teaching box buttons • Input from teaching box
• Input the numerical value from controller • Direct teaching • No “Position” setting required
setting software (PC) or teaching box • JOG teaching Position and speed set by pulse signal
Step data “position”
setting • Input the numerical value
• Direct teaching
• JOG teaching
Number of step data 64 points 14 points —
∗ ∗
Operation command (I/O signal) Step No. [IN ] input ⇒ [DRIVE] input Step No. [IN ] input only Pulse signal
Completion signal [INP] output [OUT∗] output [INP] output
Setting Items
TB: Teaching box PC: Controller setting software
Easy Normal Step data

mode mode Pulse input type Programless type
Item Contents input type
LECPA LECP1∗
TB PC TB·PC LECP6/LECA6
Movement MOD Selection of “absolute position” and “relative position” Set at ABS/INC Fixed value (ABS)
Speed Transfer speed Set in units of 1 mm/s Select from 16-level
[Position]: Target position No setting required Direct teaching
Position Set in units of 0.01 mm
[Pushing]: Pushing start position JOG teaching
Acceleration/Deceleration Acceleration/deceleration during movement Set in units of 1 mm/s 2
Select from 16-level
Step data Pushing force Rate of force during pushing operation Set in units of 1 % Set in units of 1 % Select from 3-level (weak, medium, strong)
setting
(Excerpt) Trigger LV Target force during pushing operation Set in units of 1 % Set in units of 1 % No setting required (same value as pushing force)
Pushing speed Speed during pushing operation Set in units of 1 mm/s Set in units of 1 mm/s
Moving force Force during positioning operation Set to 100 % Set to (Different values for each actuator) %
Area output Conditions for area output signal to turn ON Set in units of 0.01 mm Set in units of 0.01 mm
Set to (Different values for No setting required
[Position]: Width to the target position Set to 0.5 mm or more
In position each actuator) or more
[Pushing]: How much it moves during pushing (Units: 0.01 mm)
(Units: 0.01 mm)
Stroke (+) + side limit of position ҂ ҂ Set in units of 0.01 mm Set in units of 0.01 mm
Stroke (−) − side limit of position ҂ ҂ Set in units of 0.01 mm Set in units of 0.01 mm
Parameter
setting ORIG direction Direction of the return to origin can be set. ҂ ҂ Compatible Compatible Compatible
(Excerpt)
ORIG speed Speed during return to origin ҂ ҂ Set in units of 1 mm/s Set in units of 1 mm/s
No setting required
ORIG ACC Acceleration during return to origin ҂ ҂ Set in units of 1 mm/s2 Set in units of 1 mm/s
Continuous operation at the Continuous operation at the Hold down MANUAL button
JOG set speed can be tested while set speed can be tested while ( ) for uniform sending
the switch is being pressed. the switch is being pressed. (speed is specified value)
Operation at the set distance Operation at the set distance Press MANUAL button ( )
MOVE ҂ and speed from the current and speed from the current once for sizing operation (speed,
position can be tested. position can be tested. sizing amount are specified values)
Test
Return to ORIG Compatible Compatible Compatible
Operation of the specified

Test drive (Continuous Compatible Not compatible Compatible
step data
operation)
Forced output ON/OFF of the output terminal can be tested. ҂ ҂ Compatible Compatible
Current position, speed,
DRV mon force and the specified step Compatible Compatible
data can be monitored. Not compatible
Monitor
Current ON/OFF status of the
In/Out mon input and output terminal ҂ ҂ Compatible Compatible
can be monitored.
Status Alarm currently being generated can be confirmed. Compatible Compatible Compatible (display alarm group)
ALM
ALM Log record Alarm generated in the past can be confirmed. ҂ ҂ Compatible Compatible
Step data and parameter
File Save/Load can be saved, forwarded ҂ ҂ Compatible Compatible Not compatible
and deleted.
Other Language Can be changed to Japanese or English. Compatible Compatible
: Can be set from TB Ver. 2.∗∗ (The version information is displayed on the initial screen)
∗ Programless type LECP1 cannot be used with the teaching box and controller setting kit.
9
Electric Actuator
System Construction/General Purpose I/O

Provided by customer
Electric actuator/
Slider type
PLC
Power supply for I/O signal

24 VDC Note)
I/O cable Pages 79, 92

Controller type Part no.
LECP6/LECA6 LEC-CN5-
LECP1 (Programless) LEC-CK4-
Controller∗ Page 70
To CN5
Programless type Page 86

LECP1 To CN4
To CN3
Note) The teaching box, controller setting kit and Touch Operator Interface (Provided by customer)
Touch Operator Interface cannot be connected.
GP4501T/GP3500T
Manufactured by Digital Electronics Corp.
Cockpit parts can be

To CN2
downloaded free via
To CN1 the Pro-face website.
Using cockpit parts
Provided by customer Step data input type makes adjustment
Power supply for controller LECP6/LECA6 from the Touch Ope-
24 VDC Note) Page 71 rator Interface possi-
Power supply plug ble.
Note) When conformity to UL is (Accessory)
required, the electric actuator <Applicable cable size>
and controller should be GOT2000 Series
AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
used with a UL1310 Class 2 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
power supply. Sample screens for
Actuator cable∗ monitoring and chang-
G r a p h i c O p e r a t i o n Te r m i n a l
Pages 77, 91
ing the current value
Controller type Standard cable Robotic cable and the set value of
LECP6 (Step data input type) LE-CP--S LE-CP- the electric actuator
LECA6 (Step data input type) — LE-CA- can be downloaded
free via the Mitsubishi
LECP1 (Programless type) LE-CP--S LE-CP-
Electric website.
The ∗ mark: Can be included in the “How to

Order” for the actuator.
Options
Teaching box Page 81 Controller setting kit Page 80

(With 3 m cable) Controller setting kit
LEC-T1-3EG (Communication cable, conversion unit and USB cable are included.)
LEC-W2
Communication cable
(3 m)
Or
USB cable
(A-mini B type)
(0.3 m)
PC
Note) Cannot be used with the programless type (LECP1).
10
Series LEF
System Construction/Pulse Signal

Electric actuator/
Slider type
Page 99
PLC
Current limit resistor
LEC-PA-R-
∗ The current limit resistor Power supply for I/O signal
is used when the pulse
24 VDC Note)
signal output of the posi-
tioning unit is open col-
lector output. For details, Note) W h e n c o n f o r m i t y t o U L i s
refer to page 102. required, the electric actuator
and driver should be used with a
UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Driver∗ Page 93 I/O cable Page 99

Driver type Part no.
LECPA LEC-CL5-
To CN5
To CN4
To CN3
To CN2
To CN1
Provided by customer Pulse input type
Power supply for driver LECPA
24 VDC Note)
Power supply plug (Accessory)
Note) When conformity to UL is <Applicable cable size>
required, the electric AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
actuator and driver should
be used with a UL 1 3 1 0
Class 2 power supply.
Actuator cable∗ Page 98
Driver type Standard cable Robotic cable
LECPA (Pulse input type) LE-CP--S LE-CP-
The ∗ mark: Can be included in the “How to

Order” for the actuator.
Options
Teaching box Page 101 Controller setting software Page 100

(With 3 m cable) Communication cable (With conversion unit)
LEC-T1-3EG and USB cable are included.
LEC-W2
Communication cable
Or
USB cable
(A-mini B type)
PC
11
Electric Actuator
System Construction/Fieldbus Network
Gateway (GW) unit Page 83 Options

PLC
(Provided by customer) Applicable Fieldbus protocols Controller setting software Page 100
CC-Link Ver. 2.0 (Communication cable and USB cable are included.)
Power supply for DeviceNet™ LEC-W2
gateway unit PROFIBUS DP
24 VDC Note 1) EtherNet/IP™
Fieldbus Power supply

network connector To CN4
Power
(Accessory) Communication
supply
cable
Communication
Page 83
connector To CN3
(Accessory)∗
Communication cable ∗ CC-Link Ver. 2.0
USB cable
PC
LEC-CG1- To CN2 (A-mini B type) (Provided by customer)
DeviceNet™
Or
To CN1
Teaching box Page 101
Page 83 (With 3 m cable)
Cable between branches LEC-T1-3JG
LEC-CG2-
Terminating resistor
Branch connector Page 83
connector 120 Ω
LEC-CGD
LEC-CGR
Communication cable Page 83

LEC-CG1-
Controller Page 71 Controller Page 71
Max. number of
Applicable Fieldbus protocols
connectable controllers
CC-Link Ver. 2.0 12
Power supply
To CN4 DeviceNet™ 8
connector
(Accessory) PROFIBUS DP 5
Power supply EtherNet/IP™ 12
connector
(Accessory) To CN1 To CN1 Compatible Controller
Controller input Controller input Step motor controller
(Servo/24 VDC)
Series LECP6
power supply Note 1) power supply Note 1)
Servo motor controller
(24 VDC)
Series LECA6
Note 1) Connect the 0 V terminals for both the

controller input power supply and gateway
unit power supply.
When conformity to UL is required, the
Electric actuator/ electric actuator and controller should be
used with a UL 1 3 1 0 Class 2 power
Slider type supply.
12
Series LEF
AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS
Series LECS List

Compatible motor Application/ Compatible
Control method
(100/200 VAC) Function option
Series
Note 1) Network Note 2) Setup
100 W 200 W 400 W Positioning Pulse direct Synchronous software
input MRC2E
Incremental Type
Up to
7 points
LECSA
(Pulse input type/
Positioning type)
LECSB
(Pulse input type)
Absolute Type
Up to CC-Link
255 points Ver. 1.10
LECSC
(CC-Link direct input type)
SSCNET #
LECSS
(SSCNET # type)
Compatible with Mitsubishi
Electric’s servo system controller network
Note 1) For positioning type, setting needs to be changed to use with maximum set values.
Setup software (MR Configurator2TM) LEC-MRC2E is required.
Note 2) Available when the Mitsubishi motion controller is used for the master equipment.
13
Electric Actuator
Servo adjustment using auto gain tuning
Auto resonant filter function
Speed
Speed
Settling
• Control the difference between time Settling
command value and actual action. time
∗ High-speed positioning is possible
since gains etc., are adjusted
automatically! Time Time
Auto damping control function

• Automatically suppress low
frequency machine vibrations
(up to 100 Hz).
∗ Can be set automatically by auto
tuning.
With display setting function
One-touch adjustment button Display

One-touch servo adjustment Display the monitor,
parameter and alarm.
Display
Display the monitor, Settings
parameter and alarm.
Set parameters and
Settings monitor display, etc.,
Set parameters and with push buttons.
monitor display, etc.,
with push buttons.
LECSA (With the front cover open)
LECSB
Display Display
Display the communication Display the communication
status with the driver, the status with the driver and
alarm and the point table the alarm.
No.
Settings
Settings
Switches for selecting
Control Baud rate, station axis and switching to
number and the occupied (With the front cover open) (With the front cover open)
the test operation
station count. LECSC LECSS
14
Series LEF
System Construction
Incremental encoder compatible Series LECSA Provided by customer Option
(Pulse input type/Positioning type)
Control circuit Setup software Page 198
Main circuit Page 190 power supply
24 VDC (MR Configurator2TM)
Provided by customer power supply Driver
connector LEC-MRC2E
Power supply (Accessory)
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Option Page 197 PC

Control Page 190
Regeneration option circuit power ∗ Order USB cable (LEC-MR-
LEC-MR-RB- supply connector J3USB) separately to use this
(Accessory) software.
Motor cable Page 196

Standard cable Robotic cable USB cable Page 198
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R LEC-MR-J3USB
Lock cable Page 196
Standard cable Robotic cable
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
Option Page 190
Electric actuator I/O connector
Linear guide type LE-CSNA
Ball screw drive Belt drive
Series LEFS Series LEFB
PLC (Positioning unit)
Power supply
Encoder cable Page 196 for I/O signal
Standard cable Robotic cable 24 VDC
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R
Absolute encoder compatible Series LECSB USB cable Page 198 Option
(Pulse input type) Driver LEC-MR-J3USB
Provided by customer Main circuit Page 195
power supply Setup software Page 198
Power supply connector (MR Configurator2TM)
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory) LEC-MRC2E
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Analogue
Option Page 197 monitor
Regeneration option output
PC
LEC-MR-RB- RS-422
∗ Order USB cable (LEC-MR-
communication J 3 USB) separately to use
Motor cable Page 196 this software.
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R Control
Lock cable Page 196 circuit power
supply connector Page 191
(Accessory)
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
Option Page 196
Electric actuator I/O connector
Linear guide type Motor Page 191 LE-CSNB
Ball screw drive Belt drive connector
Series LEFS Series LEFB (Accessory) Provided by
customer
PLC (Positioning unit)
Power supply
for I/O signal
Encoder cable Page 196 Page 198 24 VDC
Standard cable Robotic cable Battery (Accessory)
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R (LEC-MR-J3BAT)
15
Electric Actuator
System Construction
Absolute encoder compatible Series LECSC Driver
(CC-Link direct input type)
Provided by customer Main circuit Page 191 USB cable Page 198 Option
power supply LEC-MR-J3USB
Power supply connector
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory) Setup software Page 198
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) (MR MR Configurator2TM)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) LEC-MRC2E
Option Page 197

RS-422
Regeneration option communication
LEC-MR-RB-
PC
∗ Order USB cable (LEC-MR-J3USB)
Motor cable Page 196 separately to use this software.
Standard cable Robotic cable CC-Link connector
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R
Control circuit Page 191 (Accessory)
power supply connector
Lock cable Page 196 (Accessory)
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
Option Page 196
Electric actuator Motor Page 191 I/O connector
Linear guide type connector LE-CSNA
Ball screw drive Belt drive (Accessory) Provided by
Series LEFS Series LEFB customer
PLC (CC-Link master unit)
Page 198 Power supply
Battery (Accessory) for I/O signal
Encoder cable Page 196 (LEC-MR-J3BAT) 24 VDC
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R
Absolute encoder compatible Series LECSS USB cable Page 198 Option
(SSCNET # type)
LEC-MR-J3USB
Setup software Page 198
Driver (MR MR Configurator2TM)
Provided by customer Main circuit Page 191 LEC-MRC2E
power supply
Power supply connector
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory)
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) PC
∗ Order USB cable (LEC-MR-J3USB)
Option Page 197 separately to use this software.
Regeneration option
LEC-MR-RB-
Option
Motor cable Page 196 I/O connector Page 196
Standard cable Robotic cable LE-CSNS
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R
Control circuit Page 191
Lock cable Page 196 CN1A
(Accessory)
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R CN1B
CN1A
Electric actuator
Linear guide type Motor Page 191
connector Option Page 196
Series LEFS Series LEFB (Accessory) SSCNET #
optical cable Provided
LE-CSS- by
customer
Page 198 PLC (Positioning unit/Motion controller)
Encoder cable Page 196 Battery (Accessory) Power supply

(LEC-MR-J3BAT) for I/O signal
24 VDC
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R
16
Series LEF
System Construction
Absolute encoder compatible Series LECSS-T

Option
(MR Configurator2TM)
Part no.: LEC-MRC2
Main circuit Page 200

Provided by customer power supply connector
(Accessory)
Power supply
Single phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz) Driver PC
Three phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz) ∗ Order USB cable (LEC-MR-J3USB)
separately to use this software.
USB cable Page 206

Option Page 204 Part no.: LEC-MR-J3USB
Regeneration option
Part no.: LEC-MR-RB- CN3
Option
I/O connector Page 202
Part no.: LE-CSNS
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R Option
Control circuit Page 200 STO cable (3 m) Page 206
Lock cable Page 204
Part no.: LEC-MR-D05UDL3M
(Accessory)
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
CN1A
Motor connector Page 200
(Accessory) Option Page 203
SSCNET #
optical cable
Part no.: LE-CSS-
CN1B
CN1A
Battery (Accessory) Page 206

Part no.: (LEC-MR-BAT6V1SET)
Encoder cable Page 202

Standard cable Robotic cable Provided by customer
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R
PLC
(Positioning unit/Motion controller)
Electric actuator Power supply
Slider type High rigidity slider type for I/O signal
Series LEF Series LEJ 24 VDC
Rod type Guide rod type

Series LEY Series LEYG
∗ The LECSS2-T cannot be used with the LEC-MR-SETUP221.
17
SMC Electric Actuators
Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
Ball screw drive Belt drive Ball screw drive Belt drive
Series LEFS Series LEFB Series LEFS Series LEFB
Clean room compatible Clean room compatible
CAT.ES100-87
Series LEFS Series LEFB Series LEFS Series LEFB
Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke
Size Size Size Size
[Kg] [mm] [Kg] [mm] [Kg] [mm] [Kg] [mm]
16 10 Up to 400 16 1 Up to 1000 25 20 Up to 600 25 5 Up to 2000
40 60 Up to 1000
High Rigidity Slider Type AC Servo Motor Guide Rod Slider Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Ball screw drive Belt drive Belt drive
Series LEJS Series LEJB Series LEL
Clean room compatible
CAT.ES100-104 CAT.E102
Series LEL25M Series LEL25L

Series LEJS Series LEJB Sliding bearing Ball bushing bearing
Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke
Size Size Size Size
load [Kg] [mm] load [Kg] [mm] load [Kg] [mm] load [Kg] [mm]
40 55 200 to 1200 40 20 200 to 2000 25 3 Up to 1000 25 5 Up to 1000
63 85 300 to 1500 63 30 300 to 3000
Low Profile Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)

Basic type Cam follower guide type Linear guide single axis type Linear guide double axis type
Series LEMB Series LEMC Series LEMH Series LEMHT
CAT.ES100-98
Series LEMB Series LEMC Series LEMH Series LEMHT
Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke
Size Size Size Size
[Kg] [mm] [Kg] [mm] [Kg] [mm] [Kg] [mm]
18
Rod Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Basic type In-line motor type Guide rod type Guide rod type
Series LEY Series LEYD Series LEYG /In-line motor type
Dust/Drip proof compatible Dust/Drip proof compatible Series LEYGD
CAT.E102
Series LEY Series LEYG
Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke

Size Size
[N] [mm] [N] [mm]
16 141 Up to 300 16 141 Up to 200
25 452 Up to 400 25 452 Up to 300
32 707 Up to 500 32 707 Up to 300
40 1058 Up to 500 40 1058 Up to 300
AC Servo Motor
Basic type In-line motor type Guide rod type Guide rod type
Series LEY Series LEYD Series LEYG /In-line motor type
Series LEYGD
Dust/Drip proof compatible Dust/Drip proof compatible
Series LEY Series LEY Series LEYG Series LEYG
Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke
Size Size Size Size
[N] [mm] [N] [mm] [N] [mm] [N] [mm]
25 485 Up to 400 25 485 Up to 400 25 485 25 485
300 300
32 588 Up to 500 32 736 Up to 500 32 588 32 736
63 1910 Up to 800
Slide Table Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Series LES Series LESH
Basic type/R type Symmetrical type/L type Basic type/R type Symmetrical type/L type
Series LESR Series LESL Series LESHR Series LESHL
CAT.E102
Max. work load Stroke In-line motor type/D type Max. work load Stroke In-line motor type/D type
Size Series LESD Size Series LESHD
[Kg] [mm] [Kg] [mm]
8 1 30, 50, 75 8 2 50, 75
30, 50 16 6 50, 100
16 3
75, 100 50, 100
25 9
30, 50, 75 150
25 5
100, 125, 150
Miniature Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Rotary Table Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Rod type Slide table type Basic type High precision type
Series LEPY Series LEPS Series LER Series LERH
CAT.E102 CAT.E102
Series LER
Series LEPY Series LEPS Rotating torque (N·m) Max. speed (°/s)
Size
Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke Basic High torque Basic High torque
Size Size
[Kg] [mm] [Kg] [mm] 10 0.22 0.32
6 1 6 1 25 30 0.8 1.2 420 280
25, 50, 75
10 2 10 2 50 50 6.6 10
19
Gripper Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
2-finger type 2-finger type 2-finger type 3-finger type
Series LEHZ With dust cover Long stroke Series LEHS
Series LEHZJ Series LEHF
CAT.E102
Series LEHZ Series LEHZJ Series LEHF Series LEHS

Max. gripping force [N] Stroke/both Max. gripping force [N] Stroke/both Max. gripping Stroke/both Max. gripping force [N] Stroke/
Size Size Size Size
Basic Compact sides [mm] Basic Compact sides [mm] force [N] sides [mm] Basic Compact diameter [mm]
10 6 4 10 6 4 10 7 16 (32) 10 5.5 3.5 4
14 14
16 8 6 16 8 6 20 28 24 (48) 20 22 17 6
20 10 20 10 32 120 32 (64) 32 90 — 8
40 28 40 28
25 14 25 14 40 180 40 (80) 40 130 — 12
32 130 — 22 Note) ( ): Long stroke
40 210 — 30
Controllers/Driver
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Servo Motor (24 VDC) Programless Type Programless Type
Step Data Input Type Step Data Input Type LECP1
Series (With Stroke Study)
Series LECP6 Series JXC73/83 14 points positioning Series LECP2
Series LECA6 Control panel setting End to end operation
(PC is not required.) similar to an air cylinder
64 points positioning
2 stroke end points +
Input using controller setting
12 intermediate points
kit or teaching box
positioning
Specialized for Series LEM
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Fieldbus-compatible Network Controller/Gateway Unit
Pulse Input Type Series JXC1 Series JXC92 Series JXC93 Series LEC-G
Series LECPA
AC Servo Motor
Pulse Input Type CC-Link SSCNET# Type

Series LECSA Direct Input Type LECSS
Series
Series LECSC
Series LECSB
Absolute encoder (LECSB)
Built-in positioning function (LECSA)
Series LECSA Series LECSB
MECHATROLINK@ Type MECHATROLINK# Type SSCNET#/H Type

LECYM
Series Series LECYU Series LECSS-T
-@ -#
20
Series Variations
Electric Actuator Slider Type Series LEF

Work load (kg) Screw Positioning Controller
Drive Stroke Speed
Specifications Series lead repeatability /Driver Page
method [mm] Horizontal Vertical [mm/s]
[mm] [mm] series
9 (14) 2 10 to 700 10
LEFS16 50 to 500
10 (15) 4 5 to 360 5
10 (12) 0.5 20 to 1100 20
Series
LEFS25 50 to 800 20 (25) 7.5 12 to 750 12
LECP6
20 (30) 15 6 to 400 6
Step motor Series
15 (20) 4 24 to 1200 24
(Servo/24 VDC) LECP1
50 to
Ball LEFS32 1000
40 (45) 10 16 to 800 16
screw Series
In-line motor 45 (50) 20 8 to 520 8
drive ±0.02 LECPA 35
∗1 20 (25) 2 30 to 1200 30
Clean room compatible LEFS40 150 to 1200 50 (55) 2 20 to 1000 20
60 (65) 23 10 to 300 10
7 2 1 to 500 20
Motor parallel LEFS16A 50 to 500
10 4 1 to 250 12
Servo motor Series
5 1 2 to 800 20
(24 VDC) LECA6
LEFS25A 50 to 800 11 2.5 2 to 500 12
18 5 1 to 250 6
LEFB16 300 to 1000 1 48 to 1100 Series
Step motor LECP6
(Servo/24 VDC)
LEFB25 300 to 2000 5 — 48 to 1400 48
Belt Series
LEFB32 300 to 2000 14 48 to 1500 ±0.08 LECP1 61
drive
Servo motor LEFB16A 300 to 1000 1 Series
— 5 to 2000 48
(24 VDC) LEFB25A 300 to 2000 2 LECA6
∗1 Except lead 20, 24, 30 mm
∗2 Values in brackets for LECPA.
Controller/Driver LEC
Power Parallel I/O Number of

Compatible
Type Series supply positioning Page
motor Input Output
voltage pattern points
Step motor
LECP6 (Servo/24 VDC) 11 inputs 13 outputs
Step data 24 VDC
(Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler 64
input type ±10 %
Servo motor isolation) isolation)
LECA6 (24 VDC)
LECP6 LECA6
70
6 inputs 6 outputs
Programless Step motor 24 VDC
type
LECP1 (Servo/24 VDC) ±10 %
(Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler 14
isolation) isolation)
5 inputs 9 outputs
Pulse input Step motor 24 VDC
type
LECPA (Servo/24 VDC) ±10 %
(Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler —
isolation) isolation)
LECP1 LECPA
21
Series Variations
Electric Actuator Slider Type Series LEF

Work load (kg) Screw Positioning Controller
Drive Stroke Speed
Specifications Series lead repeatability /Driver Page
method [mm] Horizontal Vertical [mm/s]
[mm] [mm] series
10 4 Max.1500 20
LEFS25S 50 to 800 20 8 Max.900 12
20 15 Max.450 6 Series
Ball screw 30 5 Max.1500 24 LECSA
drive 50 to
LEFS32S 40 10 Max.1000 16 ±0.02 Series 151
∗ 1000
Clean room compatible 45 20 Max.500 8 LECSB
AC servo
motor 30 7 Max.1500 30 Series
LEFS40S 150 to 1200 50 15 Max.1000 20 LECSC
60 30 Max.500 10 Series
LEFB25S 300 to 2000 5 LECSS
Belt
LEFB32S 300 to 2500 15 — Max.2000 54 ±0.06 173
drive
LEFB40S 300 to 3000 25
∗ Except lead 20, 24, 30 mm
Driver Series LECS

Power Parallel I/O Number of
Compatible
Type Series supply positioning Page
motor Input Output
voltage pattern points
Pulse input type 6 inputs 4 outputs

(For incremental LECSA (Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler 7
encoder) isolation) isolation)
Pulse input type 100 to 120 10 inputs 6 outputs

LECSA LECSB
(For absolute LECSB VAC (Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler —
encoder) AC servo motor (50/60 Hz) isolation) isolation)
184
CC-Link direct input type (100/200/400 W) 200 to 230 4 inputs 3 outputs
(For absolute LECSC VAC (Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler 255
encoder) (50/60 Hz) isolation) isolation)
SSCNET# type 4 inputs 3 outputs

(For absolute LECSS (Photo-coupler (Photo-coupler —
encoder) isolation) isolation)
LECSC LECSS
22
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Type AC Servo Motor Type
Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type
Electric Actuator/Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Electric Actuator/Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS
Model Selection …………………………………… Page 25 Model Selection …………………………………… Page 133
How to Order ……………………………………… Page 35 How to Order ……………………………………… Page 151
Specifications ……………………………………… Page 37 Specifications ……………………………………… Page 152
Construction ………………………………………… Page 39 Construction ………………………………………… Page 153
Dimensions ………………………………………… Page 41 Dimensions ………………………………………… Page 155
Specific Product Precautions ……………………… Page 165
Electric Actuator/
Ball Screw Drive Series 11-LEFS Clean room specification
Electric Actuator/
Particle Generation Characteristics (Clean Room Specification) …… Page 32 Ball Screw Drive Series 11-LEFS Clean room specification
How to Order ……………………………………… Page 49
Particle Generation Characteristics (Clean Room Specification) …… Page 141
Specifications ……………………………………… Page 51
Model Selection (Clean Room Specification) …… Page 143
Dimensions ………………………………………… Page 53
How to Order ……………………………………… Page 167
Specifications ……………………………………… Page 168
Electric Actuator/ Dimensions ………………………………………… Page 169
Ball Screw Drive Series 25A-LEFS Secondary Battery Compatible
Electric Actuator/
How to Order ……………………………………… Page 57
Ball Screw Drive Series 25A-LEFS Secondary Battery Compatible
Specific Product Precautions ………………………… Page 59
How to Order ……………………………………… Page 172
Specific Product Precautions ……………………… Page 59
Electric Actuator/Belt Drive Series LEFB
Model Selection …………………………………… Page 29
How to Order ……………………………………… Page 61 Electric Actuator/Belt Drive Series LEFB
Specifications ……………………………………… Page 63 Model Selection …………………………………… Page 145
Construction ………………………………………… Page 65 How to Order ……………………………………… Page 173
Dimensions ………………………………………… Page 66 Specifications ……………………………………… Page 174
Specific Product Precautions ………………………… Page 68 Construction ………………………………………… Page 176
Dimensions ………………………………………… Page 178
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)/Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Controller/Driver AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS …… Page 184
Step Data Input Type/Series LECP6/LECA6 …… Page 71 AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECSS-T … Page 199
Controller Setting Kit/LEC-W2 …………………… Page 80
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 …………………………… Page 81 AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECY …… Page 209
Gateway Unit/Series LEC-G ……………………… Page 83
Specific Product Precautions ………………………… Page 207
Programless Controller/Series LECP1 …………… Page 86
Pulse Input Type/Series LECPA …………………… Page 93 Support Guide Series (11-) LEFG
Controller Setting Kit/LEC-W2 …………………… Page 100
Model Selection …………………………………… Page 259
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 …………………………… Page 101
How to Order ……………………………………… Page 262
Direct Input Type Controller/JXC1 …………… Page 104
Dimensions ………………………………………… Page 264
Multi-Axis Step Motor Controller/JXC73/83/92/93 … Page 114
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Type
Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type
AC Servo Motor Type
Electric Actuator/
Support Guide/Ball Screw Drive Series LEFG
How to Order ……………………………………… Page 161
Dimensions ………………………………………… Page 162
23
Electric Actuators
Slider Type
Selection
Model
Servo Motor (24 VDC)/Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS
LEFS
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
Servo Motor (24 VDC)
LEFB
LECA6
LECPA LECP1 LEC-G LECP6
Clean Room Specification Clean Room Specification
Series 11-LEFS Series 11-LEFS
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Secondary Battery
tery Compatible Secondary Battery Compatible
Series 25A-LEFS
LEFS Series 25A-LEFS
LEFS
Support Guide Support Guide
AC Servo Motor
Series LEFG Clean Room Specification
Series 11-LEFG
LEFB
Belt Drive Series LEFB
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) AC Servo Motor

LECY LECSS-T LECS

LEFG
Specific Product
Support Guide
Precautions
Series LEFG
24
Electric Actuator/Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Ball Screw Drive/Series LEFS Belt Drive/Series LEFB
Ball Screw Drive/Series 11-LEFS Clean Room Specification
Model Selection
Selection Procedure
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. Step 2 Check the cycle time. Step 3 Check the allowable moment.
Selection Example
Operating
Workpiece weight: 5 [kg] Workpiece mounting condition:
conditions 30 Lead 6: LEFS25B
Speed: 300 [mm/s] W 25
Work load: W [kg]

Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s2] Lead 12: LEFS25A
100
20
Stroke: 200 [mm]
15
Mounting orientation: Horizontal upward
10 Lead 20:
LEFS25H
5
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Work load graph> (Pages 26 to 28)
0
Select the target model based on the workpiece mass and speed with reference to 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
the <Speed–Work load graph>. Speed: V [mm/s]
Selection example) The LEFS25A-200 is temporarily selected based on the graph <Speed–Work load graph>
shown on the right side. (LEFS25/Step motor)
Step 2 Check the cycle time.

Calculate the cycle time using the Calculation example)
L
Speed: V [mm/s]
following calculation method. T1 to T4 can be calculated as follows.
Cycle time: a1 a2
T can be found from the following equation. T1 = V/a1 = 300/3000 = 0.1 [s],
T3 = V/a2 = 300/3000 = 0.1 [s] Time
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s] [s]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3)
T1: Acceleration time and T3: T2 =
Deceleration time can be obtained V T1 T2 T3 T4
by the following equation. 200 − 0.5 · 300 · (0.1 + 0.1)
= L : Stroke [mm]
300
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
= 0.57 [s]
T4 = 0.2 [s] V : Speed [mm/s]
T2: Constant speed time can be
⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
found from the following equation.
Therefore, the cycle time can be obtained a1: Acceleration [mm/s2]
T2 =
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3)
[s] as follows. ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
V a2: Deceleration [mm/s2]
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4
⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
T4: Settling time varies depending on = 0.1 + 0.57 + 0.1 + 0.2
the conditions such as motor types, = 0.97 [s] T1: Acceleration time [s]
load and in positioning of the step data. Time until reaching the set speed
Therefore, calculate the settling time T2: Constant speed time [s]
with reference to the following value. Time while the actuator is operating
at a constant speed
T4 = 0.2 [s]
T3: Deceleration time [s]
Time from the beginning of the constant
Step 3 Check the guide moment. 2000
speed operation to stop
T4: Settling time [s]
Overhang: L1 [mm]
Mep 1500
1000 mm/s2 Time until in position is completed
m 1000 3000 mm/s2
L1
500
5000 mm/s2
0
0 5 10 15 20
Based on the above calculation result, Work load [kg]
the LEFS25A-200 is selected.
∗ If the step motor and servo motors do not meet your specifications, also consider the AC servo specification (Page 132).
25
Model Selection Series LEF
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Clean Room Specification
Selection
Selection
Model
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)
For Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECP6, LECP1, JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 ∗ The following graph shows the values when moving force is 100 %.
LEFS
LEFS16/Ball Screw Drive
Horizontal Vertical
16 12
14 Lead B
10
LEFB
12
Work load: W [kg]

Work load: W [kg]
8
10 Lead A
8 6
Lead B
6
4
LECA6
4 Lead A
2
2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Speed: V [mm/s] Speed: V [mm/s]

Horizontal Vertical
30 Lead B
20
25 Lead B
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
Lead A 15
20
15
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
10
10 Lead A
Lead H
5
5 Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
50
AC Servo Motor
50 Lead B
40
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
40
Lead A 30
LEFB
30
Lead B
20
20
Lead A
Lead H
10 10 Lead H
LECY LECSS-T LECS
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
70
Lead B 60
60
50
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
50
Lead A 40
40
LEFG
30 30
Lead B
20 Lead H 20
Specific Product
10 Lead A/Lead H
Precautions
10
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
26
Series LEF

For Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECPA, JXC73/83/92/93 ∗ The following graph shows the values when moving force is 100 %.

Horizontal Vertical
12 12
Paso B
10 10
Carga de trabajo: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]

8 Paso A 8
6 6 Lead B
4 4
Lead A
2 2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Velocidad: V [mm/s] Speed: V [mm/s]

Horizontal Vertical
20 Lead B 20
Lead B
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
15 15
10 Lead A 10
Lead H Lead A
5 5 Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
50 50
Lead B
40 40
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
30 Lead A 30 Lead B
20 Lead H 20
Lead A
10 10 Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Horizontal Vertical
60 60
Lead B
50 50
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
40 Lead A 40
30 30 Lead B
Lead H
20 20 Lead A
10 10 Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
27
Selection
Selection
Model
Servo Motor (24 VDC) ∗ The following graph shows the values when moving force is 250 %.
LEFS
LEFS16A/Ball Screw Drive
Horizontal Vertical
12 12
Lead B
10 10
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]

Lead A
LEFB
8 8
6 6
Lead B
4 4
Lead A
LECA6
2 2

0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
LEFS25A/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
20 20
Lead B
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
15 15
Lead A
10 10
Lead H Lead B
5 5 Lead A
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Lead H
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECP6, LECP1, JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECPA, JXC73/83/92/93
LEFB/Belt Drive ∗ When moving force is 100 % LEFB/Belt Drive ∗ When moving force is 100 %
LEFS
Horizontal Horizontal
20 14
AC Servo Motor
LEFB32
18 LEFB32
16 12
Work load: W [kg]
Work load: W [kg]
14 10
12
LEFB25 8
LEFB
10
8 6 LEFB25
6 4
4
2 LEFB16 2 LEFB16
LECY LECSS-T LECS
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 0 500 1000 1500 2000
LEFB/Belt Drive ∗ When moving force is 250 %
Horizontal
10
8
Work load: W [kg]
LEFG
LEFB25
Specific Product
2
Precautions
LEFB16
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Speed: V [mm/s]
28
Series LEF
∗ This graph shows the amount of allowable overhang (guide unit) when the centre of gravity of the
workpiece overhangs in one direction. When selecting the overhang, refer to "Calculation of Guide
Dynamic Allowable Moment Load Factor" or the Electric Actuator Selection Software for confirmation, http://www.smc.eu
Acceleration/Deceleration 1000 mm/s2 3000 mm/s2

Orientation
Load overhanging direction Model

m : Work load [kg]
Me: Dynamic allowable moment [N·m]
L : Overhang to the work load centre of gravity [mm] LEF16 LEF25 LEF32 LEF40
2000 2000 2000 2000
1500 1500 1500 1500

L1
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
1000 1000 1000 1000
X
500 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg] Work load [kg] Work load [kg] Work load [kg]
1000 1000 1000 1000
Horizontal/Bottom
800 800 800 800

L2
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
600 600 600 600
Mer Y 400 400 400 400

m
200 200 200 200
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 2000
Mep 1500 1500 1500 1500

L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
m
L3 1000 1000 1000 1000
Z
500 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 2000
1500 1500 1500 1500

L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4
1000 1000 1000 1000
X
500 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2000 2000 2000 2000
Mey 1500 1500 1500 1500

L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
m
1000 1000 1000 1000
Wall
L5 Y
500 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000 1000
800 800 800 800

L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 600 600 600 600
Z 400 400 400 400
200 200 200 200
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
29
Selection
Selection
Model
LEFS
Acceleration/Deceleration 1000 mm/s2 3000 mm/s2
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
L : Overhang to the work load centre of gravity [mm] LEF16 LEF25 LEF32 LEF40
1500 1500 1500 1500
LEFB
1000 1000 1000 1000
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
Y
LECA6
500 500 500 500
m
Mey
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Vertical
L7 Work load [kg] Work load [kg] Work load [kg] Work load [kg]
1500 1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000 1000

L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
Z
500 500 500 500
m
Mep
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
L8
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Calculation of Guide Load Factor
1. Decide operating conditions. Mounting orientation
Model: LEFS/LEFB Acceleration [mm/s2]: a
Size: 16/25/32/40 Work load [kg]: m 1. Horizontal z 3. Wall y
Mounting orientation: Horizontal/Bottom/Wall/Vertical Work load centre position [mm]: Xc/Yc/Zc
2. Select the target graph with reference to the model, size and mounting orientation. x
y z
3. Based on the acceleration and work load, obtain the overhang [mm]: Lx/Ly/Lz from the graph. x
LEFS
4. Calculate the load factor for each direction.
αx = Xc/Lx, αy = Yc/Ly, αz = Zc/Lz
5. Confirm the total of αx, αy and αz is 1 or less. x
AC Servo Motor
2. Bottom
αx + αy + αz ≤ 1 4. Vertical
When 1 is exceeded, please consider a reduction of acceleration and work load, or a
y z y
change of the work load centre position and series. x
z
LEFB
Example
1. Operating conditions
Model: LEFS40
Size: 40 3. Lx = 400 mm, Ly = 250 mm, Lz = 1500 mm
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Mounting orientation: Horizontal 4. The load factor for each direction can be obtained as follows.
Acceleration [mm/s2]: 3000 αx = 0/400 = 0
Work load [kg]: 20 αy = 50/250 = 0.2
Work load centre position [mm]: Xc = 0, Yc = 50, Zc = 200 αz = 200/1500 = 0.13
2. Select the graphs for horizontal of the LEF40 on page 29. 5. αx + αy + αz = 0.33 ≤ 1
1000 2000
2000
800
1500 1500 Lz
600
L1 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L2 [mm]
1000 1000
LEFG
400
500
Ly 500
Lx 200
Specific Product
Precautions
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 0
Work load [kg] 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
30
Series LEF
Table Accuracy (Reference Value)
A side
B side
Traveling parallelism [mm] (Every 300 mm)
Model q C side traveling w D side traveling
q parallelism to A side parallelism to B side
LEF16 0.05 0.03

w C side
LEF25 0.05 0.03
D side LEF32 0.05 0.03
LEF40 0.05 0.03
Note) Traveling parallelism does not include the mounting surface accuracy.
Table Displacement (Reference Value)
0.08
LEF32
L W (L = 30 mm)
0.06 LEF40
Displacement [mm]
(L = 37 mm)
LEF25
(L = 25 mm)
0.04
LEF16
(L = 20 mm)
0.02
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Load W [N]
Note 1) This displacement is measured when a 15 mm aluminium plate is mounted and fixed on
the table.
Note 2) Check the clearance and play of the guide separately.
Overhang Displacement Due to Table Clearance (Reference Value)

Basic type High precision type
0.25 0.12
LEF16 LEF16
0.1
0.2
Displacement [mm]
Displacement [mm]
LEF25 0.08
0.15 LEF25
0.06
0.1
0.04
LEF40 LEF40
0.05
LEF32 0.02
LEF32
0 0
0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
Overhang distance [mm] Overhang distance [mm]
31
Electric Actuator/Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Selection
Selection
Model
Particle Generation Characteristics
LEFS
Particle Generation Measuring Method
The particle generation data for SMC Clean Series are measured in the following test method.
Test Method (Example)
LEFB
Operate the specimen that is placed an in ISO class 5 equivalent clean bench, and measure the changes of the
particle concentration over time until the number of cycles reaches the specified point.
Measuring Conditions
LECA6
Description Laser dust monitor (Automatic particle counter by lightscattering method)
Measuring
Minimum measurable particle diameter 0.1 μm
instrument
Suction flow rate 28.3 l/min
Sampling time 5 min
Setting
Interval time 55 min
conditions
Sampling air flow 141.5 L
Clean bench (ISO Class 5 equivalent)
Vacuum suction
from vacuum port
Laser dust monitor
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Particle generation measuring circuit
Evaluation Method
To obtain the measured values of particle concentration, the accumulated value Note 1) of particles captured every 5
minutes, by the laser dust monitor, is converted into the particle concentration in every 1 m3.
LEFS
When determining particle generation grades, the 95 % upper confidence limit of the average particle
AC Servo Motor
concentration (average value), when each specimen is operated at a specified number of cycles Note 2) is
considered.
The plots in the graphs indicate the 95 % upper confidence limit of the average particle concentration of particles
with a diameter within the horizontal axis range.
LEFB
Note 1) Sampling air flow rate: Number of particles contained in 141.5 L of air
Note 2) Actuator: 1 million cycles
Note 3) The particle generation characteristics provide a guide for delection lost is not guaranteed.
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Note 4) When the suction flow rate is 0 l/min, the particle concentration is measured during operation without suction.
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
32
Series 11-LEFS

Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC), Servo Motor (24 VDC)
11-LEFS16 Speed 500 mm/s 11-LEFS25 Speed 500 mm/s
10000000 10000000
ISO Class 6 upper limit ISO Class 6 upper limit

1000000 1000000
100000 Suction flow rate: 0 L/min 100000

Particle concentration [particles/m3]

ISO Class 5 upper limit
Suction flow rate: 0 L/min
10000 10000

Suction flow rate:
1000 10 L/min 1000 Suction flow rate:
20 L/min

100 100
10 10
Suction flow rate: 30 L/min Suction flow rate: 30 L/min
1 1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Particle diameter [Mm] Particle diameter [Mm]

10000000 10000000
ISO Class 6 upper limit ISO Class 6 upper limit

1000000 1000000
Suction flow rate: 0 L/min Suction flow rate: 0 L/min ISO Class 5 upper limit
100000 100000

10000 10000
ISO Class 4 upper limit Suction flow rate: ISO Class 4 upper limit
1000 1000 40 L/min

100 100
10 10
1 1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
33
34
Ball Screw Drive Step Motor
Servo Motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
(24 VDC)
LEFS
®
Series
LEFS16, 25, 32, 40 RoHS
CompatiblesPage 104
Multi-Axis Step Motor Controller Compatible sPage 114
How to Order
LEFS H 25 R B 200 S 1 6N 1
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2
q Accuracy w Size r Motor type

— Basic type 16 Applicable size
Compatible
H High precision type 25 Symbol Type
controller/driver
32 LEFS16 LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40
e Motor mounting position 40

LECP6
Step motor
— In-line — LECP1
(Servo/24 VDC)
R Right side parallel LECPA
L Left side parallel
Servo motor
A — — LECA6
(24 VDC)
t Lead [mm]
Symbol LEFS16 LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40 Caution
H — 20 24 30 [CE-compliant products]
A 10 12 16 20 q EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller
B 5 6 8 10 LEC series.
The EMC depends on the configuration of the customer’s control panel and the relationship
with other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the EMC directive cannot be
y Stroke [mm] certified for SMC components incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual
50 50 operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify conformity to the
to to EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
1200 1200 w For the servo motor (24 VDC) specification, EMC compliance was tested by installing a noise
filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to page 79 for the noise filter set. Refer to the LECA series Operation
∗ Refer to the applicable stroke table.
Manual for installation.
[UL-compliant products]
u Motor option When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller/driver should be used with a
— Without option UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
B With lock
Applicable Stroke Table : Standard

Stroke Manufacturable
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200 stroke range [mm]
Model
LEFS16 — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 to 500
LEFS25 — — — — — — 50 to 800
LEFS32 — — 50 to 1000
LEFS40 — — 150 to 1200
∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
The actuator and controller/driver are sold as a package.

Confirm that the combination of the controller/driver and the actuator is correct.
q Check the actuator label for model number. This matches the controller/driver.
q w
∗ Refer to the Operation Manual for using the products. Please download it via our website, http://www.smc.eu
35
Selection
Model
LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
i Actuator cable type∗1 !0 Controller/Driver type∗1 !1 I/O cable length∗1, Communication plug
— Without cable — Without controller/driver — Without cable (Without communication plug connector)∗3
S Standard cable∗2 6N LECP6/LECA6 NPN 1 1.5 m
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable)∗3 6P (Step data input type) PNP 3 3 m∗2
∗1 The standard cable should be used on fixed parts. 1N LECP1∗2 NPN 5 5 m∗2
For using on moving parts, select the robotic cable. 1P (Programless type) PNP ∗1 When “Without controller/driver” is selected
∗2 Only available for the motor type “Step motor.” AN LECPA∗2 ∗3 NPN for controller/driver types, I/O cable cannot
∗3 Fix the motor cable protruding from the (Pulse input type) be selected.
AP PNP
actuator to keep it unmovable. For details Refer to page 79 (For LECP6/LECA6), page
about fixing method, refer to Wiring/Cables in ∗1 For details about controller/driver and 96 (For LECP1) or page 99 (For LECPA) if I/
the Electric Actuators Precautions. compatible motor, refer to the compatible O cable is required.
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
controller/driver below. ∗2 When “Pulse input type” is selected for
o Actuator cable length [m] ∗2 Only available for the motor type “Step
motor.”
controller/driver types, pulse input usable
only with differential. Only 1 . 5 m cables
— Without cable ∗3 When pulse signals are open collector, order usable with open collector.
1 1.5 the current limiting resistor (LEC-PA-R-) on
3 3 page 96 separately.
5 5
8 8∗
A 10∗
B 15∗ Support Guide/Series LEFG
!2 Controller/Driver mounting
LEFS
C 20∗ A support guide is designed to
— Screw mounting support work pieces with
∗ Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic cable only) significant overhang.
AC Servo Motor
Refer to the specifications Note 2) on pages 37 and D DIN rail mounting∗
38. ∗ DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
Compatible Controller/Driver
LEFB
Step data Step data Programless type Pulse input type
input type input type
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Type
Series LECP6 LECA6 LECP1 LECPA

Capable of setting up operation
Value (Step data) input
Features (step data) without using a PC or Operation by pulse signals
Standard controller
LEFG
teaching box
Compatible Step motor Servo motor Step motor

motor (Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)
Specific Product
Maximum number
Precautions
64 points 14 points —
of step data
Power supply voltage 24 VDC
Reference page 71 71 86 93
36
Series LEFS
Specifications
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Model LEFS16 LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 500 50 to 800 50 to 1000 150 to 1200
LECP6/LECP1 14 15 12 25 30 20 45 50 25 55 65
Work load Horizontal
LECPA 9 10 10 20 20 15 40 45 20 50 60
[kg] Note 2)
Vertical 2 4 0.5 7.5 15 4 10 20 2 2 23
Up to 500 10 to 700 5 to 360 20 to 1100 12 to 750 6 to 400 24 to 1200 16 to 800 8 to 520 30 to 1200 20 to 1000 10 to 300
501 to 600 — — 20 to 900 12 to 540 6 to 270 24 to 1200 16 to 800 8 to 400 30 to 1200 20 to 1000 10 to 300
Controller 601 to 700 — — 20 to 630 12 to 420 6 to 230 24 to 930 16 to 620 8 to 310 30 to 1200 20 to 900 10 to 300
Note 2)
type: 701 to 800 — — 20 to 550 12 to 330 6 to 180 24 to 750 16 to 500 8 to 250 30 to 1140 20 to 760 10 to 300
Speed Stroke
LECP6, [mm/s] range 801 to 900 — — — — — 24 to 610 16 to 410 8 to 200 30 to 930 20 to 620 10 to 300
LECP1 901 to 1000 — — — — — 24 to 500 16 to 340 8 to 170 30 to 780 20 to 520 10 to 250
1001 to 1100 — — — — — — — — 30 to 660 20 to 440 10 to 220
1101 to 1200 — — — — — — — — 30 to 570 20 to 380 10 to 190
Actuator specifications
Up to 500 10 to 500 5 to 250 20 to 1000 12 to 500 6 to 250 24 to 1200 16 to 500 8 to 250 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
Note 2)
Driver type: Speed Stroke 701 to 800 — — 20 to 550 12 to 330 6 to 180 24 to 750 16 to 500 8 to 250 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
LECPA [mm/s] range 801 to 900 — — — — — 24 to 610 16 to 410 8 to 200 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
901 to 1000 — — — — — 24 to 500 16 to 340 8 to 170 30 to 500 20 to 500 10 to 250
1001 to 1100 — — — — — — — — 30 to 500 20 to 440 10 to 220
1101 to 1200 — — — — — — — — 30 to 500 20 to 380 10 to 190
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 3000
Positioning repeatability Basic type ±0.02
[mm] High precision type ±0.015 (Lead H: ±0.02)
Basic type 0.1 or less
Lost motion [mm] Note 3)
High precision type 0.05 or less
Lead [mm] 10 5 20 12 6 24 16 8 30 20 10
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2] Note 4) 50/20
Actuation type Ball screw (LEFS), Ball screw + Belt (LEFS RL )
Guide type Linear guide
Operating temperature range [°C] 5 to 40
Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
Motor size 28 42 56.4
specifications Electric specifications
Motor type Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)

Encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10 %
Power consumption [W] Note 5) 22 38 50 100
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 6) 18 16 44 43
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W] Note 7) 51 57 123 141
Type Note 8) Non-magnetizing lock
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 47 78 157 72 108 216 75 113 225

Power consumption [W] Note 9) 2.9 5 5 5
Note 1) Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
Note 2) Speed changes according to the controller/driver type and work load. Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on pages 26 and 27.
Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it will decrease by up to 10 % for each 5 m.
Note 3) A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation.
Note 4) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction
to the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 4 5 to 2 0 0 0 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a
perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Note 5) The power consumption (including the controller) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 6) The standby power consumption when operating (including the controller) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the
operation.
Note 7) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the controller) is for when the actuator is operating. This value can be used for the
selection of the power supply.
Note 8) With lock only
Note 9) For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
37
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFS
Model LEFS16A LEFS25A
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 500 50 to 800
Work load Note 2) Horizontal 7 10 5 11 18
[kg] Vertical 2 4 1 2.5 5
Up to 500 1 to 500 1 to 250
Note 2) 2 to 800 2 to 500 1 to 250
LEFB
501 to 600 — —
Speed Stroke
[mm/s] range 601 to 700 — — 20 to 630 12 to 420 6 to 230

701 to 800 — — 20 to 550 12 to 330 6 to 180
Positioning Basic type ±0.02
LECA6
repeatability [mm] High precision type ±0.015 (Lead H: ±0.02)
Lost motion Note 3) Basic type 0.1 or less
[mm] High precision type 0.05 or less
Lead [mm] 10 5 20 12 6
Motor size 28 42
Motor output [W] 30 36

Motor type Servo motor (24 VDC)
Encoder Incremental A/B (800 pulse/rotation)/Z phase
Power consumption [W] Note 5) 63 102
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 6) Horizontal 4/Vertical 9
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W] Note 7) 70 113
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 47 78 157

Power consumption [W] Note 9) 2.9 5
Note 2) Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 28 for details.
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular
direction to the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Note 6) The standby power consumption when operating (including the controller) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
LEFB
Weight
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Series LEFS16
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Product weight [kg] 0.83 0.90 0.98 1.05 1.13 1.20 1.28 1.35 1.43 1.50
Additional weight with lock [kg] 0.12
Series LEFS25
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Product weight [kg] 1.70 1.84 1.98 2.12 2.26 2.40 2.54 2.68 2.82 2.96 3.10 3.24 3.38 3.52 3.66 3.80
Series LEFS32
LEFG
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Product weight [kg] 3.15 3.35 3.55 3.75 3.95 4.15 4.35 4.55 4.75 4.95 5.15 5.35 5.55 5.75 5.95 6.15 6.35 6.55 6.75 6.95
Specific Product
Series LEFS40
Precautions
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
38
Series LEFS
Construction: In-line Motor

LEFS16, 25, 32
!6 !4 @0 e r @1 !0 !2 !5 i
A
w !7 !8 q u t y u !7 o !1 !3
A-A
LEFS40
!6 !4 @0 e r @1 !0 !2 !5 i
!9 w !7 !8 q u t y u !7 o !1 !3
A-A
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note

1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 12 Coupling —
2 Rail guide — 13 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
3 Ball screw assembly — 14 End cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
4 Spacer LEFS40 — 15 Motor —
5 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 16 Rubber bushing NBR
6 Blanking plate Aluminium alloy Anodised 17 Band stopper Stainless steel
7 Seal band holder Synthetic resin 18 Dust seal band Stainless steel
8 Housing A Aluminium die-casted Coating 19 Seal magnet —
9 Housing B Aluminium die-casted Coating 20 Bearing —
10 Bearing stopper Aluminium alloy 21 Bearing —
11 Motor mount Aluminium alloy Coating
39
Selection
Model
Construction: Motor Parallel
LEFS
A-A
t y @3 !0
B C
e
@2
LEFB
B C
r
LECA6
!8
q @1 u
A A
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
!5 @0 !6 o @0 !1 i
D-D C-C B-B w With lock

!7 !2 !4 D
LEFS
Body
AC Servo Motor
Table
D
!3 !9
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Component Parts
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 15 Cover plate Aluminium alloy Coating
2 Rail guide — 16 Table spacer Aluminium alloy Coating (LEFS32 only)
3 Ball screw shaft — 17 Motor —
4 Ball screw nut — 18 Motor cover Synthetic resin
5 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 19 Motor cover with lock Aluminium alloy Anodised
7 Seal band stopper Synthetic resin 21 Dust seal band Stainless steel
8 Housing A Aluminium die-casted Coating 22 Bearing —
LEFG
10 Bearing stopper Aluminium alloy

11 Return plate Aluminium alloy Coating Replacement Parts/Belt
12 Pulley Aluminium alloy No. Size Order no.
13 Pulley Aluminium alloy 16 LE-D-6-1
Specific Product
Precautions
25 LE-D-6-2
14
32 LE-D-6-3
40 LE-D-6-4
40
Series LEFS
Dimensions: In-line Motor

LEFS16
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 3.5 depth 3
4
34
100 8
D x 100 (= E) F
B
L Cable length ≈ 250

(37) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 37
40
7 (41) [39] Stroke 39 [(41)] (110) (2.4) 65
Note 4)
27
4 [2] [Origin] Origin Note 3) 2 [4]
Motor cable (2 x Ø 5)
46
6
20
33
40
5.5
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 7
Step Servo Motor option: With lock
(F.G. terminal)
motor motor (152) Cable length ≈ 250
15 15 65
20 20
24 20
20 24 Lock cable (Ø 3.5)
+0.025 (72)
Ø 3H9 ( 0 )
Body mounting Note 1) depth 3 40
reference plane 4 x M4 x 0.7 24
28
thread depth 6.4
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
3.5
39.4
depth 3
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference
plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 2 mm or
more because of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin.
Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere with
the work pieces and facilities around the table.
Note 3) Position after return to origin
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed.
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
Without lock With lock
LEFS16-50 247 289 56 130 4 — — 15
LEFS16-100 297 339 106 180 4 — —
LEFS16-150 347 389 156 230 4 —
LEFS16-200 397 439 206 280 6 2 200
LEFS16-250 447 489 256 330 6 2 200
LEFS16-300 497 539 306 380 8 3 300 40
LEFS16-350 547 589 356 430 8 3 300
LEFS16-400 597 639 406 480 10 4 400
LEFS16-450 647 689 456 530 10 4 400
LEFS16-500 697 739 506 580 12 5 500
41
Selection
Model

LEFS25
LEFS
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
LEFB
48
120 10
D x 120 (= E) F
B
LECA6
(52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52
58
10 (56) [54] Stroke 54 [(56)] (115.5) (2.4) 65
38
4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4]
57.5
6.5
24
48
38.5
6
M4 x 0.7
Step Servo Motor option: With lock thread depth 8
motor motor (160.5) Cable length ≈ 250 (F.G. terminal)
15 15 65
20 20
24 20
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Ø 3H9( 0 )
+0.025 (102)
Note 1) depth 3 64
Body mounting
38
thread depth 8.5
LEFS
3.5
50
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
AC Servo Motor
depth 3
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
LEFS25-50 285.5 330.5 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFS25-100 335.5 380.5 106 210 4 — —
LEFS25-150 385.5 430.5 156 260 4 — —
LEFS25-200 435.5 480.5 206 310 6 2 240
LEFS25-250 485.5 530.5 256 360 6 2 240
LEFS25-300 535.5 580.5 306 410 8 3 360
LEFS25-350 585.5 630.5 356 460 8 3 360
LEFS25-400 635.5 680.5 406 510 8 3 360
LEFG
LEFS25-450 685.5 730.5 456 560 10 4 480 35

LEFS25-500 735.5 780.5 506 610 10 4 480
LEFS25-550 785.5 830.5 556 660 12 5 600
LEFS25-600 835.5 880.5 606 710 12 5 600
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS25-650 885.5 930.5 656 760 12 5 600

LEFS25-700 935.5 980.5 706 810 14 6 720
LEFS25-750 985.5 1030.5 756 860 14 6 720
LEFS25-800 1035.5 1080.5 806 910 16 7 840
42
Series LEFS

LEFS32 5H9 ( 0
+0.030
)
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5
6
60
150
D x 150 (= E) 15
B 15

70 (62) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62
48 10 (66) [64] Stroke 64 [(66)] (142) (2.4) 65
6.5
79
30
60
46.8
7.5
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
Step Motor option: With lock
motor (194) Cable length ≈ 250
15 65
20
20
20 Lock cable (Ø 3.5)
Ø 5H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 5 (122)
Body mounting Note 1) 4 x M6 x 1 70
reference plane 42
thread depth 9.9
44
5.5
60
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 5
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E
LEFS32-50 332 384 56 180 4 — —
LEFS32-100 382 434 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32-150 432 484 156 280 4 — —
LEFS32-200 482 534 206 330 6 2 300
LEFS32-250 532 584 256 380 6 2 300
LEFS32-300 582 634 306 430 6 2 300
LEFS32-350 632 684 356 480 8 3 450
LEFS32-400 682 734 406 530 8 3 450
LEFS32-450 732 784 456 580 8 3 450
LEFS32-500 782 834 506 630 10 4 600
LEFS32-550 832 884 556 680 10 4 600
LEFS32-600 882 934 606 730 10 4 600
LEFS32-650 932 984 656 780 12 5 750
LEFS32-700 982 1034 706 830 12 5 750
LEFS32-750 1032 1084 756 880 12 5 750
LEFS32-800 1082 1134 806 930 14 6 900
LEFS32-850 1132 1184 856 980 14 6 900
LEFS32-900 1182 1234 906 1030 14 6 900
LEFS32-950 1232 1284 956 1080 16 7 1050
LEFS32-1000 1282 1334 1006 1130 16 7 1050
43
Selection
Model

LEFS40
LEFS
+0.030
n x Ø 6.6 6H9 ( 0 )
depth 6
7
76
LEFB
150 15
D x 150 (= E) 60
B
LECA6
(86) A Table traveling distance Note 2) 86
13 (90) [88] Stroke 88 [(90)] (165) (3.1)
90
4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3)
2 [4]
67.5
65 61
20
(68)
8
20
31
68
53.8
8
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
Motor option: With lock (F.G. terminal)
(214) Cable length ≈ 250
15
65
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
20
20
Lock cable (Ø 3.3)

20 Motor cable (2 x Ø 5)
+0.030
Ø 6H9( 0 ) (170)
depth 7
Body mounting Note 1) 106
4 x M8 x 1.25
reference plane 60
58
thread depth 13
LEFS
7
74
AC Servo Motor
+0.030
6H9 ( 0 )
depth 7
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting
LEFB
reference plane, set the height of the opposite surface
or pin to be 3 mm or more because of R chamfering.
(Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it Dimensions [mm]
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on L
the table does not interfere with the work pieces and Model A B n D E
LECY LECSS-T LECS
facilities around the table.
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFS40-150 506 555 156 328 4 — 150
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFS40-200 556 605 206 378 6 2 300
LEFS40-250 606 655 256 428 6 2 300
LEFS40-300 656 705 306 478 6 2 300
LEFS40-350 706 755 356 528 8 3 450
LEFS40-400 756 805 406 578 8 3 450
LEFS40-450 806 855 456 628 8 3 450
LEFS40-500 856 905 506 678 10 4 600
LEFS40-550 906 955 556 728 10 4 600
LEFS40-600 956 1005 606 778 10 4 600
LEFS40-650 1006 1055 656 828 12 5 750
LEFS40-700 1056 1105 706 878 12 5 750
LEFG
LEFS40-750 1106 1155 756 928 12 5 750

LEFS40-800 1156 1205 806 978 14 6 900
LEFS40-850 1206 1255 856 1028 14 6 900
LEFS40-900 1256 1305 906 1078 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS40-950 1306 1355 956 1128 16 7 1050

LEFS40-1000 1356 1405 1006 1178 16 7 1050
LEFS40-1100 1456 1505 1106 1278 18 8 1200
LEFS40-1200 1556 1605 1206 1378 18 8 1200
44
Series LEFS
Dimensions: Motor Parallel

LEFS16R
Connector
Motor cable Lock cable
20 15
20
20
Step motor
B 8
24 15
D x 100 (= E) F
24
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
20
100 Servo motor
n x Ø 3.5 depth 3
4
34
Motor mounting position: Left side parallel Motor mounting position: Right side parallel
LEFS16L LEFS16R
77.5 77.5
39.2
39.2
35
35
L
7 (37) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 37 29.5
(41) [39] Note 4) Stroke 39 [(41)] Note 4)
(4) [2] Note 4) [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] Note 4) (7.5) (33) 40
27
40
33
(35)
(40)
20
6
M4 x 0.7 5.5
thread depth 7
(F.G. terminal)
With lock: LEFS16-B
Motor cable
Ø 3H9 (0 )
+0.025
Cable length ≈ 250
(2 x Ø 5)
65
65
depth 3
65
(80.5) (2.4)
4 x M4 x 0.7
thread depth 6.4 (66.5)
Body mounting
reference plane Note 1) (121.9) (2.4)
39.4
(7.5)
(7.5)
(108)
77.5
28
Lock cable
(Ø 3.3)
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3 24
40
(72)
Dimensions [mm]
Model L A B n D E F
Note 1 ) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer- LEFS16-50 166.5 56 130 4 — — 15
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be LEFS16-100 216.5 106 180 4 — —
2 mm or more. (Recommended height 5 mm) LEFS16-150 266.5 156 230 4 —
Note 2 ) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to LEFS16-200 316.5 206 280 6 2 200
origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not LEFS16-250 366.5 256 330 6 2
interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table.
LEFS16-300 416.5 306 380 8 3 300 40
LEFS16-350 466.5 356 430 8 3
LEFS16-400 516.5 406 480 10 4 400
LEFS16-450 566.5 456 530 10 4
LEFS16-500 616.5 506 580 12 5 500
45
Selection
Model

LEFS25R
LEFS
Connector
20 15
20
20
Step motor
LEFB
B 10
D x 120 (= E) F 24 15
3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
120
24
20
Servo motor
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
LECA6
4
48
LEFS25L LEFS25R
106 106
46
46
47
47
L
10 (52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 40.5
(56) [54] Note 4) Stroke 54 [(56)] Note 4)
(4) [2] Note 4) [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [(4)] Note 4) 58
(7.5) (46) 38
38.5
48
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
(45.9)
(48)
24
6.5
M4 x 0.7
6
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
With lock: LEFS25-B

65
Motor cable Motor cable

LEFS
(2 x Ø 5)
(
+0.025
) (2 x Ø 5)

Ø 3H9 0
65
65
depth 3 (85) (2.4)
AC Servo Motor
4 x M5 x 0.8 (68.5)
thread depth 8.5
(125.5) (2.4)
(7.5)
Body mounting reference plane Note 1)

(7.5)
50
(109)
LEFB
106
38
Lock cable
(Ø 3.5)
3.5
LECY LECSS-T LECS

3H9 ( 0 )
+0.025
depth 3 45
64
(102) Dimensions [mm]
Model L A B n D E F
LEFS25-50 210.5 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFS25-100 260.5 106 210 4 — —
LEFS25-150 310.5 156 260 4 — —
LEFS25-200 360.5 206 310 6 2 240
LEFS25-250 410.5 256 360 6 2 240
LEFS25-300 460.5 306 410 8 3 360
Note 1 ) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer- LEFS25-350 510.5 356 460 8 3 360
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be LEFS25-400 560.5 406 510 8 3 360
LEFG
3 mm or more. (Recommended height 5 mm)

LEFS25-450 610.5 456 560 10 4 480 35
Note 2 ) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to
origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not
LEFS25-500 660.5 506 610 10 4 480
interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFS25-550 710.5 556 660 12 5 600
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFS25-600 760.5 606 710 12 5 600
Specific Product
Precautions
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFS25-650 810.5 656 760 12 5 600
LEFS25-700 860.5 706 810 14 6 720
LEFS25-750 910.5 756 860 14 6 720
LEFS25-800 960.5 806 910 16 7 840
46
Series LEFS

LEFS32R Motor mounting position: Left side parallel
B 15 LEFS32L
D x 150 (= E) 15
+0.030 132.5
150 5H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5
60
62
6
60
Motor mounting position: Right side parallel

LEFS32R
132.5
60
62
L
10 (62) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62 55
(66) [64] Note 4) Stroke 64 [(66)] Note 4)
70
4 [2] Note 4) [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] Note 4)
(7.5) (59.9) 48
3
(59.9)
(63)
30
46.8
63
6.5
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8 7.5
(F.G. terminal)
With lock: LEFS32-B

65
Lock cable
Ø 5H9 (0 )
+0.030
(Ø 3.5)
Motor cable
depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3) Motor cable
(2 x Ø 5)
4 x M6 x 1 (94) (2.4) (2 x Ø 5)

thread depth 12.5 (Depth of counterbore 3)
65
(73.5)
65
Body mounting
(7.5)
reference plane Note 1) (137) (2.4)

60
132.5
(116.5)
(7.5)
44
5.5
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3) 42
70
(122) Dimensions [mm]
Connector
Model L A B n D E
LEFS32-50 245 56 180 4 — —
20 15 LEFS32-100 295 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32-150 345 156 280 4 — —
20
20
LEFS32-200 395 206 330 6 2 300

LEFS32-250 445 256 380 6 2 300
LEFS32-300 495 306 430 6 2 300
LEFS32-350 545 356 480 8 3 450
LEFS32-400 595 406 530 8 3 450
LEFS32-450 645 456 580 8 3 450
LEFS32-500 695 506 630 10 4 600
Note 1 ) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer- LEFS32-550 745 556 680 10 4 600
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be LEFS32-600 795 606 730 10 4 600
3 mm or more. (Recommended height 5 mm) LEFS32-650 845 656 780 12 5 750
Note 2 ) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to
LEFS32-700 895 706 830 12 5 750
origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not
interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table.
LEFS32-750 945 756 880 12 5 750
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFS32-800 995 806 930 14 6 900
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFS32-850 1045 856 980 14 6 900
LEFS32-900 1095 906 1030 14 6 900
LEFS32-950 1145 956 1080 16 7 1050
LEFS32-1000 1195 1006 1130 16 7 1050
47
Selection
Model

LEFS40R Motor mounting position: Left side parallel
LEFS
B 15
LEFS40L
D x 150 (= E) 60 153
+0.030
150 6H9 ( 0 )
depth 6
60
64
LEFB
7
76
Motor mounting position: Right side parallel

LEFS40R
n x Ø 6.6
LECA6
153

60
64
L
13 86 A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 86 62.4
(90) [88] Note 4) Stroke 88 [(90)] Note 4) 90
(4) [2] Note 4) [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [(4)] Note 4) (7.5) 60 61
53.8
68
(68)
60
31
8
M4 x 0.7 8
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Connector
With lock: LEFS40-B
20 15 Motor cable
(2 x Ø 5)

20
20
65
65
65

+0.030
Ø 6H9 (0 ) (164.5) (2.4)
(121.5) (2.4)
(7.5)
depth 7
(138.5)
(95.5)
LEFS
4 x M8 x 1.25
Body mounting thread depth 13
(7.5)
AC Servo Motor
reference plane Note 1)
74
Lock cable
153
(Ø 3.3)
LEFB
58
7
+0.030
6H9 ( 0 ) Dimensions [mm]
LECY LECSS-T LECS
depth 7 60 Model L A B n D E
106 LEFS40-150 403.4 156 328 4 — 150
(170) LEFS40-200 453.4 206 378 6 2 300
LEFS40-250 503.4 256 428 6 2 300
LEFS40-300 553.4 306 478 6 2 300
LEFS40-350 603.4 356 528 8 3 450
Note 1 ) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer-
LEFS40-400 653.4 406 578 8 3 450
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be LEFS40-450 703.4 456 628 8 3 450
3 mm or more. (Recommended height 5 mm) LEFS40-500 753.4 506 678 10 4 600
Note 2 ) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to LEFS40-550 803.4 556 728 10 4 600
origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not LEFS40-600 853.4 606 778 10 4 600
interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFS40-650 903.4 656 828 12 5 750
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFS40-700 953.4 706 878 12 5 750
LEFG
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFS40-750 1003.4 756 928 12 5 750
LEFS40-800 1053.4 806 978 14 6 900
LEFS40-850 1103.4 856 1028 14 6 900
LEFS40-900 1153.4 906 1078 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS40-950 1203.4 956 1128 16 7 1050

LEFS40-1000 1253.4 1006 1178 16 7 1050
LEFS40-1100 1353.4 1106 1278 18 8 1200
LEFS40-1200 1453.4 1206 1378 18 8 1200
48
Ball Screw Drive Step Motor
Servo Motor
Clean Room Specification (Servo/24 VDC)
(24 VDC)
11-LEFS
®
Series
LEFS16, 25, 32, 40 RoHS
CompatiblesPage 104

How to Order
11 LEFS H 16 B 100 S 1 6P 1
Clean Series
11 Vacuum type
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2
q Accuracy w Size e Motor type

— Basic type 16 Applicable size Compatible
H High precision type 25 Symbol Type controller/
11-LEFS16 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40 driver
32
40 LECP6
Step motor
— LECP1
(Servo/24 VDC)
LECPA
Servo motor
A — — LECA6
r Lead [mm] (24 VDC)
Symbol 11-LEFS16 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40
A 10 12 16 20
Caution
B 5 6 8 10
[CE-compliant products]
q EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller
LEC series.
with other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the EMC directive cannot
t Stroke [mm] be certified for SMC components incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual
operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify conformity to the
50 50
EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
to to w For the servo motor ( 2 4 VDC) specification, EMC compliance was tested by installing a noise
1000 1000 filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to page 79 for the noise filter set. Refer to the LECA series Operation
∗ Refer to the applicable stroke table. Manual for installation.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller/driver should be used with
a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.

[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 stroke range [mm]
Model
11-LEFS16 — — — — — — — — — — 50 to 500
11-LEFS25 — — — — — — — — 50 to 600
11-LEFS32 — — — — 50 to 800
11-LEFS40 — — 150 to 1000
Support Guide/Series LEFG
A support guide is designed to
support work pieces with
significant overhang.

: @
49
Ball Screw Drive Series 11-LEFS
Selection
Model
LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
y Motor option u Vacuum port i Actuator cable type∗1
— Without option — Left — Without cable
B With lock R Right S Standard cable∗2
R: Right R Robotic cable (Flexible cable)∗3
∗1 The standard cable should be used on fixed
o Actuator cable length [m] parts. For using on moving parts, select the
robotic cable.
— Without cable ∗2 Only available for the motor type “Step
1 1.5 m —: Left motor.”
3 3m ∗3 Fix the motor cable protruding from the
actuator to keep it unmovable. For details
5 5m
about fixing method, refer to Wiring/Cables in
8 8 m∗ the Electric Actuators Precautions.
A 10 m∗
B 15 m∗ !0 Controller/Driver type∗1 !1 I/O cable length∗1, Communication plug
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
C 20 m∗ — Without controller/driver — Without cable (Without communication plug connector)
∗ Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic cable only) 6N LECP6/LECA6 NPN 1 1.5 m
Refer to the specifications Note 2) on pages 51 and 52. 6P (Step data input type) PNP 3 3 m∗2
1N LECP1 ∗2 NPN 5 5 m∗2
!2 Controller/Driver mounting 1P (Programless type) PNP ∗1 When “Without controller/driver” is selected

for controller/driver types, I/O cable cannot
AN LECPA∗2 ∗3 NPN
— Screw mounting be selected. Refer to page 79 (For LECP6/
AP (Pulse input type) PNP
D DIN rail mounting∗ LECA6), page 96 (For LECP1) or page 99
∗1 For details about controller/driver and (For LECPA) if I/O cable is required.
∗ DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
LEFS
compatible motor, refer to the compatible ∗2 When “Pulse input type” is selected for
controller/driver below. controller/driver types, pulse input usable
∗2 Only available for the motor type “Step motor.”
AC Servo Motor
only with differential. Only 1.5 m cables
∗3 When pulse signals are open collector, order usable with open collector.
the current limit resistor (LEC-PA-R-) on
page 96 separately.
LEFB
input type input type LECY LECSS-T LECS
Type

LEFG

Standard controller
teaching box
Specific Product

Precautions
Max. number of step data 64 points 14 points —

50
Series 11-LEFS
Specifications
Model 11-LEFS16 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 500 50 to 600 50 to 800 150 to 1000
Horizontal
Note 2) LECP6/LECP1 14 15 25 30 45 50 55 65
Work load LECPA 9 10 20 20 40 45 50 60
[kg]
Vertical 2 4 7.5 15 10 20 2 23
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 10 to 500 5 to 250 12 to 500 6 to 250 16 to 500 8 to 250 20 to 500 10 to 250

repeatability [mm] High precision type ±0.015
[mm] High precision type 0.05 or less
Lead [mm] 10 5 12 6 16 8 20 10
Actuation type Ball screw
Cleanliness class Note 5) ISO Class 4 (ISO 14644-1)
Grease Ball screw /Linear guide portion Low particle generation grease

Power consumption [W] Note 6) 22 38 50 100
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 7) 18 16 44 43
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W] Note 8) 51 57 123 141
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 78 157 108 216 113 225

Power consumption [W] Note 10) 2.9 5 5 5
Note 2) Speed changes according to the controller/driver type and work load. Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)”.
Note 5) The amount of particle generation changes according to the operating conditions and suction flow rate. Refer to the particle generation
characteristics for details.
operation.
51
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFS
Model 11-LEFS16A 11-LEFS25A
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 500 50 to 600
Work load Note 2) Horizontal 7 10 11 18
[kg] Vertical 2 4 2.5 5
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 1 to 500 1 to 250 2 to 500 1 to 250
LEFB

repeatability [mm] High precision type ±0.015
[mm]
LECA6

Lead [mm] 10 5 12 6
Cleanliness class Note 5) ISO Class 4 (ISO 14644-1)
Motor size 28 42
Electric specifications

JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 7) Horizontal 4/Vertical 9 Horizontal 4/Vertical 9
specifications

Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 78 157

Note 2) Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” for details. Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it will decrease by up to 10 % for each 5 m.
LEFS
Note 4) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw.
(Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
AC Servo Motor
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 4 5 to 2 0 0 0 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the
lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Note 5) The amount of particle generation changes according to the operating conditions and suction flow rate. Refer to the particle generation characteristics for details.
Note 7) The standby power consumption when operating (including the controller) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during operation.
LEFB
Note 8) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the controller) is for when the actuator is operating. This value can be used for the selection of the power supply.
Weight LECY LECSS-T LECS
Series 11-LEFS16
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Product weight [kg] 0.83 0.90 0.98 1.05 1.13 1.20 1.28 1.35 1.43 1.50
Series 11-LEFS25
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Product weight [kg] 1.70 1.84 1.98 2.12 2.26 2.40 2.54 2.68 2.82 2.96 3.10 3.24
Series 11-LEFS32
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
LEFG
Specific Product
Series 11-LEFS40
Precautions
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Product weight [kg] 5.37 5.65 5.93 6.21 6.49 6.77 7.15 7.33 7.61 7.89 8.17 8.45 8.75 9.01 9.29 9.57 9.85 10.13
52
Series 11-LEFS
Dimensions: Ball Screw Drive

11-LEFS16
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 3.5 depth 3
4
34
100 8
D x 100 (= E) F
B
(37) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 37 (110)
7 (41) [39] Stroke 39 [(41)] (2.4) 65 40
4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] 27
9.2
46
6
20
33
40
6.5 Vacuum port M5 x 0.8 x 5 5.5

M4 x 0.7
thread depth 7
Motor option: With lock (F.G. terminal)
Step Servo
motor motor (152) Cable length ≈ 250
15 15 65
20 20
24 20
+0.025 (72)
Ø 3H9( 0 )
Body mounting Note 1) depth 3 40
28
thread depth 6.4

3.5
39.4
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
11-LEFS16-50 247 289 56 130 4 — — 15
11-LEFS16-100 297 339 106 180 4 — —
11-LEFS16-150 347 389 156 230 4 — —
11-LEFS16-200 397 439 206 280 6 2 200
11-LEFS16-250 447 489 256 330 6 2 200
11-LEFS16-300 497 539 306 380 8 3 300 40
11-LEFS16-350 547 589 356 430 8 3 300
11-LEFS16-400 597 639 406 480 10 4 400
11-LEFS16-450 647 689 456 530 10 4 400
11-LEFS16-500 697 739 506 580 12 5 500
53
Selection
Model

11-LEFS25
LEFS
Ø 3H9( 0 )
+0.025 (102)
Note 1) depth 3 64
Body mounting
38
thread depth 8.5
LEFB
+0.025
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
50
depth 3
LECA6
(52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 (115.5)
10 (56) [54] Stroke 54 [(56)] (2.4) 65 58
4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] 38
34
57.5
6.5
24
Vacuum port Rc1/8
48
13.9
38.5
6
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
Step Servo Motor option: With lock (F.G. terminal)
motor motor (160.5) Cable length ≈ 250
15 15 65
20 20
24 20
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
4
48
120 10
D x 120 (= E) F
LEFS
B
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere
with the work pieces and facilities around the table.
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
11-LEFS25-50 285.5 330.5 56 160 4 — — 20
11-LEFS25-100 335.5 380.5 106 210 4 — —
11-LEFS25-150 385.5 430.5 156 260 4 — —
11-LEFS25-200 435.5 480.5 206 310 6 2 240
11-LEFS25-250 485.5 530.5 256 360 6 2 240
11-LEFS25-300 535.5 580.5 306 410 8 3 360
11-LEFS25-350 585.5 630.5 356 460 8 3 360 35
LEFG
11-LEFS25-400 635.5 680.5 406 510 8 3 360

11-LEFS25-450 685.5 730.5 456 560 10 4 480
11-LEFS25-500 735.5 780.5 506 610 10 4 480
11-LEFS25-550 785.5 830.5 556 660 12 5 600
Specific Product
Precautions
11-LEFS25-600 835.5 880.5 606 710 12 5 600
54
Series 11-LEFS

11-LEFS32
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5
6
60
150
D x 150 (= E) 15
B 15

70
10 (66) [64] Stroke 64 [(66)] (2.4) 65
41.8
[Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 48
4 [2] 2 [4]
6.5
79
30
60
46.8
14.9 Vacuum port Motor cable (2 x Ø 5) 7.5

Rc1/8 M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
Step Motor option: With lock
motor (194) Cable length ≈ 250
15 65
20
20
20 Lock cable (Ø 3.5)
+0.030
Ø 5H9( 0 ) (122)
depth 5
4 x M6 x 1
reference plane 42
thread depth 9.9
44
5.5
60
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 5
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting

reference plane, set the height of the opposite
surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because of R
chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted on
the table does not interfere with the work pieces and
facilities around the table.
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has Dimensions [mm]
changed. L
Model A B n D E
11-LEFS32-50 332 384 56 180 4 — —
11-LEFS32-100 382 434 106 230 4 — —
11-LEFS32-150 432 484 156 280 4 — —
11-LEFS32-200 482 534 206 330 6 2 300
11-LEFS32-250 532 584 256 380 6 2 300
11-LEFS32-300 582 634 306 430 6 2 300
11-LEFS32-350 632 684 356 480 8 3 450
11-LEFS32-400 682 734 406 530 8 3 450
11-LEFS32-450 732 784 456 580 8 3 450
11-LEFS32-500 782 834 506 630 10 4 600
11-LEFS32-550 832 884 556 680 10 4 600
11-LEFS32-600 882 934 606 730 10 4 600
11-LEFS32-650 932 984 656 780 12 5 750
11-LEFS32-700 982 1034 706 830 12 5 750
11-LEFS32-750 1032 1084 756 880 12 5 750
11-LEFS32-800 1082 1134 806 930 14 6 900
55
Selection
Model

11-LEFS40
LEFS
+0.030
n x Ø 6.6 6H9 ( 0 )
depth 6
7
76
150 15
LEFB
D x 150 (= E) 60
B

LECA6
13 (90) [88] Stroke 88 [(90)] (3.1) 90
4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 61
48.5
2 [4] 65
20
(68)
8
20
31
68
53.8
12.9
8
Vacuum port M4 x 0.7
Rc1/8 thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
Motor option: With lock
(214) Cable length ≈ 250
15 65
20
20
Lock cable (Ø 3.3)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
20 Motor cable (2 x Ø 5)
+0.030
Ø 6H9( 0 ) (170)
depth 7
106
Body mounting Note 1) 4 x M8 x 1.25
reference plane 60
thread depth 13
58
74
+0.030
6H9 ( 0 )
depth 7
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body
mounting reference plane, set the height of the
LEFB
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because
of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted
on the table does not interfere with the work pieces
LECY LECSS-T LECS
and facilities around the table. Dimensions [mm]

Note 3) Position after return to origin L
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has
Model A B n D E
changed. 11-LEFS40-150 506 555 156 328 4 — 150
11-LEFS40-200 556 605 206 378 6 2 300
11-LEFS40-250 606 655 256 428 6 2 300
11-LEFS40-300 656 705 306 478 6 2 300
11-LEFS40-350 706 755 356 528 8 3 450
11-LEFS40-400 756 805 406 578 8 3 450
11-LEFS40-450 806 855 456 628 8 3 450
11-LEFS40-500 856 905 506 678 10 4 600
11-LEFS40-550 906 955 556 728 10 4 600
11-LEFS40-600 956 1005 606 778 10 4 600
LEFG
11-LEFS40-650 1006 1055 656 828 12 5 750

11-LEFS40-700 1056 1105 706 878 12 5 750
11-LEFS40-750 1106 1155 756 928 12 5 750
11-LEFS40-800 1156 1205 806 978 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
11-LEFS40-850 1206 1255 856 1028 14 6 900

11-LEFS40-900 1256 1305 906 1078 14 6 900
11-LEFS40-950 1306 1355 956 1128 16 7 1050
11-LEFS40-1000 1356 1405 1006 1178 16 7 1050
56
Ball Screw Drive Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Series 25A-LEFS
®
LEFS16, 25, 32, 40 Secondary Battery Compatible RoHS

CompatiblesPage 104

How to Order
25A-LEFS H 25 R B 200 S 1 6P 1
Series compatible with q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2
secondary batteries
q Accuracy w Size r Motor type

— Basic Type 16 Applicable size Compatible
H High precision type 25 Symbol Type controllers/
32 LEFS16 LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40 driver
40
Step motor LECP6
— LECP1
e Motor mounting position
(Servo/24 VDC) LECPA
— In-line Servo motor
R Right side parallel A (24 VDC)
— — LECA6
L Left side parallel
Caution
t Lead [mm] [CE-compliant products]
Symbol LEFS16 LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40 qEMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller
A 10 12 16 20 LEC series.
B 5 6 8 10 The EMC depends on the configuration of the customer’s control panel and the relationship with
other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore conformity to the EMC directive cannot be
certified for SMC components incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual
operating conditions. As a result it is necessary for the customer to verify conformity to the EMC
y Stroke [mm] directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
50 50 wFor the servo motor (24 VDC) specification, EMC compliance was tested by installing a noise
to to filter set (LEC-NFA).
1000 1000 Refer to the LEF catalogue for the noise filter set. Refer to the LECA Operation Manual for
∗ Refer to the applicable stroke table. installation.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller/driver should be used with a
UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Applicable stroke table Standard

Model [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 stroke range [mm]
LEFS16 — — — — — — — — — — 50 to 500
LEFS25 — — — — — — — — 50 to 600
LEFS32 — — — — 50 to 800
LEFS40 — — 150 to 1000
∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as specials orders.

q Check the actuator label for model number (after "25A-"). This matches the controller/driver.
q w
∗ Refer to the operation manual for using the products. Please download it via our website, http://www.smc.eu
57
Ball Screw Drive Series 25A-LEFS
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Secondary Battery Compatible
Selection
Model
LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
u Motor option i Actuator cable type∗1 o Actuator cable length [m]
— Without option — Without cable — Without cable
B With lock S Standard cable∗2 1 1.5
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable)∗3 3 3
∗1 The standard cable should be used on fixed parts. 5 5
For using on moving parts, select the robotic cable. 8 8∗
∗2 Only available for the motor type “Step motor”. A 10∗
∗3 Fix the motor cable protruding from the B 15∗
actuator to keep it unmovable. For details C 20∗
about fixing method, refer to Wiring/Cables in
∗ Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic cable only)
the Electric Actuators Precautions.
!0 Controller/Driver type∗1 !2
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
!1 I/O cable length [m]∗1, Communication plug Controller/Driver mounting
— Without controller/driver — Without cable (Without communication plug connector) — Screw mounting
6N LECP6/LECA6 NPN 1 1.5 D DIN rail mounting∗
6P (Step data input type) PNP 3 3∗2 ∗ DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
1N LECP1∗2 NPN 5 5∗2
1P (Programless type) PNP ∗1 When “Without controller/driver” is selected
AN LECPA∗2∗3 NPN for controller/driver types, I/O cable cannot
AP (Pulse input type) PNP be selected. When the I/O cable is required,
∗1 For details about controllers/driver and order it separately.
compatible motors, refer to the compatible ∗2 When “Pulse input type” is selected for
LEFS
controllers/driver below. controller/driver types, pulse input usable
∗2 Only available for the motor type “Step only with differential. Only 1.5 m cables
AC Servo Motor
motor”. usable with open collector.
∗3 When pulse signals are open collector, order
the current limit resistor (LEC-PA-R- )
separately.
∗ Specifications and dimensions for the
LEFB
25A-series are the same as standard products.
Compatible Controllers/Driver
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Type

Value (Step data) input Capable of setting up operation (step data) without
Features Operation by pulse signals
LEFG
Standard controller using a PC or teaching box
Step motor Servo motor Step motor

Compatible motor
(Servo/24 VDC) (24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)
Specific Product
Precautions
Maximum number of step data 64 points 14 points —

∗ Copper and zinc materials are used for the motors, cables, controllers/drivers.
58
25A-LE
Series
Precautions
Be sure to read before handling.
Handling
Caution
Change of material Chemical environment
Series 25A- are copper- and zinc-free products, however, Refrain from using the products in such environments as
some parts including coils for motors, cables, drivers and auto exposed to chemicals. Otherwise, resin parts may deteriorate.
switches, and connector pins and lead wires, whose material If you want SMC to test the products for the effects of
can not be changed, are made of copper. chemicals attached to them, send the products back to SMC
after thoroughly cleaning them. Consult your SMC sales
representative for further details.
59
60
AC Servo Motor Servo Motor (24 VDC)/Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Specific Product LECA6 Model
Precautions
LEFG LECY LECSS-T LECS LEFB LEFS JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1 LECPA LECP1 LEC-G LECP6 LEFB LEFS Selection
Belt Drive Step Motor
Servo Motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
(24 VDC)
LEFB
®
Series
LEFB16, 25, 32 RoHS
CompatiblesPage 104
The belt drive actuator cannot be
Multi-Axis Step Motor Controller Compatible sPage 114 used vertically for applications.
How to Order
LEFB 16 T 500 R 1 6N 1
q w e r t y u i o !0
q Size w Motor type

16 Applicable size Compatible
25 Symbol Type
controller/driver
32 LEFB16 LEFB25 LEFB32
LECP6
Step motor
— LECP1
(Servo/24 VDC)
LECPA
Servo motor
A — LECA6
(24 VDC)
e Equivalent lead [mm]

T 48 Caution
q EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller
LEC series.
with other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the EMC directive cannot
be certified for SMC components incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual
operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify conformity to the
r Stroke [mm] EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
300 300 w For the servo motor ( 2 4 VDC) specification, EMC compliance was tested by installing a noise
to to filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to page 79 for the noise filter set. Refer to the LECA series Operation
2000 2000 Manual for installation.
∗ Refer to the applicable stroke table. [UL-compliant products]

When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller/driver should be used with
a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.

Stroke
300 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
Model
LEFB16 — — — — Support Guide/Series LEFG
LEFB25 support work pieces with
LEFB32 significant overhang.

: @
61
Selection
Model
LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
t Motor option y Actuator cable type∗1 u Actuator cable length [m]
— Without option — Without cable — Without cable
B With lock S Standard cable∗2 1 1.5
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable)∗3 3 3
∗1 The standard cable should be used on fixed parts. 5 5
8∗
i Controller/Driver type
For using on moving parts, select the robotic cable. 8
∗1
∗2 Only available for the motor type “Step motor.”
∗3 Fix the motor cable protruding from the actuator to keep A 10∗
— Without controller/driver
it unmovable. For details about fixing method, refer to B 15∗
6N LECP6/LECA6 NPN Wiring/Cables in the Electric Actuators Precautions.
(Step data input type) C 20∗
6P PNP
1N LECP1∗2 NPN o I/O cable length∗1, Communication plug ∗ Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic cable only)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
1P (Programless type) PNP — Without cable (Without communication plug connector)∗3 Refer to the specifications Note 2) on pages 63 and 64.
AN LECPA∗2 ∗3 NPN 1 1.5 m

3 m∗2
!0 Controller/Driver mounting
AP (Pulse input type) PNP 3
— Screw mounting
5 5 m∗2
∗1 For details about controller/driver and D DIN rail mounting∗
∗ 1 When “Without controller/driver” is selected
compatible motor, refer to the compatible
for controller/driver types, I/O cable cannot ∗ DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
controller/driver below. be selected. Refer to page 7 9 (For LECP 6 /
∗2 Only available for the motor type “Step LECA 6 ), page 9 6 (For LECP 1 ) or page 9 9
motor.” (For LECPA) if I/O cable is required.
∗3 When pulse signals are open collector, order ∗ 2 When “Pulse input type” is selected for
LEFS
the current limiting resistor (LEC-PA-R-) controller/driver types, pulse input usable
on page 96 separately. only with differential. Only 1 . 5 m cables
usable with open collector.
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Type

Standard controller
LEFG
teaching box

Specific Product
Maximum number
Precautions
64 points 14 points —
of step data
62
Series LEFB
Specifications
Model LEFB16 LEFB25 LEFB32
300, 500, 600, 700 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900
Stroke [mm] Note 1)
800, 900, 1000 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
Work load LECP6/LECP1 1 10 19
Horizontal
[kg] Note 2)
LECPA 1 5 14
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 48 to 1100 48 to 1400 48 to 1500
Positioning repeatability [mm] ±0.08
Lost motion [mm] Note 3) 0.1 or less
Equivalent lead [mm] 48 48 48
Actuation type Belt

Power consumption [W] Note 5) 24 32 52
Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 6) 18 16 44
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W] Note 7) 51 60 127
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 4 19 36

Power consumption [W] Note 9) 2.9 5 5
Note 2) Speed changes according to the controller/driver type and work load. Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 28.
Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it will decrease by up to 10 % for each 5 m. Cannot be used vertically for applications.
operation.
63
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFS
Model LEFB16A LEFB25A
300, 500, 600, 700 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900
Stroke [mm] Note 1)
800, 900, 1000 1000, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000
Work load [kg] Note 2) Horizontal 1 2
Speed [mm/s] Note 2) 5 to 2000 5 to 2000
LEFB
Equivalent lead [mm] 48 48
LECA6
Actuation type Belt
Motor size 28 42

Standby power consumption when operating [W] Note 6) Horizontal 4 Horizontal 5
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 4 19
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Note 2) Check “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 28 for details. Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it will decrease by up to 10 %
for each 5 m.
LEFS
operation.
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
Weight
Series LEFB16
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Stroke [mm] 300 500 600 700 800 900 1000

Product weight [kg] 1.19 1.45 1.58 1.71 1.84 1.97 2.10
Series LEFB25
Stroke [mm] 300 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
Product weight [kg] 2.39 2.85 3.08 3.31 3.54 3.77 4.00 4.46 5.15 5.84 6.30
Series LEFB32
Stroke [mm] 300 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
Product weight [kg] 4.12 4.80 5.14 5.48 5.82 6.16 6.50 7.18 8.20 9.22 9.90
LEFG

Specific Product
Precautions
64
Series LEFB
Construction
Series LEFB
A-A
!9
!5
@5 @3 !1 !2 t r e !8 o
A
@4
A
!0 @0 !3 @2 !4
!7 @1 q i y u i !7 !6
No. Description Material Note

1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised
2 Rail guide —
3 Belt —
4 Belt holder Carbon steel Chromating
5 Belt stopper Aluminium alloy Anodised
6 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised
7 Blanking plate Aluminium alloy Anodised
8 Seal band holder Synthetic resin
9 Housing A Aluminium die-cast Coating
10 Pulley holder Aluminium alloy
11 Pulley shaft Stainless steel
12 End pulley Aluminium alloy Anodised
13 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy Anodised
14 Motor mount Aluminium alloy Anodised
15 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
16 End cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
17 Band stopper Stainless steel
18 Motor —
19 Rubber bushing NBR
20 Stopper Aluminium alloy
21 Dust seal band Stainless steel
22 Bearing —
23 Bearing —
24 Tension adjustment bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
25 Pulley fixing bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
65
Selection
Model
Dimensions: Belt Drive

+0.025
LEFB16 3H9 ( 0 )
LEFS
n x Ø 3.5 depth 3
4
Motor option:
34
With lock
(2.4)
150 8
Lock cable
D x 150 (= E) 20 (Ø 3.5)
B
LEFB
(142.2)
7 (92) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 37 53.5 (1.5) 65 65
40
(2.4)
(96) [94] Stroke 39 [(41)]
27 Cable length
4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] ≈ 250
LECA6
40
(94.7)
33
Motor cable
Step Servo
8.7
(2 x Ø 5)
motor motor
20
20 24
+0.025
Belt tension adjustment bolt
Ø 3H9( 0 ) 5.5
20 24
20 20
(72) (M3: Width across flats 2.5)
depth 3 11.7
4 x M4 x 0.7 M4 x 0.7
reference plane 24 15 15
28
thread depth 6.4 thread depth 7

(F.G. terminal)
+0.025 [mm]
3H9 ( 0 )
39.4
3.5
depth 3 Model L A B n D E
LEFB16T-300 495.5 306 435 6 2 300
LEFB16T-500 695.5 506 635 10 4 600
more because of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm) LEFB16T-600 795.5 606 735 10 4 600
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece LEFB16T-700 895.5 706 835 12 5 750
mounted on the table does not interfere with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFB16T-800 995.5 806 935 14 6 900
Note 3) Position after return to origin LEFB16T-900 1095.5 906 1035 14 6 900
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFB16T-1000 1195.5 1006 1135 16 7 1050
LEFB25 3H9 ( 0
+0.025
) Motor option:
n x Ø 4.5 With lock
depth 3
4
(2.4)
Lock cable
48
(Ø 3.5)
170 10
LEFS
D x 170 (= E) 25
(H)
B 65
AC Servo Motor
L Cable length ≈ 250 Cable length
≈ 250
10 (109) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 64.8 (1.5) 65
58
(2.4)
(113) [111] Stroke 54 [(56)]

38
LEFB
4 [2] [Origin] Note 4) Origin Note 3) 2 [4] Step Servo
motor motor
38.5
48
20 24
( H)
12.5
6.5
20 24
20 20
LECY LECSS-T LECS

24
Motor cable 6 15 15
+0.025
Ø 3H9 ( 0 ) (102) (2 x Ø 4.7) 17 Belt tension adjustment bolt
depth 3 (M3: Width across flats 2.5) [mm]
Body mounting Note 1) 64 M4 x 0.7
reference plane 4 x M5 x 0.8 45 thread depth 8 Model H
38
thread depth 8.5 (F.G. terminal) LEFB25T- ST 115.8

LEFB25T- ST B 158.8
LEFB25AT- ST 98.8
+0.025 LEFB25AT- ST B 139.8
3.5
3H9 ( 0 )
50
depth 3 Model L A B n D E
LEFB25T-300 541.8 306 467 6 2 340
LEFB25T-500 741.8 506 667 8 3 510
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference LEFB25T-600 841.8 606 767 10 4 680
LEFG
plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or LEFB25T-700 941.8 706 867 10 4 680
more because of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm) LEFB25T-800 1041.8 806 967 12 5 850
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. LEFB25T-900 1141.8 906 1067 14 6 1020
Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere LEFB25T-1000 1241.8 1006 1167 14 6 1020
Specific Product
Precautions
with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFB25T-1200 1441.8 1206 1367 16 7 1190
LEFB25T-1800 2041.8 1806 1967 24 11 1870
LEFB25T-2000 2241.8 2006 2167 26 12 2040
66
Series LEFB

LEFB32
+0.030 Motor option:

5H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5 With lock
6
Step
(2.4)
motor Lock cable
60
20 (Ø 3.5)
20 20
200 15
D x 200 (= E) 25 65
15
B Cable length
≈ 250
(185.4)
10 (121) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62 86.6 (1.5) 65
70
(2.4)
(125) [123] Stroke 64 [(66)] 48
46.8
(140.3)
60
15.8
6.5
30
Motor cable
(2 x Ø 5) 7.5 Belt tension adjustment bolt
22 (M3: Width across flats 2.5)
Ø 5H9(+0.030
0 ) (122) M4 x 0.7
depth 5 thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
reference plane 4 x M6 x 1 42
44
thread depth 8.5

5.5
60
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 5
[mm]
Model L A B n D E
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting refer-
LEFB32T-300 585.6 306 489 6 2 400
ence plane, set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm
or more because of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
LEFB32T-500 785.6 506 689 8 3 600
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. LEFB32T-600 885.6 606 789 8 3 600
Make sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere LEFB32T-700 985.6 706 889 10 4 800
with the work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFB32T-800 1085.6 806 989 10 4 800
Note 4) [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed. LEFB32T-1000 1285.6 1006 1189 12 5 1000
LEFB32T-1200 1485.6 1206 1389 14 6 1200
LEFB32T-1500 1785.6 1506 1689 18 8 1600
LEFB32T-1800 2085.6 1806 1989 20 9 1800
LEFB32T-2000 2285.6 2006 2189 22 10 2000
67
LEF
Series
Electric Actuator
Selection
Specific Product Precautions 1
Model
Be sure to read this before handling. Refer to Safety Instructions and to Electric
Actuator Precautions.
LEFS
Design Handling
Caution Caution
1. Do not apply a load in excess of the operating limit. 2. INP output signal
LEFB
Select a suitable actuator by work load and allowable moment. If the 1) Positioning operation
product is used outside of the operating limit, the eccentric load applied to When the product comes within the set range by step data
the guide will be excessive and have adverse effects such as creating play [In position], the INP output signal will turn on.
on the guide, degrading accuracy and shortening the life of the product. Initial value: Set to [0.50] or higher.
LECA6
2. Do not use the product in applications where 3. Never hit at the stroke end except during return to origin.
excessive external force or impact force is applied to it. When incorrect instructions are inputted, such as using the
This can cause a failure. product outside of the operating limit or operation outside of
actual stroke through changes in the controller/driver setting
Selection and/or origin position, the table may collide against the stroke
end of the actuator. Check these points before use.
Warning If the table collides against the stroke end of the actuator, the
1. Do not increase the speed in excess of the operating limit. guide, belt or internal stopper can be broken. This may lead to
Select a suitable actuator by the relationship between the abnormal operation.
allowable work load and speed, and the allowable speed of
each stroke. If the product is used outside of the operating
limit, it will have adverse effects such as creating noise,
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
degrading accuracy and shortening the life of the product. Handle the actuator with care when it is used in the vertical
2. Do not use the product in applications where direction as the workpiece will fall freely from its own weight.
excessive external force or impact force is applied to it. 4. The moving force should be the initial value.
This can cause a failure. If the moving force is set below the initial value, it may cause an alarm.
3. When the product repeatedly cycles with partial 5. The actual speed of this actuator is affected by the work load.
strokes (see the table below), operate it at a full
Check the model selection section of the catalogue.
stroke at least once every 10 strokes.
Otherwise, lubrication can run out. 6. Do not apply a load, impact or resistance in addition
LEFS
to the transferred load during return to origin.
Model Partial stroke
AC Servo Motor
Additional force will cause the displacement of the origin
LEFS25 65 mm or less
position since it is based on detected motor torque.
LEFS40 105 mm or less 7. Do not dent, scratch or cause other damage to the
body and table mounting surfaces.
LEFB
4. When external force is applied to the table, it is
This may cause unevenness in the mounting surface, play in
necessary to add external force to the work load as
the guide or an increase in the sliding resistance.
the total carried load for the sizing.
When a cable duct or flexible moving tube is attached to the
8. Do not apply strong impact or an excessive moment
LECY LECSS-T LECS
actuator, the sliding resistance of the table increases and may

while mounting a workpiece.
lead to operational failure of the product. If an external force over the allowable moment is applied, it may
cause play in the guide or an increase in the sliding resistance.
5. The forward/reverse torque limit is set to 100 %
(3 times the motor rated torque) as default. 9. The flatness of mounting surface should be within
This value is the maximum torque (the limit value) in the
0.1 mm/ 500 mm.
“Position control mode”, “Speed control mode” or “Positioning Unevenness of a workpiece or base mounted on the body of
mode”. When the product is operated with a smaller value than the product may cause play in the guide and an increase in
the default, acceleration when driving can decrease. Set the the sliding resistance.
value after confirming the actual device to be used. 10. When mounting the product, keep a 40 mm or
longer diameter for bends in the cable.
LEFG
Handling 11. Do not hit the table with the workpiece in the
positioning operation and positioning range.
Caution 12. There is any type where grease is applied to the dust
Specific Product
Precautions
1. Set [in position] in the step data to at least 0.5 (at seal band for sliding. When wiping off the grease to
least 1 for the belt type). remove foreign matter etc., be sure to apply it again.
Otherwise, completion signal of in position may not be output. 13. For bottom mounting, the dust seal band may be deflected.
68
LEF
Series
Electric Actuator
Handling
Caution
14. When mounting the product, use screws with adequate 17. Check the specifications for the minimum speed
length and tighten them with adequate torque. of each actuator.
Tightening the screws with a higher torque than recommended Otherwise, unexpected malfunctions, such as knocking, may occur.
may cause a malfunction and/or decrease in guide accuracy, 18. In the case of the belt drive actuator, vibration
whilst the tightening with a lower torque can cause the may occur during operation at speeds within the
displacement of the mounting position or in extreme conditions actuator specifications, this could be caused by
the actuator could become detached from its mounting position. the operating conditions. Change the speed
setting to a speed that does not cause vibration.
Body fixed ØA
L Maintenance
Max. tightening torque ØA L

Warning
Model Bolt
[N·m] [mm] [mm] Maintenance frequency
LEF16 M3 0.6 3.5 20 Perform maintenance according to the table below.
LEF25 M4 1.5 4.5 24
LEF32 M5 3.0 5.5 30 Frequency Appearance check Internal check Belt check
LEF40 M6 5.2 6.6 31 Inspection before
— —
daily operation
Inspection every
Body mounting 6 months/1000 km/
5 million cycles∗
Body mounting ∗ Select whichever comes sooner.
reference plane
• Items for visual appearance check
1. Loose set screws, Abnormal dirt
2. Check of flaw and cable joint
Positioning pin
(Reference plane)
3. Vibration, Noise
• Items for internal check
1. Lubricant condition on moving parts.
2. Loose or mechanical play in fixed parts or fixing screws.
Positioning pin (Reference plane) • Items for belt check
Stop operation immediately and replace the belt when belt
Positioning pin appear to be below. Further, ensure your operating
(Housing B bottom) environment and conditions satisfy the requirements specified
for the product.
Body mounting
reference plane a. Tooth shape canvas is worn out.
Canvas fiber becomes fuzzy. Rubber is removed and the
Positioning pin fiber becomes whitish. Lines of fibers become unclear.
b. Peeling off or wearing of the side of the belt
The traveling parallelism is the reference plane for the body mounting Belt corner becomes round and frayed thread sticks out.
reference plane.
If the traveling parallelism for a table is required, set the reference
c. Belt partially cut
plane against parallel pins etc. Belt is partially cut. Foreign matter caught in teeth other than
cut part causes flaw.
d. Vertical line of belt teeth
Workpiece fixed Flaw which is made when the belt runs on the flange.
Max. tightening L (Max. screw-in e. Rubber back of the belt is softened and sticky.
Model Bolt
torque [N·m] depth) [mm] f . Crack on the back of the belt
L
LEF16 M4 x 0.7 1.5 6

LEF25 M5 x 0.8 3.0 8
LEF32 M6 x 1 5.2 9
LEFS40 M8 x 1.25 12.5 13
To prevent the workpiece fixing bolts from touching the body, use bolts
that are 0.5 mm or shorter than the maximum screw-in depth. If long
bolts are used, they can touch the body and cause a malfunction etc.
15. Do not operate by fixing the table and moving the

actuator body.
16. The belt drive actuator cannot be used vertically
for applications.
69
Controller/Driver
Selection
Model
Step Data Input Type Page 79
LEFS
LEFB
LECA6
Series LECP6 Series LECA6
Gateway Unit Page 83
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEC-G
LEFB
Series
Programless Type Page 86 Pulse Input Type Page 93
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)

Specific Product
Precautions
Series LECP1 Series LECPA

70
Step Data Input Type
Series LECP6
Series LECA6 Series LECP6 Series LECA6
How to Order
Caution
LE C P 6 P
q EMC compliance was tested by combining
the electric actuator LE series and the Controller Actuator part number
controller LEC series.
The EMC depends on the configuration of Part number except cable specifications and
the customer’s control panel and the rela- Compatible motor actuator options
tionship with other electrical equipment Step motor Example: Enter “LEFS16A-400”
and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the P (Servo/24 VDC) for the LEFS16A-400B-R16N1.
EMC directive cannot be certified for SMC
components incorporated into the custom- Servo motor BC Blank controller Note)
A (24 VDC)
er’s equipment under actual operating Note) The dedicated software (LEC-BCW) is required.
conditions. As a result, it is necessary for
the customer to verify conformity to the
EMC directive for the machinery and Number of step data (Points) Option
equipment as a whole. 6 64 — Screw mounting
w For the LECA6 series (servo motor control- I/O cable length [m]
ler), EMC compliance was tested by install- — Without cable
D Note) DIN rail mounting
ing a noise filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to Parallel I/O type Note) DIN rail is not included.
1 1.5
page 79 for the noise filter set. Refer to the N NPN Order it separately.
LECA Operation Manual for installation. 3 3
P PNP 5 5
When conformity to UL is required, the elec-
tric actuator and controller should be used ∗ When controller equipped type is selected when ordering the LE series,
with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply. you do not need to order this controller.
The controller is sold as single unit after the Precautions on blank controller
compatible actuator is set. (LEC6-BC)
Confirm that the combination of the controller and the Blank controller is a controller to which the
customer can write the data of the
actuator is correct. actuator to be combined and used. Use
<Check the following before use.> the dedicated software (LEC-BCW) for
q Check the actuator label for data writing.
• Please download the dedicated software
model number. This matches
(LEC-BCW) via our website.
the controller. • Order the controller setting kit (LEC-W2)
w Check Parallel I/O configuration separately to use this software.
matches (NPN or PNP). : @ SMC website
http://www.smc.eu
∗ Refer to the operation manual for using the products. Please download it via our website,
http://www.smc.eu
Specifications
Basic Specifications
Item LECP6 LECA6
Compatible motor Step motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo motor (24 VDC)
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 % Note 2) Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 % Note 2)
Power supply Note 1)
[Including motor drive power, control power, stop, lock release] [Including motor drive power, control power, stop, lock release]
Parallel input 11 inputs (Photo-coupler isolation)
Parallel output 13 outputs (Photo-coupler isolation)
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation) Incremental A/B (800 pulse/rotation)/Z phase
Serial communication RS485 (Modbus protocol compliant)
Memory EEPROM
LED indicator LED (Green/Red) one of each
Lock control Forced-lock release terminal Note 3)
Cable length [m] I/O cable: 5 or less, Actuator cable: 20 or less
Cooling system Natural air cooling
Operating temperature range [°C] 0 to 40 (No freezing)
Storage temperature range [°C] −10 to 60 (No freezing)
Storage humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between the housing and SG terminal: 50 (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 150 (Screw mounting), 170 (DIN rail mounting)
Note 1) Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the Note 2) The power consumption changes depending on the actuator
controller power supply. When conformity to UL is required, the electric ac- model. Refer to the specifications of actuator for more details.
tuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply. Note 3) Applicable to non-magnetizing lock.
71
Step Data Input Type/Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Series LECP6
Step Data Input Type/Servo Motor (24 VDC) Series LECA6
Selection
Model
How to Mount

a) Screw mounting (LEC6-) b) DIN rail mounting (LEC6D-)
LEFS
(Installation with two M4 screws) (Installation with the DIN rail)
DIN rail is locked.

Ground wire Ground
Ground wire wire
LEFB
Mounting direction
LECA6
DIN rail
Mounting direction
A
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
DIN rail mounting adapter
Hook the controller on the DIN rail and press
the lever of section A in the arrow direction to lock it.
Note) When size 25 or more of the LE series are used, the space between the controllers should be 10 mm or more.
LEFS
L
DIN rail
AC Servo Motor
7.5 12.5 5.25
AXT100-DR- (Pitch)
∗ For , enter a number from the “No.” line in the table below.
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimensions on page 73 for the mounting dimensions.
LEFB
5.5
1.25
L Dimension [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
LECY LECSS-T LECS
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5

LEC-D0 (with 2 mounting screws)
LEFG
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted onto the screw mounting type controller afterward.
Specific Product
Precautions
72
Series LECP6
Series LECA6
Dimensions
a) Screw mounting (LEC6-)
(81.7)
Ø 4.5
66 35
for body mounting
1 Power supply LED (Green) 31
(ON: Power supply is ON.)
Power supply LED (Red)

(ON: Alarm is ON.)
CN5 Parallel I/O connector
CN4 Serial I/O connector
150
132
141
CN3 Encoder connector
CN2 Motor power connector
CN1 Power supply connector
4.6
for body mounting
b) DIN rail mounting (LEC6D-)
(81.7) (11.5) Refer to page 72 for L dimension and part number of DIN rail.
66 35
1 31
64.2
167.3 (When locking DIN rail)

173.2 (When removing DIN rail)
150
132
35
(91.7)
73
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 1

∗ Power supply plug is an accessory. Power supply plug for LECP6
LEFS
Power Supply Connector: CN1
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECP6 (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/5-ST-2.5)
Terminal name Function Details
M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/EMG terminal/BK RLS terminal are
0V Common supply (−)
common (−).
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) supplied to the controller
LEFB
C 24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) supplied to the controller
0V
M 24V
C 24V
EMG
BK RLS
EMG Stop (+) Input (+) for releasing the stop
BK RLS Lock release (+) Input (+) for releasing the lock
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECA6 (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/7-ST-2.5) Power supply plug for LECA6
LECA6
M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/EMG terminal/BK RLS terminal are
common (−).
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) supplied to the controller
C 24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) supplied to the controller
RG+ Regenerative output 1 Regenerative output terminals for external connection
0V
M 24V
C 24V
EMG
(Not necessary to connect them in the combination with the LE series standard specifications.)
BK RLS
RG− Regenerative output 2
RG+
RG
Wiring Example 2
∗ When you connect a PLC etc., to the CN5 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CN5-).
Parallel I/O Connector: CN5 ∗ The wiring should be changed depending on the type of the parallel I/O (NPN or PNP).
Wiring diagram
LEC6P- (PNP)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LEC6N- (NPN) Power supply 24 VDC Power supply 24 VDC
CN5 for I/O signal CN5 for I/O signal
COM+ A1 COM+ A1
COM A2 COM A2
IN0 A3 IN0 A3
IN1 A4 IN1 A4
IN2 A5 IN2 A5
IN3 A6 IN3 A6
IN4 A7 IN4 A7
LEFS
IN5 A8 IN5 A8
SETUP A9 SETUP A9
AC Servo Motor
HOLD A10 HOLD A10
DRIVE A11 DRIVE A11
RESET A12 RESET A12
SVON A13 SVON A13
LEFB
OUT0 B1 Load OUT0 B1 Load
LECY LECSS-T LECS
BUSY B7 Load BUSY B7 Load
AREA B8 Load AREA B8 Load
SETON B9 Load SETON B9 Load
INP B10 Load INP B10 Load
SVRE B11 Load SVRE B11 Load

ESTOP B12 Load
ESTOP B12 Load

ALARM B13 Load
ALARM B13 Load
Input Signal Output Signal

Name Details Name Details
COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal OUT0 to OUT5 Outputs the step data no. during operation
COM− Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal BUSY Outputs when the actuator is moving
LEFG
Step data specified Bit No. AREA Outputs within the step data area output setting range
IN0 to IN5
(Input is instructed in the combination of IN0 to 5.) SETON Outputs when returning to origin
SETUP Instruction to return to origin Outputs when target position or target force is reached
INP
HOLD Operation is temporarily stopped (Turns on when the positioning or pushing is completed.)
Specific Product
Precautions
DRIVE Instruction to drive SVRE Outputs when servo is on

RESET Alarm reset and operation interruption ∗ESTOP Note) Not output when EMG stop is instructed
SVON Servo ON instruction ∗ALARM Note) Not output when alarm is generated
Note) Signal of negative-logic circuit (N.C.)
74
Series LECP6
Series LECA6
Step Data Setting
1. Step data setting for positioning 2. Step data setting for pushing
In this setting, the actuator moves toward and stops at the The actuator moves toward the pushing start position, and
target position. when it reaches that position, it starts pushing with the set
The following diagram shows the setting items and operation. force or less.
The setting items and set values for this operation are stated The following diagram shows the setting items and operation.
below. The setting items and set values for this operation are stated
below.
Speed Speed
Acceleration Deceleration Acceleration Deceleration
Speed Speed
Position Pushing speed
In position Force Position

In position
INP output ON OFF ON Pushing force
Trigger LV
INP output ON OFF ON

: Need to be set.
: Need to be adjusted as required.

: Need to be set.
Step Data (Positioning) —: Setting is not required. Step Data (Pushing) : Need to be adjusted as required.
Necessity Item Details Necessity Item Details
When the absolute position is required, set When the absolute position is required, set

Movement MOD Absolute. When the relative position is

Movement MOD Absolute. When the relative position is
required, set Relative. required, set Relative.

Speed Transfer speed to the target position

Speed Transfer speed to the pushing start position

Position Target position

Position Pushing start position
Parameter which defines how rapidly the Parameter which defines how rapidly the
actuator reaches the speed set. The actuator reaches the speed set. The
Acceleration Acceleration
higher the set value, the faster it reaches higher the set value, the faster it reaches
the speed set. the speed set.
Parameter which defines how rapidly the Parameter which defines how rapidly the
Deceleration actuator comes to stop. The higher the set Deceleration actuator comes to stop. The higher the set
value, the quicker it stops. value, the quicker it stops.
Set 0. Pushing force ratio is defined.

Pushing force (If values 1 to 100 are set, the operation The setting range differs depending on the

Pushing force
will be changed to the pushing operation.) electric actuator type. Refer to the
Operation Manual for the electric actuator.
— Trigger LV Setting is not required.
— Pushing speed Setting is not required. Condition that turns on the INP output
Max. torque during the positioning operation signal. The INP output signal turns on
Moving force

Trigger LV when the generated force exceeds the
(No specific change is required.)
value. Trigger level should be the pushing
Condition that turns on the AREA output force or less.
Area 1, Area 2
signal.
Pushing speed during pushing.
Condition that turns on the INP output When the speed is set fast, the electric
signal. When the actuator enters the range actuator and work pieces might be
of [in position], the INP output signal turns Pushing speed damaged due to the impact when they hit
on. (It is unnecessary to change this from the end, so this set value should be
In position
the initial value.) When it is necessary to smaller. Refer to the Operation Manual for
output the arrival signal before the the electric actuator.
operation is completed, make the value
larger. Max. torque during the positioning operation
Moving force
(No specific change is required.)
Condition that turns on the AREA output
Area 1, Area 2
signal.
Transfer distance during pushing. If the
transferred distance exceeds the setting, it

In position stops even if it is not pushing. If the
transfer distance is exceeded, the INP
output signal will not turn on.
75
Selection
Model
Signal Timing

Return to Origin
LEFS
24 V
Power supply
0V
ON
SVON
OFF
Input
LEFB
SETUP
ON
BUSY
OFF
SVRE
LECA6
SETON
Output
INP

ALARM

ESTOP
Speed 0 mm/s
Return to origin
If the actuator is within the “in position” range of the basic
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
parameter, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF.
∗ “∗ALARM” and “∗ESTOP” are expressed as negative-logic circuit.
Scan the step Scan the step

Positioning Operation data no. Pushing Operation data no.
ON ON
IN IN
OFF OFF
Input 15 ms Output the step Input 15 ms Output the step
or more data no. or more data no.
LEFS
DRIVE DRIVE
ON ON
AC Servo Motor
OUT OUT
OFF OFF
Output BUSY Output BUSY
LEFB
INP INP
Speed 0 mm/s
Positioning operation Speed 0 mm/s
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Pushing operation
If the actuator is within the “in position” range of the step data, If the current pushing force exceeds the “trigger LV” value
INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF. of the step data, INP signal will turn ON.
∗ “OUT” is output when “DRIVE” is changed from ON to OFF.

(When power supply is applied, “DRIVE” or “RESET” is turned ON or
“∗ESTOP” is turned OFF, all of the “OUT” outputs are OFF.)
HOLD Reset Alarm reset

ON ON
Input HOLD Input RESET
OFF OFF
ON ON
Output BUSY OUT
LEFG
OFF OFF
Output
ON

ALARM
OFF
Slow-down Alarm out
Specific Product
Speed starting 0 mm/s

Precautions
point HOLD during the operation

It is possible to identify the alarm group by the combination
of OUT signals when the alarm is generated.
∗ When the actuator is in the positioning range in the pushing operation, it does
not stop even if HOLD signal is input. ∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as negative-logic circuit.
76
Series LECP6
Series LECA6
Options: Actuator Cable
[Robotic cable, standard cable for step motor (Servo/24 VDC)]
1 Controller side
LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
LE CP 1 (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)
Actuator side
(Ø 8)
1 2 (Terminal no.)
(14)
(13.5) 5 6 A1 B1
(17.7)
Cable length (L) [m]
1 1.5 1 2
(18)
A6 B6
3 3 15 16 Connector A
(30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
5 5 (10)
8B
8 8∗ LE-CP- AC /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
A 10∗ (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Controller side
B 15∗ (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)
(Ø 5.5)
C 20∗ 1 2
(14)
Actuator side (Terminal no.)
5 6
∗ Produced upon receipt of A1 B1
(17.7)
order (Robotic cable only) (13.5)
1 2 A6 B6
(Ø 6.3)
(18)
Cable type (14.7)
15 16 Connector A
Robotic cable (30.7) L Connector D (11)
— (10)
(Flexible cable) Connector A Connector C
Signal Cable colour
S Standard cable terminal no. terminal no.
A B-1 Brown 2
A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
COM-A/COM B-3 Green 3
COM-B/— A-3 Blue 4
Connector D
Shield Cable colour
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
[Robotic cable, standard cable with lock and sensor for step motor (Servo/24 VDC)]
1
LE CP 1 B LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
Actuator side Controller side
(Ø 8)
(Terminal no.) Connector A Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)

Cable length (L) [m] A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
1 2
(14)
1 1.5 (13.5) 5 6 A6 B6
3 3 1 2
(18) A1 B1
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
5 5 15 16 Connector B
(30.7) L Connector D (11)
8 8∗ (10)
(14.7)
8B
A 10∗ LE-CP- A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
B 15∗
(∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Controller side
C 20∗
(Ø 5.5)
Actuator side
(Ø 6.3)
∗ Produced upon receipt of (Terminal no.) Connector A Connector C (14.2)

(Terminal no.)
order (Robotic cable only) 1 2
(14)
A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
5 6
A6 B6
With lock and sensor (13.5)
A1 B1
1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
15 16 Connector B
Cable type (14.7)
(10)
Robotic cable Connector A Connector C
— Signal Cable colour
terminal no. terminal no.
(Flexible cable) A B-1 Brown 2
S Standard cable A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable colour
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
Connector B
Signal
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
Lock (−) A-1 Black 5
Sensor (+) Note) B-3 Brown 1
Sensor (−) Note) A-3 Blue 2
77
Selection
Model
[Robotic cable for servo motor (24 VDC)]
LEFS
Controller side
LE CA 1 LE-CA-
(10.5)
Actuator side
Connector C (14.2)
(Terminal no.)
(Terminal no.)
Cable length (L) [m] (23.7) Connector A (16.6)
(Ø 7.0)
(5.6)
1 2
1 1.5
LEFB
3 4 321
3 3
(13.5)
(12.7)
5 5 1
8 8∗ 4
(Ø 6.7)
1 2
(18)
10∗ AB
A
LECA6
∗ 15 16 (14.7)
B 15
(30.7) L (11)
C 20∗ (10) Connector B Connector D
∗ Produced upon receipt
of order
Connector A Connector C
Signal Cable colour
U 1 Red 1
V 2 White 2
W 3 Black 3
Connector B Connector D
Signal Shield Cable colour
Vcc B-1 Brown 12
GND A-1 Black 13
A B-2 Red 7
A A-2 Black 6
B B-3 Orange 9
B A-3 Black 8
Z B-4 Yellow 11
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Z A-4 Black 10
— 3
Connection of shield material
[Robotic cable with lock and sensor for servo motor (24 VDC)]
LE CA 1 B LE-CA--B
Actuator side Controller side
(Terminal no.)
Cable length (L) [m] (30.7)
LEFS
Connector A1 (16.6)
(10.5)
(Ø 7.0)
(5.6)
1
(Ø 6.7)
1.5 (23.7) Connector C (14.2)

Connector A2 321
3 3 (Terminal no.)
AC Servo Motor
1 2
5 5
(10.2) (12.7)
3 4 1
8 8∗ 4
A 10∗ (13.5) AB
∗ 1 2 1
B
LEFB
15
(18)
3
20∗
(Ø 5.7)
C 15 16 AB
∗ Produced upon receipt (14.7)
of order (10) (30.7) L (11)
With lock and sensor
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Connector A1 Connector C
Signal Cable colour
U 1 Red 1
V 2 White 2
W 3 Black 3
Connector A2 Connector D
Signal Shield Cable colour
Vcc B-1 Brown 12
GND A-1 Black 13
A B-2 Red 7
A A-2 Black 6
B B-3 Orange 9
B A-3 Black 8
Z B-4 Yellow 11
LEFG
Z A-4 Black 10
Connector B — 3
Signal Connection of shield material
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
Specific Product

Precautions

Sensor (−) Note) A-3 Black 2
78
Series LECP6
Series LECA6
Option: I/O Cable
Controller side PLC side

LEC CN5 1 (Terminal no.)
(Ø 8.9)
A1 B1 A1
x
(22.4)
A13
1 1.5 B1
x
3 3
(14.4) L B13 B13 A13
5 5
Connector Insulation Dot Dot Connector Insulation Dot Dot

pin no. colour mark colour pin no. colour mark colour
∗ Conductor size: AWG28
A1 Light brown Black B1 Yellow Red
A2 Light brown Red B2 Light green Black
A3 Yellow Black B3 Light green Red
A4 Yellow Red B4 Grey Black
A5 Light green Black B5 Grey Red
A6 Light green Red B6 White Black
A7 Grey Black B7 White Red
A8 Grey Red B8 Light brown Black
A9 White Black B9 Light brown Red
A10 White Red B10 Yellow Black
A11 Light brown Black B11 Yellow Red
A12 Light brown Red B12 Light green Black
A13 Yellow Black B13 Light green Red
— Shield
Option: Noise Filter Set for Servo Motor (24 VDC)
LEC NFA
Contents of the set: 2 noise filters (Manufactured by WURTH ELEKTRONIK: 74271222)
(33.5)
(12.5)
(42.2) (28.8)
∗ Refer to the LECA6 series Operation Manual for installation.
79
Series LEC Windows®XP, Windows®7 compatible
Selection
Model
Controller Setting Kit/LEC-W2
LEFS
How to Order
: Controller setting LEC W2

software
LEFB
Controller setting kit
@ Communication (Japanese and English are available.)
cable . USB cable
(A-mini B type)
Contents
LECA6
HRS
Description Model∗
PC
q Controller setting software (CD-ROM) LEC-W2-S
w Communication cable LEC-W2-C
USB cable
e LEC-W2-U
(between the PC and the communication cable)
∗ Can be ordered separately.
Step data input type Series LECP6/Series LECA6
Pulse input type Series LECPA
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Hardware Requirements
IBM PC/AT compatible machine running
Windows®XP (32-bit),
OS
Windows®7 (32-bit and 64-bit),
Windows®8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit).
Communication
USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 ports
interface
Display XGA (1024 x 768) or more
LEFS
∗ Windows®XP, Windows®7 and Windows®8.1 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States.
∗ Refer to SMC website for version upgrade information, http://www.smc.eu
AC Servo Motor
Screen Example
Easy mode screen example Normal mode screen example
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Easy operation and simple setting

Allowing to set and display actuator step data Detailed setting
such as position, speed, force, etc. Step data can be set in detail.
Setting of step data and testing of the drive can Signals and terminal status can be monitored.
Specific Product

Precautions
be performed on the same page. Parameters can be set.

Can be used to jog and move at a constant rate. JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test operation and
testing of forced output can be performed.
80
®
Series LEC
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 RoHS
How to Order
LEC T1 3 E G
Enable switch
Teaching box Enable switch
(Option)
— None
Cable length [m] S Equipped with enable switch
3 3 ∗ Interlock switch for jog and test function
Stop switch
Initial language
J Japanese
Stop switch
E English
G Equipped with stop switch
∗ The displayed language can be changed to English or Japanese.
Specifications
Item Description
Standard functions Switch Stop switch, Enable switch (Option)
• Chinese character display Cable length [m] 3
• Stop switch is provided. Enclosure IP64 (Except connector)
Option Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
• Enable switch is provided. Weight [g] 350 (Except cable)
The EMC compliance of the teaching box was tested with the LECP6 series step motor controller
(servo/24 VDC) and an applicable actuator.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310
Easy Mode
Function Details Menu Operations Flowchart

Menu Data
Step data • Setting of step data
Data Step data no.
• Jog operation Monitor Setting of two items selected below
Jog
• Return to origin Jog Ver. 1.∗∗:
• 1 step operation Test Position, Speed, Force, Acceleration, Deceleration
Test ALM Ver. 2.∗∗:
• Return to origin
TB setting Position, Speed, Pushing force, Acceleration, Deceleration, Movement MOD,
• Display of axis and step data no.
Trigger LV, Pushing speed, Moving force, Area 1, Area 2, In position
Monitor • Display of two items selected from
Position, Speed, Force. Monitor
• Active alarm display Display of step no.
ALM
• Alarm reset Display of two items selected below
• Reconnection of axis (Ver. 1.∗∗) (Position, Speed, Force)
• Displayed language setting
Jog
(Ver. 2.∗∗)
TB setting Return to origin
• Setting of easy/normal mode
• Setting step data and selection of Jog operation
items from easy mode monitor
Test
1 step operation
ALM
Active alarm display
Alarm reset
TB setting
Reconnect (Ver. 1.∗∗)
Japanese/English (Ver. 2.∗∗)
Easy/Normal
Set item
81
Teaching Box Series LEC
Selection
Model
Normal Mode

Menu Operations Flowchart
LEFS
Function Details Menu Step data
Step data • Step data setting Step data Step data no.
Parameter Movement MOD
Parameter • Parameters setting
Monitor Speed
• Jog operation/Constant rate movement Test Position
• Return to origin ALM Acceleration
LEFB
• Test drive File Deceleration
(Specify a maximum of 5 step data TB setting Pushing force
Test
and operate.) Reconnect Trigger LV
• Forced output Pushing speed
(Forced signal output, Forced Moving force
LECA6
terminal output) Area 1, 2
• Drive monitor In position
• Output signal monitor Parameter Basic setting
Monitor • Input signal monitor
Basic
• Output terminal monitor ORIG setting
ORIG
• Input terminal monitor
Monitor DRV monitor
• Active alarm display
ALM (Alarm reset) Drive Position, Speed, Torque
• Alarm log record display Output signal Step no.
Input signal Last step no.
• Data saving
Output terminal
Save the step data and parameters Output signal monitor
Input terminal
of the controller which is being
used for communication (it is Test Input signal monitor
possible to save four files, with one JOG/MOVE
set of step data and parameters Output terminal monitor
Return to ORIG
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
File defined as one file). Test drive Input terminal monitor
• Load to controller Forced output
Loads the data which is saved in the
teaching box to the controller which ALM Status
is being used for communication. Status Active alarm display
• Delete the saved data. ALM Log record Alarm reset
• File protection (Ver. 2.∗∗)
File ALM Log record display
• Display setting Data saving Log entry display
(Easy/Normal mode) Load to controller
• Language setting File deletion
LEFS
(Japanese/English) File protection (Ver. 2.∗∗)
TB setting • Backlight setting
TB setting
AC Servo Motor
• LCD contrast setting
• Beep sound setting Easy/Normal
• Max. connection axis Language
• Distance unit (mm/inch) Backlight
LCD contrast
LEFB
Reconnect • Reconnection of axis
Beep
Max. connection axis
Password
Distance unit LECY LECSS-T LECS
Reconnect
Dimensions
4 102 34.5
w No. Description Function
q 1 LCD A screen of liquid crystal display (with backlight)

2 Ring A ring for hanging the teaching box
r
When switch is pushed in, the switch locks and stops.
t 3 Stop switch
The lock is released when it is turned to the right.
185
4 Stop switch guard A guard for the stop switch

y e Enable switch
Prevents unintentional operation (unexpected operation)
LEFG
5 of the jog test function.

(Option)
Other functions such as data change are not covered.
6 Key switch Switch for each input
Specific Product
7 Cable Length: 3 meters

Precautions
8 Connector A connector connected to CN4 of the controller

u i 25 22.5
82
Gateway Unit ®
Series LEC-G RoHS
How to Order
Caution
Gateway unit LEC G MJ2
EMC compliance was tested by
combining the electric actuator LE Applicable Fieldbus protocols
series and the controller LEC MJ2 CC-Link Ver. 2.0
series. The EMC depends on the DN1 DeviceNet™ Mounting
configuration of the customer’s PR1 PROFIBUS DP — Screw mounting
control panel and the relationship
with other electrical equipment and
EN1 EtherNet/IP™ D Note) DIN rail mounting
wiring. Therefore, conformity to the Note) DIN rail is not included.
EMC directive cannot be certified Order it separately.
for SMC components incorporated
into the customer’s equipment
under actual operating conditions.
As a result, it is necessary for the
Cable LEC CG 1 L
customer to verify conformity to the Cable type
EMC directive for the machinery 1 Communication cable Cable length
and equipment as a whole. Communication cable
2 Cable between branches K 0.3 m
L 0.5 m
When conformity to UL is required,
the electric actuator and controller 1 1m
should be used with a UL1310
Branch connector LEC CGD Cable between branches
Branch connector
Terminating resistor LEC CGR

Specifications
Model LEC-GMJ2 LEC-GDN1 LEC-GPR1 LEC-GEN1
Fieldbus CC-Link DeviceNet™ PROFIBUS DP EtherNet/IP™
Applicable system
Version Note 1) Ver. 2.0 Release 2.0 V1 Release 1.0
9.6 k/19.2 k/45.45 k/
156 k/625 k/2.5 M
Communication speed [bps] 125 k/250 k/500 k 93.75 k/187.5 k/500 k/ 10 M/100 M
/5 M/10 M
1.5 M/3 M/6 M/12 M
Configuration file Note 2) — EDS file GSD file EDS file
Communication 4 stations Input 896 points
specifications occupied 108 words Input 200 bytes Input 57 words Input 256 bytes
I/O occupation area
(8 times Output 896 points Output 200 bytes Output 57 words Output 256 bytes
setting) 108 words
Power supply for Power supply voltage [V] Note 6) — 11 to 25 VDC — —
communication Internal current consumption [mA] — 100 — —
Communication connector specifications Connector (Accessory) Connector (Accessory) D-sub RJ45
Terminating resistor Not included Not included Not included Not included
Power supply voltage [V] Note 6) 24 VDC ±10 %
Current Not connected to teaching box 200
consumption [mA] Connected to teaching box 300
EMG output terminal 30 VDC 1 A
Applicable controllers Series LECP6, Series LECA6
Controller
Communication speed [bps] Note 3) 115.2 k/230.4 k
specifications
Max. number of connectable controllers Note 4) 12 8 Note 5) 5 12
Accessories Power supply connector, communication connector Power supply connector
Note 1) Please note that the version is subject to change.
Note 2) Each file can be downloaded from the SMC website, http://www.smc.eu
Note 3) When using a teaching box (LEC-T1-), set the communication speed to 115.2 kbps.
Note 4) A communication response time for 1 controller is approximately 30 ms.
Refer to “Communication Response Time Guideline” for response times when several controllers are connected.
Note 5) For step data input, up to 12 controllers connectable.
Note 6) When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
83
Gateway Unit Series LEC-G
Selection
Model
Communication Response Time Guideline

Response time between gateway unit and controllers depends on the number of controllers connected to the gateway unit.
LEFS
For response time, refer to the graph below.
400
350
Response time (ms)
300
LEFB
250
200
150
LECA6
100
50
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
∗ This graph shows delay times between gateway unit and controllers.
Number of connectable controllers (unit)
Fieldbus network delay time is not included.
Dimensions
Screw mounting (LEC-G)
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link Ver. 2.0 Applicable Fieldbus protocol: DeviceNet™
(85) Ø 4.5 (35) (85) Ø 4.5 (35)
82 For body mounting 31 82 For body mounting 31
1 1
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
18.2 18.2
LEFB
4.5 4.5
For body mounting For body mounting
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: PROFIBUS DP Applicable Fieldbus protocol: EtherNet/IP™

(87.9) (35) (85) (35)
82 Ø 4.5 82 Ø 4.5
31 31
LECY LECSS-T LECS
For body mounting 1 For body mounting
1
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
LEFG
Specific Product
18.2 18.2
Precautions
4.5 4.5
Trademark DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA. EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ODVA.

84
Series LEC-G
Dimensions
DIN rail mounting (LEC-GD)
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link Ver. 2.0 Applicable Fieldbus protocol: DeviceNet™
(85) (35) (85) (35)
82 31 82 31
1 1


64.2
64.2
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
35
35
(95) (95)
∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm) ∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm)
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: PROFIBUS DP Applicable Fieldbus protocol: EtherNet/IP™

(87.9) (35) (85) (35)
82 31 82 31
1 1


64.2
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
35
(98)
(95)
∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm)
DIN rail L
AXT100-DR- 7.5 12.5 (Pitch) 5.25
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimensions above for the mounting dimensions.

5.5
1.25
L Dimension [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
Trademark DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA. EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ODVA.

85
®
Selection
Model
Programless Controller RoHS
Series LECP1
LEFS
How to Order
LEFB
LE C P 1 P 1 LEFS16A-400
LECA6
Controller Actuator part number
Option
(Except cable specification and actuator options)
Compatible motor — Screw mounting
Example: Enter “LEFS16A-400” for the
P Step motor (Servo/24 VDC) D Note) DIN rail mounting LEFS16A-400B-R17N1.
Note) DIN rail is not included.
Number of step data (Points) Order it separately. ∗ When controller equipped type (-1N/-1P)
1 14 (Programless) is selected when ordering the LE series, you
I/O cable length [m]
do not need to order this controller.
— Without cable
Parallel I/O type 1 1.5
N NPN 3 3
P PNP 5 5
Caution The controller is sold as sin-

[CE-compliant products] gle unit after the compatible
EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEF series and the controller LEC series.
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
The EMC depends on the configuration of the customer’s control panel and the relationship with other electrical
actuator is set.
equipment and wiring. Therefore, conformity to the EMC directive cannot be certified for SMC components Confirm that the combination of the
incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for controller and the actuator is correct.
the customer to verify conformity to the EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
[UL-compliant products] ∗ Refer to the Operation Manual for using the
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 products. Please download it via our website,
power supply. http://www.smc.eu
Specifications
LEFS
Basic Specifications
AC Servo Motor
Item LECP1
Compatible motor Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Power supply voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %, Max. current consumption: 3A (Peak 5A) Note 2)
[Including the motor drive power, control power supply, stop, lock release]
LEFB
Stop points 14 points (Position number 1 to 14(E))
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
Memory EEPROM
LECY LECSS-T LECS
7-segment LED display Note 3) 1 digit, 7-segment display (Red) Figures are expressed in hexadecimal (“10” to “15” in decimal number are expressed as “A” to “F”)
Cable length [m] I/O cable: 5 or less, Actuator cable: 20 or less
Note 1) Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the controller input power supply. When conformity to UL is required, the
electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
LEFG
Note 2) The power consumption changes depending on the actuator model. Refer to the each actuator’s operation manual etc. for details.
Note 3) “10” to “15” in decimal number are displayed as follows in the 7-segment LED.
Specific Product
Precautions
Decimal display 10 11 12 13 14 15
Hexadecimal display A b c d E F
Note 4) Applicable to non-magnetizing lock.
86
Series LECP1
Controller Details
!8 No. Display Description Details
Power supply ON/Servo ON : Green turns on
q PWR Power supply LED
Power supply ON/Servo OFF: Green flashes
!7
With alarm : Red turns on
w ALM Alarm LED
Parameter setting : Red flashes
!6 e — Cover
Change and protection of the mode switch
(Close the cover after changing switch)
Frame ground (Tighten the bolt with the nut when mounting
!5 r — FG
the controller. Connect the ground wire.)
t — Mode switch Switch the mode between manual and auto.
y — 7-segment LED Stop position, the value set by i and alarm information are displayed.
u SET Set button Decide the settings or drive operation in Manual mode.
r e i — Position selecting switch Assign the position to drive (1 to 14), and the origin position (15).
t q o
MANUAL
Manual forward button Perform forward jog and inching.
!0 Manual reverse button Perform reverse jog and inching.
y w !1 Forward speed switch 16 forward speeds are available.
SPEED
!2 Reverse speed switch 16 reverse speeds are available.
!3 Forward acceleration switch 16 forward acceleration steps are available.
u i ACCEL
!4 Reverse acceleration switch 16 reverse acceleration steps are available.
o !0 !5 CN1 Power supply connector Connect the power supply cable.
!6 CN2 Motor connector Connect the motor connector.
!1 !2 !7 CN3 Encoder connector Connect the encoder connector.
!3 !4 !8 CN4 I/O connector Connect I/O cable.
How to Mount
Controller mounting shown below.
1. Mounting screw (LECP1-) 2. Grounding
(Installation with two M4 screws) Tighten the bolt with the nut when mounting the ground wire
Ground wire
as shown below.
M4 screw
Mounting direction
Cable with crimping terminal
Tooth lock washer
Mounting direction
Controller
Note) When size 25 or more of the LE series are used, the space between the controllers should be 10 mm or more.
Caution
M4 screws, cable with crimping terminal and tooth lock washer are not included.
Be sure to carry out grounding earth in order to ensure the noise tolerance.
Use a watchmaker’s screwdriver of the size shown below when changing position
switch i and the set value of the speed/acceleration switch !1 to !4.
Size
End width L: 2.0 to 2.4 [mm]
End thickness W: 0.5 to 0.6 [mm]
W
L Magnified view of the end

of the screwdriver
87
Programless Controller Series LECP1
Selection
Model
Dimensions
LEFS
DIN rail mounting (LEC1D-)
38
85 (11.5) 36.2
SL
24.2
LEFB
DIN rail
AXT100-DR-
35
∗ For , enter a number from the “No.” line in the
LECA6
table below.
Refer to the dimensions above for the mounting
110
86 dimensions.
L
7.5 12.5 5.25
(Pitch)
(35)
(25)
5.5
1.25
L Dimension [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 273
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
No. 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5

LEC-1-D0 (with 2 mounting screws)
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted onto the screw mounting type controller afterwards.
CN4 I/O connector
LEFS
Screw mounting (LEC1-) CN3 Encoder connector
AC Servo Motor
CN2 Motor connector
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
38
85 36.2
1.2 18.1 Ø 4.5
4.5
for body mounting

110
101
86
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
88
Series LECP1
Wiring Example 1
∗ When you connect a CN1 power supply connector, use the power supply cable (LEC-CK1-1).
Power Supply Connector: CN1 ∗ Power supply cable (LEC-CK1-1) is an accessory.
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECP1 Power supply cable for LECP1 (LEC-CK1-1)
Terminal name Cable colour Function Details
Common M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/BK
0V Blue
supply (−) RLS terminal are common (−).
Motor power Motor power supply (+) supplied
M 24V White
supply (+) to the controller
Control power Control power supply (+) supplied
C 24V Brown
supply (+) to the controller
BK RLS Black Lock release (+) Input (+) for releasing the lock
Wiring Example 2
∗ When you connect a PLC etc., to the CN4 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CK4-).
NPN PNP
Power supply 24 VDC Power supply 24 VDC
CN4 for I/O signal CN4 for I/O signal
COM+ 1 COM+ 1
COM 2 COM 2
OUT0 3 Load OUT0 3 Load
BUSY 7 Load BUSY 7 Load
ALARM 8 Load ALARM 8 Load
IN0 9 IN0 9
IN1 10 IN1 10
IN2 11 IN2 11
IN3 12 IN3 12
RESET 13 RESET 13
STOP 14 STOP 14
Input Signal Output Signal

COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal Turns on when the positioning or pushing is completed.
COM− Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal (Output is instructed in the combination of OUT0 to 3.)
• Instruction to drive (input as a combination of IN0 to IN3) OUT0 to OUT3 Example - (operation complete for position no. 3)
• Instruction to return to origin (IN0 to IN3 all ON simultaneously) OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 OUT0
IN0 to IN3 Example - (instruction to drive for position no. 5) OFF OFF ON ON
IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 BUSY Outputs when the actuator is moving
OFF ON OFF ON ∗ALARM Note) Not output when alarm is active or servo OFF
Alarm reset and operation interruption Note) Signal of negative-logic circuit (N.C.)
During operation: deceleration stop from position at which
RESET
signal is input (servo ON maintained)
While alarm is active: alarm reset
STOP Instruction to stop (after maximum deceleration stop, servo OFF)
Input Signal [IN0 - IN3] Position Number Chart : OFF : ON Output Signal [OUT0 - OUT3] Position Number Chart : OFF : ON
Position number IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 Position number OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 OUT0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 (A) 10 (A)
11 (B) 11 (B)
12 (C) 12 (C)
13 (D) 13 (D)
14 (E) 14 (E)
Return to origin Return to origin
89
Selection
Model
Signal Timing

(1) Return to Origin
LEFS
24 V
Power supply
IN0-3 all ON 0V
ON
Input IN0-3
OFF
ON
LEFB
BUSY
OFF
Output OUT0-3

ALARM
LECA6
External lock Release
Hold
Speed 0 mm/s
ON after controller system initialization
Return to origin
Output signals for OUT0, OUT1, OUT2, OUT3

are ON when return to origin is completed.
∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as negative-logic circuit.
(2) Positioning Operation (4) Stop by the STOP Signal
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Power supply 24 V Power supply 24 V
0V 0V
ON ON
Input IN0-3 IN0-3
OFF OFF
Input
ON
OUT0-3 STOP
OFF
Output
ON
BUSY OUT0-3
OFF
Release
LEFS
External lock Output BUSY
Hold
AC Servo Motor

ALARM
Speed 0 mm/s
Positioning operation Release
External lock
Hold
LEFB
OUT0-3 output signals are ON in the same state
as the input IN0-3 when positioning is completed.
Speed 0 mm/s
Stop by the STOP signal during
positioning operation
(3) Cut-off Stop (Reset Stop)

LECY LECSS-T LECS
Power supply 24 V
0V (5) Alarm Reset
ON Alarm reset
IN0-3
OFF ON
Input Input RESET
OFF
RESET
ON
Output
ALARM
ON OFF
OUT0-3
OFF Alarm out
Output
BUSY ∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as negative-logic circuit.
Release
External lock
LEFG
Hold
Speed 0 mm/s
Specific Product
Cut-off stop during

Precautions
positioning operation
90
Series LECP1

1
Controller side
LE CP 1 (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)
Actuator side
(Ø 8)
1 2 (Terminal no.)
(14)
Cable length (L) [m] (13.5) 5 6 A1 B1
(17.7)
1 1.5 1 2
(18)
A6 B6
3 3 15 16 Connector A
(30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
5 5 (10)
8B
8 8∗ LE-CP- A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
A 10∗ (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Controller side
(Ø 5.5)
C 20∗ 1 2
(14)
∗ Produced upon receipt of 5 6
A1 B1
(17.7)
1 2 A6 B6
(Ø 6.3)
(18)
Cable type
15 16 Connector A (14.7)
— (10)
(Flexible cable) Connector A Connector C
Signal Cable colour
A B-1 Brown 2
A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable colour
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
1
LE CP 1 B Actuator side Controller side
(Ø 8)

(10.2) (17.7)
1 2
(14)
1 1.5 (13.5) 5 6 A6 B6
1 2 A1 B1
3 3
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
5 5 15 16 Connector B
∗ (14.7)
8 8 (10)
8B
A 10∗ LE-CP- A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
B 15∗ (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Controller side
C 20∗ Actuator side
(Ø 5.5)
(Ø 6.3)
∗ Produced upon receipt of (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)

Connector A (Terminal no.)
(14)
A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
5 6
A6 B6
A1 B1
1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
15 16 Connector B
Cable type (14.7)
(10)
Robotic cable Connector A Connector C
— Signal Cable colour
(Flexible cable) A B-1 Brown 2
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable colour
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
Connector B
Signal
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
91
Selection
Model
Options

[Power supply cable]
LEFS
LEC CK1 1
(15.8)
(Ø 6)
LEFB
(13.3) (35) (60) (10.5)
(1500)
LECA6
Terminal name Covered colour Function
0V Blue Common supply (−)
M 24V White Motor power supply (+)
C 24V Brown Control power supply (+)
BK RLS Black Lock release (+)
[I/O cable]
LEC CK4
1 1.5
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
3 3
5 5
Controller side PLC side
(16)
(Ø 7.9)
LEFS
(11) (30) (60) (10)
(L)
AC Servo Motor
Terminal no. Insulation colour Dot mark Dot colour Function
1 Light brown Black COM+
2 Light brown Red COM−
LEFB
3 Yellow Black OUT0
4 Yellow Red OUT1
5 Light green Black OUT2
6 Light green Red OUT3
LECY LECSS-T LECS
7 Grey Black BUSY

8 Grey Red ALARM
9 White Black IN0
10 White Red IN1
11 Light brown Black IN2
12 Light brown Red IN3
13 Yellow Black RESET
14 Yellow Red STOP
∗ Parallel I/O signal is valid in auto mode. While the test function operates at manual mode, only the output is valid.
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
92
Pulse Input Type ®
Series LECPA RoHS
How to Order
Caution
[CE-compliant products] LECP AP 1 LEFS16B-100
q EMC compliance was tested by combining the
electric actuator LE series and the LECPA series. Driver type
The EMC depends on the configuration of the Driver mounting
AN Pulse input type (NPN)
customer’s control panel and the relationship with — Screw mounting
other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, AP Pulse input type (PNP)
D Note) DIN rail mounting
conformity to the EMC directive cannot be certi-
fied for SMC components incorporated into the I/O cable length [m] Note) DIN rail is not included.
customer’s equipment under actual operating Order it separately.
— None
conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the cus-
1 1.5 Actuator part number
tomer to verify conformity to the EMC directive for
the machinery and equipment as a whole. 3 3∗
Part number except cable specifications and
w For the LECPA series (step motor driver), EMC 5 5∗
actuator options
compliance was tested by installing a noise filter ∗ Pulse input usable only with Example: Enter “LEFS16B-100”
set (LEC-NFA). differential. Only 1.5 m cables for the LEFS16B-100B-R1AN1D.
Refer to page 79 for the noise filter set. Refer to usable with open collector.
the LECPA Operation Manual for installation. BC Blank controller Note)
[UL-compliant products] Note) The dedicated software (LEC-BCW) is required.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actu-
ator and driver should be used with a UL1310 Class
2 power supply. ∗ When controller equipped type is selected when ordering the LE series, you do not need to order this driver.
∗ When pulse signals are open collector, order the current limiting resistor (LEC-PA-R-) separately.
The driver is sold as single unit after Precautions on blank controller

the compatible actuator is set. (LECPA-BC)
Confirm that the combination of the driver and Blank controller is a controller to which the
the actuator is correct. customer can write the data of the
actuator to be combined and used. Use
<Check the following before use.> the dedicated software (LEC-BCW) for
q Check the actuator label for data writing.
model number. This matches • Please download the dedicated software
(LEC-BCW) via our website.
the driver.
• Order the controller setting kit (LEC-W2)
w Check Parallel I/O : @ separately to use this software.
configuration matches (NPN or PNP). SMC website
http://www.smc.eu
∗ Refer to the operation manual for using the products. Please download it via our website,
http://www.smc.eu
Specifications
Item LECPA
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 % Note 2)
[Including motor drive power, control power, stop, lock release]
Parallel input 5 inputs (Except photo-coupler isolation, pulse input terminal, COM terminal)
Maximum frequency: 60 kpps (Open collector), 200 kpps (Differential)
Pulse signal input
Input method: 1 pulse mode (Pulse input in direction), 2 pulse mode (Pulse input in differing directions)
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (Encoder resolution: 800 pulse/rotation)
Serial communication RS485 (Modbus protocol compliant)
Memory EEPROM
Cable length [m] I/O cable: 1.5 or less (Open collector), 5 or less (Differential), Actuator cable: 20 or less
Note 1) Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the Note 2) The power consumption changes depending on the actuator
driver power supply. When conformity to UL is required, the electric model. Refer to the specifications of actuator for more details.
actuator and driver should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply. Note 3) Applicable to non-magnetizing lock.
93
Selection
Model
How to Mount

a) Screw mounting (LECPA-) b) DIN rail mounting (LECPAD-)
LEFS
(Installation with two M4 (Installation with the DIN rail)
screws)
DIN rail is locked.
Ground wire Ground wire Ground wire
LEFB
Mounting direction
LECA6
DIN rail DIN rail
Mounting direction
A A
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Hook the driver on the DIN rail and press the lever
of section A in the arrow direction to lock it.
Note) The space between the drivers should be 10 mm or more.
LEFS
L
DIN rail
AC Servo Motor
7.5 12.5 5.25
AXT100-DR- (Pitch)
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimensions on page 95 for the mounting dimensions.
LEFB
5.5
1.25
L Dimension [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
LECY LECSS-T LECS
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5

LEC-2-D0 (with 2 mounting screws)
LEFG
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted onto the screw mounting type driver afterward.
Specific Product
Precautions
94
Series LECPA
Dimensions
a) Screw mounting (LECPA-)
66 35
Power supply LED (Green) Ø 4.5
1.2
(ON: Power supply is ON.) for body mounting
(Screw mounting type)
Power supply LED (Red)

(ON: Alarm is ON.)
CN5 Parallel I/O connector
125
116
109
CN4 Serial I/O connector
CN2 Motor power connector

4.5
for body mounting
(Screw mounting type)
b) DIN rail mounting (LECPAD-)
76 35
39.2

35
109
∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm)
Wiring Example 1
Power Supply Connector: CN1 ∗ Power supply plug is an accessory. Power supply plug for LECPA
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECPA (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/5-ST-2.5)
M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/EMG terminal/BK RLS
terminal are common (−).
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) supplied to the driver
C 24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) supplied to the driver
0V
M 24V
C 24V
EMG
BK RLS

95
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 2

∗ When you connect a PLC etc., to the CN5 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CL5-).
LEFS
LECPAN- (NPN) LECPAP- (PNP)
Power supply Power supply
CN5 CN5
24 VDC ±10 % 24 VDC ±10 %
Terminal name Function Pin no. for I/O signal Terminal name Function Pin no. for I/O signal
COM+ 24 V 1 COM+ 24 V 1
LEFB
COM− 0V 2 COM− 0V 2
NP+ Pulse signal 3 NP+ Pulse signal 3
NP− Pulse signal 4 NP− Pulse signal 4
Note 1) Note 1)
PP+ Pulse signal 5 PP+ Pulse signal 5
PP− Pulse signal 6 PP− Pulse signal 6
LECA6
SETUP Input 7 SETUP Input 7
RESET Input 8 RESET Input 8
SVON Input 9 SVON Input 9
CLR Input 10 CLR Input 10
TL Input 11 TL Input 11
TLOUT Output 12 Load TLOUT Output 12 Load
WAREA Output 13 Load WAREA Output 13 Load
BUSY Output 14 Load BUSY Output 14 Load
SETON Output 15 Load SETON Output 15 Load
INP Output 16 Load INP Output 16 Load
SVRE Output 17 Load SVRE Output 17 Load
∗ESTOP Note 2) Output 18 Load ∗ESTOP Note 2) Output 18 Load
∗ALARM Note 2) Output 19 Load ∗ALARM Note 2) Output 19 Load
AREA Output 20 Load AREA Output 20 Load
Round terminal Round terminal

FG FG
0.5-5 0.5-5
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Note 1) For pulse signal wiring method, refer to “Pulse Signal Wiring Details”.
Note 2) Output when the power supply of the driver is ON. (N.C.) Output Signal
Name Details
Input Signal BUSY Outputs when the actuator is operating
Name Details SETON Outputs when returning to origin
COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal INP Outputs when target position is reached
COM− Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal SVRE Outputs when servo is on
SETUP Instruction to return to origin ∗ESTOP Note 3) Not output when EMG stop is instructed
RESET Alarm reset ∗ALARM Note 3) Not output when alarm is generated
SVON Servo ON instruction AREA Outputs within the area output setting range
LEFS
CLR Deviation reset WAREA Outputs within W-AREA output setting range
TL Instruction to pushing operation TLOUT Outputs during pushing operation
AC Servo Motor
Note 3) Signal of negative-logic circuit ON (N.C.)
Pulse Signal Wiring Details
Pulse signal output of positioning unit is differential output
LEFB
Positioning unit Inside of the driver
NP+
NP 1 k7
LECY LECSS-T LECS
120 7
PP+
PP 1 k7
120 7
Pulse signal output of positioning unit is open collector output

Pulse signal power supply
Positioning
unit Inside of the driver
Note) Connect the current limit resistor R in series to
NP+
correspond to the pulse signal voltage.
LEFG
NP 1 k7
Pulse signal Current limit resistor R Current limit resistor
Current limit 120 7 power supply voltage specifications part no.
resistor R Note) PP+
3.3 kΩ ±5 %
Specific Product
1 k7 24 VDC ±10 % LEC-PA-R-332

Precautions
PP (0.5 W or more)
Current limit 120 7 390 Ω ±5 %
5 VDC ±5 % LEC-PA-R-391
resistor R Note) (0.1 W or more)
96
Series LECPA
Signal Timing
Return to Origin
24 V
Power supply
0V
ON
SVON
OFF
Input
SETUP
ON
BUSY
OFF
SVRE
SETON
Output
INP

ALARM

ESTOP
Speed 0 mm/s
Return to origin
If the actuator is within the “in position” range of the basic

parameter, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF.
∗ “∗ALARM” and “∗ESTOP” are expressed as negative-logic circuit.
Positioning Operation Pushing Operation

ON ON
TL
OFF OFF
Input Pulse signal Input
Pulse signal
ON ON
TLOUT
OFF OFF
Output BUSY Output BUSY
INP INP
Speed 0 mm/s
Positioning operation Speed 0 mm/s
Pushing operation
If the actuator is within the “in position” range of the step If the current pushing force exceeds the “trigger LV”
data, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF. value of the step data, INP signal will turn ON.
Note) If pushing operation is stopped when there is no pulse

deviation, the moving part of the actuator may pulsate.
Alarm Reset
Alarm reset
ON
Input RESET
OFF
ON
Output
ALARM
OFF
Alarm out
∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as negative-logic circuit.
97
Selection
Model

LEFS
1 Driver side
LE CP 1 LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m Connector C (14.2)

Actuator side
(Terminal no.)
(Ø 8)
1 2
(14)
(13.5) 5 6 A1 B1
(17.7)
1 2
(18)
1 1.5 A6 B6
LEFB
15 16 Connector A
3 3 (30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
(10)
5 5
8B
8 8∗ LE-CP- AC /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
A 10∗ (∗ Produced upon receipt of order) Driver side
LECA6
(Ø 5.5)
C 20∗ 1 2
(14)
∗ Produced upon receipt of 5 6
A1 B1
(17.7)
1 2 A6 B6
(Ø 6.3)
(18)
Cable type
15 16 Connector A (14.7)
— (10)
(Flexible cable)
Signal Cable colour
A B-1 Brown 2
A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable colour
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
1
LE CP 1 B LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
Actuator side Driver side
(Ø 8)
LEFS
(10.2) (17.7)
1 2
1 1.5 (14)
(13.5) 5 6 A6 B6
AC Servo Motor
3 3 1 2 A1 B1
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
5 5
(10) 15 16 Connector B Connector D
8 8∗ (30.7) L (11) (14.7)
A 10∗ LE-CP- 8B
A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
LEFB
B 15∗
(∗ Produced upon receipt of order)
C 20∗ Driver side
(Ø 5.5)
(Ø 6.3)
Actuator side
∗ Produced upon receipt of (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)
Connector A (Terminal no.)
(14)
A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
LECY LECSS-T LECS

5 6
A6 B6
A1 B1
1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
15 16 Connector B
L Connector D
Cable type (10)
(30.7) (11) (14.7)
Robotic cable Signal
Connector A
Cable colour
Connector C
— terminal no. terminal no.
(Flexible cable)
A B-1 Brown 2
B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Connector D
Shield Cable colour
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
LEFG
GND A-4 Black 13

A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
Specific Product
— 3
Connector B
Precautions
Signal
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
98
Series LECPA
Options
[I/O cable]
LEC C L5 1
I/O cable type I/O cable length (L)
L5 For LECPA 1 1.5 m
3 3 m∗
5 5 m∗
∗ Pulse input usable only with
differential. Only 1.5 m cables
usable with open collector.
Pin Insulation Dot Dot Pin Insulation Dot Dot
no. colour mark colour no. colour mark colour
L 1 Light brown Black 12 Light brown Red
(12) 2 Light brown Red 13 Yellow Black
20 19 3 Yellow Black 14 Yellow Red
4 Yellow Red 15 Light green Black
5 Light green Black 16 Light green Red
(22)
6 Light green Red 17 Grey Black

(25) (10) (40) 7 Grey Black 18 Grey Red
2 1 8 Grey Red 19 White Black
(45)
9 White Black 20 White Red
100 ±10
Number of cores 20 10 White Red Round terminal
11 Light brown Black Green
AWG size 24 0.5-5
[Noise filter set] [Current limit resistor]

Step motor driver (Pulse input type) This optional resistor (LEC-PA-R-) is used when the pulse signal
output of the positioning unit is open collector output.
LEC NFA
Contents of the set: 2 noise filters
LEC PA R
(Manufactured by WURTH ELEKTRONIK: 74271222)
Current limit resistor
Pulse signal power
Symbol Resistance
supply voltage
(33.5)
332 3.3 kΩ ±5 % 24 VDC ±10 %

391 390 Ω ±5 % 5 VDC ±5 %
∗ Select a current limit resistor that
(12.5)
corresponds to the pulse signal power

(42.2) (28.8) supply voltage.
∗ For the LEC-PA-R-, two pieces are
∗ Refer to the LECPA series Operation Manual for installation. shipped as a set.
99
Series LEC Windows®XP, Windows®7 compatible
Selection
Model
Controller Setting Kit/LEC-W2
LEFS
How to Order
: Controller setting LEC W2

software
LEFB
@ Communication . USB cable (Japanese and English are available.)
cable (A-mini B type)
Contents
LECA6
HRS
Description Model∗
PC
q Controller setting software (CD-ROM) LEC-W2-S
w Communication cable LEC-W2-C
USB cable
e LEC-W2-U
(between the PC and the communication cable)
∗ Can be ordered separately.
Step data input type Series LECP6/Series LECA6
Pulse input type Series LECPA
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
IBM PC/AT compatible machine running
Windows®XP (32-bit),
OS
Windows®7 (32-bit and 64-bit),
Windows®8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit).
Communication
USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 ports
interface
LEFS
Display XGA (1024 x 768) or more
∗ Windows®XP, Windows®7 and Windows®8.1 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States.
AC Servo Motor
∗ Refer to SMC website for version upgrade information, http://www.smc.eu
Screen Example
LEFB
Easy mode screen example Normal mode screen example
LECY LECSS-T LECS

LEFG
Easy operation and simple setting

Allowing to set and display actuator step data Detailed setting
such as position, speed, force, etc. Step data can be set in detail.
Specific Product

Precautions
Setting of step data and testing of the drive can Signals and terminal status can be monitored.
be performed on the same page. Parameters can be set.
Can be used to jog and move at a constant rate. JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test operation and
testing of forced output can be performed.
100
®
Series LEC
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 RoHS
How to Order
LEC T1 3 E G
Enable switch
Teaching box Enable switch
(Option)
— None
Cable length [m] S Equipped with enable switch
3 3 ∗ Interlock switch for jog and test function
Stop switch
Initial language
J Japanese
Stop switch
E English
G Equipped with stop switch
∗ The displayed language can be changed to English or Japanese.
Specifications
Item Description
Standard functions Switch Stop switch, Enable switch (Option)
• Chinese character display Cable length [m] 3
• Stop switch is provided. Enclosure IP64 (Except connector)
Option Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
• Enable switch is provided. Weight [g] 350 (Except cable)
The EMC compliance of the teaching box was tested with the LECP6 series step motor controller
(servo/24 VDC) and an applicable actuator.
When conformity to UL is required, the electric actuator and driver should be used with a UL1310 Class
2 power supply.
Easy Mode
Function Details Menu Operations Flowchart

Menu Data
Step data • Setting of step data
Data Step data no.
• Jog operation Monitor Setting of two items selected below
Jog
• Return to origin Jog Ver. 1.∗∗:
• 1 step operation Note 1) Test Position, Speed, Force, Acceleration, Deceleration
Test ALM Ver. 2.∗∗:
• Return to origin
TB setting Position, Speed, Pushing force, Acceleration, Deceleration, Movement MOD,
• Display of axis and step data no.
Trigger LV, Pushing speed, Moving force, Area 1, Area 2, In position
Monitor • Display of two items selected from
Position, Speed, Force. Monitor
• Active alarm display Display of step no.
ALM
• Alarm reset Display of two items selected below
• Reconnection of axis (Ver. 1.∗∗) (Position, Speed, Force)
• Displayed language setting
Jog
(Ver. 2.∗∗)
TB setting Return to origin
• Setting of easy/normal mode
• Setting step data and selection of Jog operation
items from easy mode monitor
Test Note 1)
1 step operation
ALM
Active alarm display
Alarm reset
TB setting
Reconnect (Ver. 1.∗∗)
Japanese/English (Ver. 2.∗∗)
Easy/Normal
Note 1) Not compatible with the LECPA. Set item
101
Teaching Box Series LEC
Selection
Model
Normal Mode

Menu Operations Flowchart
LEFS
Function Details Menu Step data
Step data • Step data setting Step data Step data no.
Parameter Movement MOD
Parameter • Parameters setting
Monitor Speed
• Jog operation/Constant rate movement Test Position
• Return to origin ALM Acceleration
LEFB
• Test drive Note 1) File Deceleration
(Specify a maximum of 5 step data TB setting Pushing force
Test
and operate.) Reconnect Trigger LV
• Forced output Pushing speed
(Forced signal output, Forced Moving force
LECA6
terminal output) Note 2) Area 1, 2
In position
• Drive monitor
• Output signal monitor Note 2) Parameter Basic setting
Monitor • Input signal monitor Note 2) Basic
• Output terminal monitor ORIG ORIG setting
• Input terminal monitor
Monitor DRV monitor
• Active alarm display
ALM (Alarm reset) Drive Position, Speed, Torque
• Alarm log record display Output signal Note 2) Step no.
Input signal Note 2) Last step no.
• Data saving Output terminal
Save the step data and parameters Input terminal Output signal monitor
of the driver which is being used for
communication (it is possible to Test Input signal monitor
save four files, with one set of step JOG/MOVE
Output terminal monitor
data and parameters defined as Return to ORIG
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
File one file). Test drive Note 1) Input terminal monitor
• Load to driver Forced output Note 2)
Loads the data which is saved in
the teaching box to the driver which ALM Status
is being used for communication. Status Active alarm display
• Delete the saved data. ALM Log record Alarm reset
• File protection (Ver. 2.∗∗) File ALM Log record display
• Display setting Data saving Log entry display
(Easy/Normal mode) Load to driver
• Language setting File deletion
LEFS
(Japanese/English) File protection (Ver. 2.∗∗)
TB setting • Backlight setting
TB setting
AC Servo Motor
• LCD contrast setting
• Beep sound setting Easy/Normal
• Max. connection axis Language
• Distance unit (mm/inch) Backlight Note 1) Not compatible with the
LCD contrast LECPA.
LEFB
Reconnect • Reconnection of axis
Beep Note 2) The following signals
Max. connection axis are compatible with
Password LECPA with TB Ver.
Distance unit 2.10 or newer.
Input: CLR, TL
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Reconnect Output: TLOUT
Dimensions
4 102 34.5
w No. Description Function
q 1 LCD A screen of liquid crystal display (with backlight)

2 Ring A ring for hanging the teaching box
r
When switch is pushed in, the switch locks and stops.
t 3 Stop switch
The lock is released when it is turned to the right.
185
4 Stop switch guard A guard for the stop switch

y e Prevents unintentional operation (unexpected opera-
LEFG
Enable switch
5 tion) of the jog test function.
(Option)
Other functions such as data change are not covered.
6 Key switch Switch for each input

Specific Product
Precautions
7 Cable Length: 3 meters

u i 25 22.5 8 Connector A connector connected to CN4 of the driver
102
103
Step Motor Controller
Selection
Model
RoHS
5 types of communication protocols
LEFS
New
LEFB
LECA6
Application Communication protocol
PLC Can be additionally
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Both air and electric systems can be established under installed in an
the same protocol. existing network
Electric Actuators Air Cylinders IO-Link Communication
EX260 IO-Link
Master
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
<Applicable electric actuators>
Slider type Low-profile slider type Guide rod slider Rod type
Series LEF Series LEM Series LEL Series LEY/LEYG
LEFG
Slide table Miniature type Gripper Rotary table

Series LES/LESH Series LEPY/LEPS Series LEH Series LER
Specific Product
Precautions
Series JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1
104
Two types of operation command Transition wiring of communication cables
Step no. defined operation: Operate using the preset step Two communication ports are provided.
data in the controller. ∗ For the DeviceNet™ type, transition wiring is possible using a branch connector.
Numerical data defined operation: The actuator operates ∗ 1 to 1 in the case of IO-Link
using values such as position and speed from the PLC.
Numerical monitoring available PLC
Numerical information, such as the current speed, current

position, and alarm codes, can be monitored on the PLC.
IO-Link communication can be performed.

The data storage function eliminates the need for troublesome resetting
of step data and parameters when changing over the controller.
IO-Link is an open communication

interface technology between the
sensor/actuator and the I/O
terminal that is an international
standard, IEC61131-9.
PLC PC
Various fieldbusses
IO-Link
communication
IO-Link Master Step Motor Controller

JXCL1
Application Step data and parameters can be set

from the master side.
Step data and parameters can be set or changed by
means of IO-Link communication.
Data storage function

When the controller is changed, the parameters and
step data for the actuator are automatically set.∗1
4-wire unshielded cables can be used.
∗1 The “basic parameter” and the “return to origin parameter” are

automatically set as the actuator parameters, and the 3 items of
data consisting of No. 0 to 2 are automatically set as the step data.
105
Step Motor Controller Series JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1
Selection
Model
System Construction
LEFS
Electric actuators Series LEY/LEYG Series LEL
Actuator cable Series LEF Series LEPY/LEPS
Standard cable Robotic cable Series LES/LESH Series LEH
LE-CP--S LE-CP- Series LER Series LEM
LEFB
Provided by customer Provided by customer Provided by customer Provided by customer Provided by customer
PLC PLC PLC PLC IO-Link master
LECA6
Communication plug Communication plug
connector for DeviceNet™ p. 113 connector for IO-Link p. 113
Straight type JXC-CD-S Straight type JXC-CL-S
T-branch type JXC-CD-T (Accessory)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
To SI
To ENC
To SI
To MOT
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
To PWR Provided by customer
Power supply Communication cable
LEFB
for controller p. 113 (3 m)
Power supply plug p. 113 24 VDC
(Accessory) LECY LECSS-T LECS
Options
Teaching box Controller setting kit p. 113 Conversion cable∗1 p. 113

(With 3 m cable) Controller setting kit P5062-5
LEC-T1-3EG (0.3 m)
(A communication cable, USB cable, and
controller setting software (CD-ROM) are included.) The conversion cable
can be used for con-
JXC-W2
necting this controller to
or the optional teaching
box [LEC-T1] offered
with the LEC series.
LEFG
USB cable
PC
(A-mini B type)
(0.8 m) Conversion cable
Specific Product
p. 113
Precautions
∗1 A conversion cable is also required for connecting the controller to the LEC-W2. (A conversion cable is not required for the JXC-W2.)
106
Step Motor Controller
®
How to Order
Actuator +
Controller LEFS16B-100 R1 CD17T
Controller
— Without controller
Actuator type C1 With controller
Refer to “How to Order” in the actuator catalogue available at www.smc.eu.
For compatible actuators, refer to the table below. Example: LEFS16B-100B-R1C917
Compatible actuators
Electric Actuator/Rod Series LEY
CD1 7 T
Electric Actuator/Guide Rod Series LEYG
Electric Actuator/Slider Series LEF Communication
Electric Slide Table Series LES/LESH
Refer to the protocol
Web E EtherCAT®
Electric Rotary Table Series LER
Catalogue. 9 EtherNet/IP™
Electric Actuator/Guide Rod Slider Series LEL Mounting
Electric Actuator/Miniature Series LEPY/LEPS P PROFINET
7 Screw mounting
Electric Gripper Series LEH D DeviceNet™
8∗1 DIN rail
Electric Actuator/Low-Profile Slider Series LEM L IO-Link
∗1 The DIN rail is not
∗ Only the step motor type is applicable. included. It must be
For single axis ordered separately.
Actuator cable type/length (Refer to page 111.)
— Without cable
Caution S1 Standard cable 1.5 m Option
[CE-compliant products] S3 Standard cable 3 m — Without option
EMC compliance was tested by combining the S5 Standard cable 5 m S With straight type DeviceNet™ communication plug for JXCD1
electric actuator LE series and the JXCE1/91/ R1 Robotic cable 1.5 m T With T-branch type DeviceNet™ communication plug for JXCD1
P1/D1/L1 series. R3 Robotic cable 3 m ∗ Select “Nil” for anything other than JXCD1.
The EMC depends on the configuration of the R5 Robotic cable 5 m
customer’s control panel and the relationship
R8 Robotic cable 8 m∗1
with other electrical equipment and wiring.
Therefore, compliance with the EMC directive RA Robotic cable 10 m∗1
cannot be certified for SMC components RB Robotic cable 15 m∗1
Robotic cable 20 m∗1 When selecting an electric actuator, refer to the
incorporated into the customer’s equipment RC
under actual operating conditions. As a result, model selection chart of each actuator. Also, for
∗1 Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic the “Speed–Work Load” graph of the actuator,
it is necessary for the customer to verify
cable only) refer to the LECP6 section on the model selection
compliance with the EMC directive for the
machinery and equipment as a whole. ∗ The standard cable should only be used on fixed parts. page of the electric actuators Web Catalogue.
For use on moving parts, select the robotic cable.
Controller JXC D 1 7 T LEFS16B-100

Precautions for blank Communication Actuator part number
controllers protocol
Without cable specifications and actuator options
E EtherCAT ®
(JXC1-BC) Example: Enter “LEFS16B-100” for the LEFS16B-
9 EtherNet/IP™ 100B-S1.
A blank controller is a controller to
P PROFINET
which the customer can write the
BC Blank controller ∗1
data of the actuator it is to be D DeviceNet™
combined and used with. Use the
L IO-Link ∗1 Requires dedicated software (JXC-BCW)
dedicated software (JXC-BCW) for
data writing.
• Please download the dedicated For single axis Option
software (JXC-BCW) via our
website.
— Without option
• Order the controller setting kit Mounting S With straight type DeviceNet™ communication plug for JXCD1
(LEC-W 2 ) separately to use this T With T-branch type DeviceNet™ communication plug for JXCD1
software.
7 Screw mounting
SMC website 8∗1 DIN rail ∗ Select “Nil” for anything other than JXCD1.
http://www.smc.eu
∗1 The DIN rail is not included. It
must be ordered separately.
(Refer to page 111.) When selecting an electric actuator, refer to the model selection chart of each
actuator. Also, for the “Speed–Work Load” graph of the actuator, refer to the LECP6
section on the model selection page of the electric actuators Web Catalogue.
107
Selection
Model
Specifications
LEFS
Model JXCE1 JXC91 JXCP1 JXCD1 JXCL1
Network EtherCAT ® EtherNet/IP™
PROFINET DeviceNet™ IO-Link
Power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10%
Current consumption (Controller) 200 mA or less 130 mA or less 200 mA or less 100 mA or less 100 mA or less
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
EtherCAT ® ∗ 2 EtherNet/IP™∗2 PROFINET∗2
LEFB
Communication specifications
Protocol DeviceNet™ IO-Link

Applicable
Conformance Test Volume 1 (Edition 3.14) Specification Version Volume 1 (Edition 3.14) Version 1.1
system Version∗1
Record V.1.2.6 Volume 2 (Edition 1.15) 2.32 Volume 3 (Edition 1.13) Port Class A
10/100 Mbps∗2 230.4 kbps
Communication speed 100 Mbps∗2 100 Mbps∗2 125/250/500 kbps
(Automatic negotiation) (COM3)
Configuration file∗3
LECA6
ESI file EDS file GSDML file EDS file IODD file
Input 20 bytes Input 36 bytes Input 36 bytes Input 4, 10, 20 bytes Input 14 bytes
I/O occupation area
Output 36 bytes Output 36 bytes Output 36 bytes Output 4, 12, 20, 36 bytes Output 22 bytes
Terminating resistor Not included
Memory EEPROM
LED indicator PWR, RUN, ALM, ERR PWR, ALM, MS, NS PWR, ALM, SF, BF PWR, ALM, MS, NS PWR, ALM, COM
Cable length [m] Actuator cable: 20 or less
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between all external terminals and the case 50 (500 VDC)
220 (Screw mounting) 210 (Screw mounting) 220 (Screw mounting) 210 (Screw mounting) 190 (Screw mounting)
Weight [g]
240 (DIN rail mounting) 230 (DIN rail mounting) 240 (DIN rail mounting) 230 (DIN rail mounting) 210 (DIN rail mounting)
∗1 Please note that versions are subject to change.
∗2 Use a shielded communication cable with CAT5 or higher for the PROFINET, EtherNet/IP™, and EtherCAT ®.
∗3 The files can be downloaded from the SMC website: http://www.smc.eu
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Trademark
EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ODVA.
DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA.
EtherCAT® is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
Example of Operation Command

In addition to the step data input of 64 points maximum in each communication protocol, the changing of each parameter can be performed in real time via numerical data defined operation.
∗ Numerical values other than “Moving force,” “Area 1,” and “Area 2” can be used to perform operation under numerical instructions from JXCL1.
LEFS
<Application example> Movement between 2 points
No. Movement mode Speed Position Acceleration Deceleration Pushing force Trigger LV Pushing speed Moving force Area 1 Area 2 In position
AC Servo Motor
0 1: Absolute 100 10 3000 3000 0 0 0 100 0 0 0.50
1 1: Absolute 100 100 3000 3000 0 0 0 100 0 0 0.50
<Step no. defined operation>

Sequence 1: Servo ON instruction
LEFB
Sequence 2: Instruction to return to origin
Sequence 3: Specify step data No. 0 to input the DRIVE signal.
Sequence 4: Specify step data No. 1 after the DRIVE signal has been temporarily turned OFF to input the DRIVE signal.
<Numerical data defined operation>

LECY LECSS-T LECS
Sequence 1: Servo ON instruction
Sequence 2: Instruction to return to origin
Sequence 3: Specify step data No. 0 and turn ON the input instruction flag (position). Input 10 in the target position. Subsequently the start flag turns ON.
Sequence 4: Turn ON step data No. 0 and the input instruction flag (position) to change the target position to 100 while the start flag is ON.
The same operation can be performed with any operation command.
Sequence 1씮
Sequence 2씮
LEFG
Sequence 3씮
Specific Product
Precautions
Sequence 4씮
0 10 100
108
Dimensions
JXCE1/JXC91 JXCE1 JXC91

67 (11.5) Ø 4.5 35 35
1.2 For body mounting 32.5 Ø 4.5 32.5
(Screw mounting)
84.2
64.2


152.5
152.5
170
161
170
161
35
∗ Mountable
on DIN rail
(35 mm)
77 17.5 17.5
4.5 4.5
(Screw mounting) (Screw mounting)
JXCP1/JXCD1 JXCP1 JXCD1

67 (11.5) 35 35
1.2 Ø 4.5 32.5 Ø 4.5 32.5
84.2
64.2


152.5
152.5
170
161
170
161
35
∗ Mountable
on DIN rail
(35 mm)
77 17.5 17.5
4.5 4.5
(Screw mounting) (Screw mounting)
109
Selection
Model
Dimensions
LEFS
JXCL1
LEFB
67 (11.5) Ø 4.5 35
1.2 For body mounting 32.5
(Screw mounting)
LECA6
84.2
64.2

152.5
170
161
35
∗ Mountable
on DIN rail
(35 mm)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
77 17.5
4.5
For body mounting
(Screw mounting)
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
DIN rail
LECY LECSS-T LECS
AXT100-DR-
L
∗ For , enter a number from the “No.” line in the table below. 7.5 12.5 5.25
(Pitch)
5.5
(25)
1.25
L Dimensions [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
LEFG
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
Specific Product
Precautions
110
Options
Controller setting kit JXC-W2 Power supply plug JXC-CPW
[Contents] ∗ The power supply plug is an accessory.
q Communication cable
w USB cable
e Controller setting software
∗ A conversion cable (P5062-5) is not required.
1 C24V 4 0V
6 5 4
JXC W2 3 2 1
2 M24V 5 N.C.
3 EMG 6 LK RLS
Contents
Power supply plug
A kit includes: Terminal name Function Details
Communication cable,
— USB cable, M24V terminal/C24V terminal/EMG terminal/
0V Common supply (–)
Controller setting software LK RLS terminal are common (–).
M24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) of the controller
C Communication cable C24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) of the controller
U USB cable EMG Stop (+) Connection terminal of the external stop circuit
Controller setting software LK RLS Lock release (+) Connection terminal of the lock release switch
S (CD-ROM)
Communication plug connector
q Communication cable JXC-W2-C For DeviceNet™
Straight type T-branch type
JXC-CD-S JXC-CD-T
32
JXC-W2
51 3000
∗ It can be connected to the controller directly.
w USB cable JXC-W2-U Communication plug connector for DeviceNet™

Terminal name Details
V+ Power supply (+) for DeviceNet™
e Controller setting software JXC-W2-S
∗ CD-ROM CAN_H Communication wire (High)
Drain Grounding wire/Shielded wire
CAN_L Communication wire (Low)
V– Power supply (–) for DeviceNet™
800
For IO-Link
Straight type
DIN rail mounting adapter LEC-3-D0 JXC-CL-S
∗ With 2 mounting screws
This should be used when a DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted

onto a screw mounting type controller afterwards.
DIN rail AXT100-DR- Communication plug connector for IO-Link

∗ For , enter a number from the No. line in the table on page 110. Terminal no. Terminal name Details
Refer to the dimension drawings on page 110 for the mounting 1 L+ +24 V
dimensions. 2 NC N/A
3 L− 0V
4 C/Q IO-Link signal
Conversion cable P5062-5 (Cable length: 300 mm)
300
∗ To connect the teaching box (LEC-T1-3G) or controller setting kit

(LEC-W2) to the controller, a conversion cable is required.
111
Series JXCE1/91/P1/D1
Selection
Model
Precautions Related to Differences in Controller Versions
LEFS
As the controller version of the JXC series differs, the internal parameters are not compatible.
Do not use a version V2.0 or S2.0 or higher controller with parameters lower than version V2.0 or S2.0.
Do not use a version V2.0 or S2.0 or lower controller with parameters higher than version V2.0 or S2.0.
Please use the latest version of the JXC-BCW (parameter writing tool).
LEFB
∗ The latest version is Ver. 2.0 (as of December 2017).
Identifying Version Symbols
LECA6
For versions lower than V2.0 and S2.0:
Do not use with controller parameters higher than V2.0 or S2.0.
Applicable models Applicable models

Series JXC91 Series JXCD1
Series JXCP1
Series JXCE1
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
For versions higher than V2.0 and S2.0:
Version symbol Do not use with controller parameters lower than V2.0 or S2.0.
LEFS
Applicable models Applicable models
AC Servo Motor
Series JXC91 Series JXCD1
Series JXCP1
Series JXCE1
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
112
113
Multi-Axis Step Motor Controller
Selection
Model
RoHS
LEFS
Speed tuning control ∗1 Positioning/pushing operation
(3 Axes: JXC92 4 Axes: JXC73/83/93) Step data input
LEFB
Linear/circular interpolation (Max. 2048 points)
Linear interpolation Circular interpolation Space saving, reduced wiring
50 50
Target position
Absolute/relative position
LECA6
40 40
coordinate instructions
Axis 2
Axis 2
Target position
30 30
Centre
20 20
∗1 This controls the speed of the slave axis when the speed of
10 10 the main axis drops due to the effects of an external force and
Current position Current position when a speed difference with the slave axis occurs. This
Origin 0 Origin 0
10 20 30 40 50 10 20 30 40 50 control is not for synchronising the position of the main axis
Axis 1 Axis 1 and slave axis.
For 3 Axes Series JXC92 For 4 Axes Series JXC73/83/93

Type Parallel I/O/
Width: Approx. 38 % reduction Type
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Width: Approx. 18 %
reduction
JXC92 ≈ 78 47 mm shorter JXC73/83 ≈ 140 30 mm shorter
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
170
LECY LECSS-T LECS
125
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
∗ For LE, size 25 or larger
Series JXC73/83/92/93
114
For 3 Axes 3-axis operation can be set collectively in one step.
Movement Speed Position Acceleration Deceleration Pushing Trigger Pushing Moving Area 1 Area 2 In position
Step Axis Comments
mode mm/s mm mm/s2 mm/s2 force LV speed force mm mm mm
Axis 1 ABS 500 100.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 10.0 30.0 0.5
0 Axis 2 ABS 500 100.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 10.0 30.0 0.5
Axis 3 ABS 500 100.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 10.0 30.0 0.5
Axis 1 INC 500 200.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 0 0 0.5
1 Axis 2 INC 500 200.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 3 INC 500 200.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 0 0 0.5
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Axis 1 SYN-I 500 100.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
2046 Axis 2 SYN-I 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 3 SYN-I 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 1 CIR-R 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 2 CIR-R 0 50.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
2047
Axis 3 ∗1 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 4 ∗1 0 25.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0.5 0 0
∗1 When circular interpolation (CIR-R, CIR-L, CIR-3) is selected in the movement mode, input the X and Y coordinates in the
rotation centre position or input the X and Y coordinates in the passing position.
Movement mode Pushing operation Details

Blank ҂ Invalid data (Invalid process)
ABS Moves to the absolute coordinate position based on the origin of the actuator
INC Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position
LIN-A ҂ Moves to the absolute coordinate position based on the origin of the actuator by linear interpolation
LIN-I ҂ Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position by linear interpolation
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves in the clockwise direction by circular interpolation. The target position and
rotation centre position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
Axis 1: Target position X
CIR-R∗2 ҂ Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3 ∗1: Rotation centre position X
Axis 4 ∗1: Rotation centre position Y
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves in the counter-clockwise direction by circular interpolation. The target position
and rotation centre position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
CIR-L∗2 ҂ Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3 ∗1: Rotation centre position X
Axis 4 ∗1: Rotation centre position Y
SYN-I ҂ Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position by speed tuning control ∗3
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves based on the three specified points by circular interpolation. The target
position and passing position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
CIR-3∗2 ҂ Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3 ∗1: Passing position X
Axis 4 ∗1: Passing position Y
∗2 Performs a circular operation on a plane using Axis 1 and Axis 2
∗3 This controls the speed of the slave axis when the speed of the main axis drops due to the effects of an external force and when a speed difference with
the slave axis occurs. This control is not for synchronising the position of the main axis and slave axis.
115
Multi-Axis Step Motor Controller Series JXC73/83/92/93
Selection
Model
LEFS
For 4 Axes 4-axis operation can be set collectively in one step.
Movement Speed Position Acceleration Deceleration Positioning/ Area 1 Area 2 In position
LEFB
Step Axis Comments
mode mm/s mm mm/s2 mm/s2 Pushing mm mm mm
Axis 1 ABS 100 200.00 1000 1000 0 6.0 12.0 0.5
Axis 2 ABS 50 100.00 1000 1000 0 6.0 12.0 0.5
0
Axis 3 ABS 50 100.00 1000 1000 0 6.0 12.0 0.5
LECA6
Axis 4 ABS 50 100.00 1000 1000 0 6.0 12.0 0.5
Axis 1 INC 500 250.00 1000 1000 1 0 0 20.0
Axis 2 INC 500 250.00 1000 1000 1 0 0 20.0
1
Axis 3 INC 500 250.00 1000 1000 1 0 0 20.0
Axis 4 INC 500 250.00 1000 1000 1 0 0 20.0
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
2046 Axis 4 ABS 200 700 500 500 0 0 0 0.5
Axis 1 ABS 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 0.5
Axis 2 ABS 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 0.5
2047
Axis 3 ABS 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 0.5
Axis 4 ABS 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 0.5
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Movement mode Pushing operation Details
Blank ҂ Invalid data (Invalid process)
ABS Moves to the absolute coordinate position based on the origin of the actuator
INC Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position
LIN-A ҂ Moves to the absolute coordinate position based on the origin of the actuator by linear interpolation
LIN-I ҂ Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position by linear interpolation
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves in the clockwise direction by circular interpolation. The target position and
rotation centre position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
LEFS
CIR-R∗1 ҂
Axis 2: Target position Y
AC Servo Motor
Axis 3: Rotation centre position X
Axis 4: Rotation centre position Y
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves in the counter-clockwise direction by circular interpolation. The target position
and rotation centre position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
CIR-L∗1
LEFB
҂
Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3: Rotation centre position X
Axis 4: Rotation centre position Y
SYN-I ҂ Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position by speed tuning control ∗2
∗1 Performs a circular operation on a plane using Axis 1 and Axis 2
LECY LECSS-T LECS
∗2 This controls the speed of the slave axis when the speed of the main axis drops due to the effects of an external force and when a speed difference with
the slave axis occurs. This control is not for synchronising the position of the main axis and slave axis.
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
116
Series JXC92
TM
For 3 Axes System Construction/EtherNet/IP Type (JXC92)
Provided by customer.
PLC
Electric actuators ∗1
Ethernet cable
(With shield, Category 5 or higher)
Controller/JXC92
To P1 or P2
To ENC
Actuator cable p. 131
Robotic cable Standard cable
LE-CP-- LE-CP---S
To MOT
To USB To CI
Control power supply connector p. 126

(Accessory)
<Applicable cable size>
AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
Provided by
customer.
To M PWR
Control power supply/
Motor power supply
24 VDC
Motor power supply connector p. 126
(Accessory)
AWG16 (1.25 mm2)
Controller setting kit p. 130

(Controller setting software and USB cable are included.)
USB cable p. 130 (Option)
(Option) JXC-MA1
JXC-MA1-2
Cable length: 3 m
Controller setting software p. 130

(Option)
JXC-MA1-1
PC
∗1 The connected actuators should be ordered separately. (Refer to the applicable actuators on page 120.)
117
Multi-Axis Step Motor Controller Series JXC73/83
Selection
Model
For 4 Axes System Construction/Parallel I/O (JXC73/83)
LEFS
PLC
Power supply for I/O signal

24 VDC
I/O cable p. 121
LEFB
(Option)
Part no.
JXC-C2-
LECA6
Controller/JXC73/83
To I/O
To ENC
Robotic cable Standard cable
LE-CP-- LE-CP---S
To USB
To MOT
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
To C PWR To CI
Motor control power p. 126
Cable with main control supply connector

(Accessory)
power supply connector p. 121
Cable length: 1.5 m (Accessory)
AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
Part no.
LEFS
JXC-C1 Provided by
customer.
AC Servo Motor
To M PWR
Motor control power supply/
Provided by customer. Motor power supply
24 VDC
Main control power supply
LEFB
24 VDC Motor power supply connector p. 126
(Accessory)
AWG16 (1.25 mm2) LECY LECSS-T LECS

USB cable p. 130 (Option)
(Option) JXC-W1
JXC-W1-2
Cable length: 3 m

LEFG
(Option)
JXC-W1-1
PC
Specific Product
Precautions
118
Series JXC93
TM
For 4 Axes System Construction/EtherNet/IP Type (JXC93)
PLC
Ethernet cable
(With shield, Category 5 or higher)
Controller/JXC93
To ENC
To USB Robotic cable Standard cable
LE-CP-- LE-CP---S
To P1 or P2 To MOT
To C PWR To CI
Motor control power p. 126
Cable with main control supply connector

(Accessory)
power supply connector p. 129
AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
Part no.
JXC-C1 Provided by
customer.
To M PWR
Motor control power supply/
Provided by customer. Motor power supply
24 VDC
Main control power supply
24 VDC Motor power supply connector p. 126
(Accessory)
AWG16 (1.25 mm2)

USB cable p. 130
(Option)
(Option) JXC-W1
JXC-W1-2
Cable length: 3 m

(Option)
JXC-W1-1
PC
119
3-Axis Step Motor Controller
Selection
Model
( Type)

Series JXC92
LEFS
How to Order
LEFB
EtherNet/IPTM Type (JXC92)
JXC 9 2 7
LECA6
Controller
Mounting
EtherNet/IPTM type Symbol Mounting
7 Screw mounting
3-axis type 8 DIN rail
Applicable Actuators
Applicable actuators
Refer to the
Electric Actuator/Slider Series LEF
Web
Electric Slide Table Series LES/LESH
Catalogue.
Electric Rotary Table Series LER
Electric Actuator/Miniature Series LEPY/LEPS
Electric Gripper (2-Finger Type, 3-Finger Type) Series LEH
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
∗ Order the actuator separately, including the actuator cable.
(Example: LEFS16B-100B-S1)
∗ For the “Speed–Work Load” graph of the actuator, refer to the LECPA section on
the model selection page of the electric actuators Web Catalogue.
Specifications
For the setting of functions and operation methods, refer to the operation
manual on the SMC website. (Documents/Download --> Instruction Manuals)
LEFS
Item Specifications
Number of axes Max. 3 axes
AC Servo Motor
Control power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Max. current consumption: 500 mA
Power supply ∗1
Motor power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
LEFB
Max. current consumption: Based on the connected actuator ∗2
Protocol EtherNet/IPTM ∗3
Communication speed 10 Mbps/100 Mbps (automatic negotiation)
Communication
Communication method Full duplex/Half duplex (automatic negotiation)

Configuration file EDS file
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Occupied area Input 16 bytes/Output 16 bytes

IP address setting range Manual setting by switches: From 192.168.1.1 to 254, Via DHCP server: Arbitrary address
Vendor ID 7 h (SMC Corporation)
Product type 2 Bh (Generic Device)
Product code DEh
Serial communication USB2.0 (Full Speed 12 Mbps)
Memory Flash-ROM
LED indicator PWR, RUN, USB, ALM, NS, MS, L/A, 100
Lock control Forced-lock release terminal ∗4
Cable length Actuator cable: 20 m or less
Operating temperature range 0 °C to 40 °C (No freezing)
Operating humidity range 90 % RH or less (No condensation)
LEFG
Storage temperature range -10 °C to 60 °C (No freezing)

Storage humidity range 90 % RH or less (No condensation)
Insulation resistance Between all external terminals and the case: 50 MΩ (500 VDC)
Specific Product
Weight 600 g (Screw mounting), 650 g (DIN rail mounting)

Precautions
∗1 Do not use a power supply with inrush current protection for the motor drive power supply.
∗2 Power consumption depends on the actuator connected. Refer to the actuator specifications for further details.
∗3 EtherNet/IPTM is a trademark of ODVA.
∗4 Applicable to non-magnetising locks
120
Series JXC92
Dimensions
EtherNet/IPTM Type JXC92
77.6 Screw mounting DIN rail mounting
5. 63.6
5
m
ou 44.2 130.5
nt 142.4
ing
ho 2.9 2 20.3 11.9
le 5.5 mounting hole
88.5
158
177
172
154
177
DIN rail mounting bracket
Controller Details

q o
!0
!1
w
!2
e
!3
r !4
t
y !5
u !6
i
No. Name Description Details

q P1, P2 EtherNet/IP™ communication connector Connect Ethernet cable.
w NS, MS Communication status LED Displays the status of the EtherNet/IP™ communication
X100
e X10 IP address setting switches Switch to set the 4th byte of the IP address by X1, X10 and X100.
X1
r PWR Power supply LED (Green) Power supply ON: Green turns on Power supply OFF: Green turns off
Running in EtherNet/IP™: Green turns on Running via USB communication: Green
t RUN Operation LED (Green)
flashes Stopped: Green turns off
y USB USB connection LED (Green) USB connected: Green turns on USB not connected: Green turns off
u ALM Alarm LED (Red) With alarm: Red turns on Without alarm: Red turns off
i USB Serial communication connector Connect to a PC via the USB cable.
o ENC z Encoder connector (16 pins)
Axis 1: Connect the actuator cable.
!0 MOT z Motor power connector (6 pins)
!1 ENC x Encoder connector (16 pins)
!2 MOT x Motor power connector (6 pins)
!3 ENC c Encoder connector (16 pins)
!4 MOT c Motor power connector (6 pins)
Control power supply (+), All axes stop (+), Axis 1 lock release (+),
!5 CI Control power supply connector ∗1
Axis 2 lock release (+), Axis 3 lock release (+), Common (−)
!6 M PWR Motor power supply connector ∗1 Motor power supply (+), Motor power supply (−)
∗1 Connectors are included. (Refer to page 126.)
121
4-Axis Step Motor Controller
Selection
Model
(Parallel I/O/ Type)

Series JXC73/83/93
LEFS
How to Order
LEFB
Parallel I/O (JXC73/83)
LECA6
Controller JXC 8 3 2
I/O type I/O cable, mounting
Symbol I/O type Symbol I/O cable Mounting
7 NPN 1 1.5 m Screw mounting
8 PNP 2 1.5 m DIN rail
3 3m Screw mounting
4 3m DIN rail
4-axis type 5 5m Screw mounting
6 5m DIN rail
7 None Screw mounting
8 None DIN rail
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
∗ Two I/O cables are included.
Controller JXC 9 3 8
LEFS
EtherNet/IPTM type Mounting
AC Servo Motor
Symbol Mounting
7 Screw mounting
8 DIN rail
4-axis type
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Applicable Actuators
Applicable actuators
Electric Actuator/Slider Series LEF Refer to the
Web
Electric Slide Table Series LES/LESH Catalogue.
Electric Rotary Table Series LER ∗1
Electric Actuator/Miniature Series LEPY/LEPS
Electric Gripper (2-Finger Type, 3-Finger Type) Series LEH
∗1 Except the continuous rotation (360°) specification.
LEFG
∗ Order the actuator separately, including the actuator cable.

(Example: LEFS16B-100B-S1)
∗ For the “Speed–Work Load” graph of the actuator, refer to the LECPA section on
the model selection page of the electric actuators Web Catalogue.
Specific Product
Precautions
122
Series JXC73/83/93
Specifications
Parallel I/O (JXC73/83)
Item Specifications
Main control power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Power supply ∗1 Motor power supply, Motor control power supply (Common)
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Memory Flash-ROM/EEPROM
LED indicator PWR, RUN, USB, ALM
Cable length I/O cable: 5 m or less, Actuator cable: 20 m or less
Operating temperature range 0 °C to 40 °C (No freezing)
∗1 Do not use a power supply with inrush current protection for the motor drive power and motor control power supply.
Item Specifications
Main control power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Power supply ∗1 Motor power supply, Motor control power supply (Common)
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Protocol EtherNet/IPTM ∗4
Communication speed 10 Mbps/100 Mbps (automatic negotiation)
Communication
Communication method Full duplex/Half duplex (automatic negotiation)

Configuration file EDS file
Occupied area Input 16 bytes/Output 16 bytes
IP address setting range Manual setting by switches: From 192.168.1.1 to 254, Via DHCP server: Arbitrary address
Vendor ID 7 h (SMC Corporation)
Product type 2 Bh (Generic Device)
Product code DCh
Memory Flash-ROM/EEPROM
LED indicator PWR, RUN, USB, ALM, NS, MS, L/A, 100
Cable length Actuator cable: 20 m or less
Operating temperature range 0° C to 40 °C (No freezing)
∗1 Do not use a power supply with inrush current protection for the motor drive power and motor control power supply.
∗4 EtherNet/IPTM is a trademark of ODVA.
123
4-Axis Step Motor Controller Series JXC73/83/93
Selection
Model
Dimensions

Parallel I/O JXC73/83
LEFS
Screw mounting DIN rail mounting
139.2
5.
5
125 117.8
m
105.9
ou
106 2 116.2
nt
104.3
in
LEFB
g
2.9 2.5 11.9

2.9
81
ho
le
5.5 mounting hole
66.3
LECA6
144.2
136.2
144.2
125
2.9
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Screw mounting DIN rail mounting
139.2
5.
5
125 117.1
m
105.2
ou
106 2 116.2
nt
104.3
in
g
2.9 2.5 11.9

2.9
ho
81
le
LEFS
5.5 mounting hole
AC Servo Motor
66.3
144.2
136.2
144.2
LEFB
125
LECY LECSS-T LECS

2.9

LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
124
Series JXC73/83/93
Controller Details
Parallel I/O JXC73/83

q PWR Power supply LED (Green) Power supply ON: Green turns on Power supply OFF: Green turns off
q o Running in parallel I/O: Green turns on Running via USB
w RUN Operation LED (Green)
!5 communication: Green flashes Stopped: Green turns off
w
!0 e USB USB connection LED (Green) USB connected: Green turns on USB not connected: Green turns off
e r ALM Alarm LED (Red) With alarm: Red turns on Without alarm: Red turns off
!6 t USB Serial communication Connect to a PC via the USB cable.
r
!1 y C PWR Main control power supply connector (2 pins) ∗1 Main control power supply (+) (−)
u !7 u I/O 1 Parallel I/O connector (40 pins) Connect to a PLC via the I/O cable.
i I/O 2 Parallel I/O connector (40 pins) Connect to a PLC via the I/O cable.
t !2 o ENC z Encoder connector (16 pins)
!0 MOT z Motor power connector (6 pins)
!8 !1 ENC x Encoder connector (16 pins)
i !2 MOT x Motor power connector (6 pins)
y !9 Motor control power supply Motor control power supply (+), Axis 1 stop (+), Axis 1
!3 CI zx
connector ∗1 lock release (+), Axis 2 stop (+), Axis 2 lock release (+)
@0
!3 !4 !4 M PWR zx Motor power supply connector ∗1 For Axis 1, 2. Motor power supply (+), Common (−)
!7 ENC v Encoder connector (16 pins)
!8 MOT v Motor power connector (6 pins)
Motor control power supply Motor control power supply (+), Axis 3 stop (+), Axis 3
!9 CI cv
@0 M PWR cv Motor power supply connector ∗1 For Axis 3, 4. Motor power supply (+), Common (−)

q PWR Power supply LED (Green) Power supply ON: Green turns on Power supply OFF: Green turns off
q o Running in EtherNet/IPTM: Green turns on Running via USB
w RUN Operation LED (Green)
!5 communication: Green flashes Stopped: Green turns off
w e USB USB connection LED (Green) USB connected: Green turns on USB not connected: Green turns off
!0
e r ALM Alarm LED (Red) With alarm: Red turns on Without alarm: Red turns off
!6 t USB Serial communication Connect to a PC via the USB cable.
r Main control power supply connector (2 pins) ∗1 Main control power supply (+) (−)
!1 y C PWR
u !7 x100
Switch to set the 4th byte of the IP address by X1,
u x10 IP address setting switches
i !2 x1
X10 and X100.
t i MS, NS Communication status LED Displays the status of the EtherNet/IPTM communication
o ENC z Encoder connector (16 pins)
!8 MOT z
@1 !0 Motor power connector (6 pins)
!9 !1 ENC x Encoder connector (16 pins)
y !2 MOT x Motor power connector (6 pins)
@0 Motor control power supply Motor control power supply (+), Axis 1 stop (+), Axis 1
!3 !4 !3 CI zx
!4 M PWR zx Motor power supply connector ∗1 For Axis 1, 2. Motor power supply (+), Common (−)
!7 ENC v Encoder connector (16 pins)
!8 MOT v Motor power connector (6 pins)
Motor control power supply Motor control power supply (+), Axis 3 stop (+), Axis 3
!9 CI cv
@0 M PWR cv Motor power supply connector ∗1 For Axis 3, 4. Motor power supply (+), Common (−)
@1 P1, P2 EtherNet/IPTM communication connector Connect Ethernet cable.
125
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 1
LEFS
For 4 Axes
Cable with Main Control Power Supply Connector (For 4 Axes)∗1: C PWR 1 pc. JXC73/83/93
Cable with main control power
supply connector
Terminal name Function Details Cable colour: Blue (0V)
+24V Main control power supply (+) Power supply (+) supplied to the main control
24−0V Main control power supply (−) Power supply (−) supplied to the main control
LEFB
∗1 Part no.: JXC-C1 (Cable length: 1.5 m) Cable colour: Brown (24V
LECA6
For 3 Axes For 4 Axes
Motor Power Supply Connector (For 3/4 Axes)∗2: M PWR 2 pcs.∗3 JXC92 JXC73/83/93
Motor power supply connector
Terminal name Function Details Note

For 3 axes
Power supply (−) supplied to the motor power 0V
JXC92
0V Motor power supply (−) M 24V
The M 24V terminal, C 24V terminal, EMG For 4 axes
terminal, and LKRLS terminal are common (−). JXC73/83/93
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Power supply (+) supplied to the motor power
∗2 Manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT (Part no.: MSTB2, 5/2-STF-5, 08)
∗3 1 pc. for 3 axes (JXC92)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
For 4 Axes
Motor Control Power Supply Connector (For 4 Axes)∗4: CI 2 pcs.
Motor control power supply connector
JXC73/83/93

C 24V Motor control power supply (+) Power supply (+) supplied to the motor control
EMG1/EMG3 Stop (+) Axis 1/Axis 3: Input (+) for releasing the stop
EMG2/EMG4 Stop (+) Axis 2/Axis 4: Input (+) for releasing the stop
LKRLS1/LKRLS3 Lock release (+) Axis 1/Axis 3: Input (+) for releasing the lock
LKRLS2/LKRLS4 Lock release (+) Axis 2/Axis 4: Input (+) for releasing the lock
LEFS
C 24V
∗4 Manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT (Part no.: FK-MC0, 5/5-ST-2, 5)

EMG1/EMG3
EMG2/EMG4
AC Servo Motor
LKRLS1/LKRLS3
LKRLS2/LKRLS4
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
For 3 Axes
Control Power Supply Connector (For 3 Axes)∗5: CI 1 pc. JXC92
Control power supply connector

0V Control power supply (−) The C 24V terminal, LKRLS terminal, and EMG terminal are common (−).
C 24V Control power supply (+) Power supply (+) supplied to the control
LKRLS3 Lock release (+) Axis 3: Input (+) for releasing the lock
0V
C 24V
EMG Stop (+) All axes: Input (+) for releasing the stop
LKRLS3
LKRLS2
LKRLS1
LEFG
∗5 Manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT (Part no.: FK-MC0, 5/6-ST-2, 5)

EMG
Specific Product
Precautions
126
Wiring Example 2
∗ When you connect a PLC to the I/O 1 or I/O 2 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (JXC-C2-).
Parallel I/O Connector ∗ The wiring changes depending on the type of the parallel I/O (NPN or PNP).
I/O 1 Wiring example

NPN JXC73 PNP JXC83
24 VDC 24 VDC
+COM1 1 OUT0 10 Load +COM1 1 OUT0 10 Load
+COM2 21 OUT1 30 Load +COM2 21 OUT1 30 Load
IN0 2 IN0 2
IN1 22 OUT4 12 IN1 22 OUT4 12 Load
Load
IN2 3 OUT5 32 Load IN2 3 OUT5 32 Load
IN5 24 IN5 24
BUSY BUSY
IN6 5 34 Load IN6 5 34 Load
(OUT9) (OUT9)
IN7 25 AREA IN7 25 AREA
15 Load 15 Load
IN8 6 (OUT10) IN8 6 (OUT10)
IN9 26 SETON 35 Load IN9 26 SETON 35 Load
INP 16 Load INP 16 Load
IN10 7 IN10 7
SVRE 36 Load SVRE 36 Load
SETUP 27 ∗ESTOP 17 SETUP 27 ∗ESTOP
Load 17 Load
HOLD 8 ∗ALARM 37 Load HOLD 8 ∗ALARM 37 Load
DRIVE 28 –COM1 18 DRIVE 28 –COM1 18
RESET 9 –COM1 19 RESET 9 –COM1 19
–COM1 38 –COM1 38
SVON 29 SVON 29
–COM2 20 –COM2 20
–COM2 39 –COM2 39
–COM2 40 –COM2 40
I/O 1 Input Signal I/O 1 Output Signal

+COM1 OUT0
Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal
+COM2 to Outputs the step data no. during operation
OUT8
IN0
Step data specified Bit No.
to BUSY
(Standard: When 512 points are used) Outputs when the operation of the actuator is in progress
IN8 (OUT9)
IN9 Step data specified extension Bit No. AREA
Outputs when all actuators are within the area output range
IN10 (Extension: When 2048 points are used) (OUT10)
SETUP Instruction to return to origin SETON Outputs when the return to origin of all actuators is completed
HOLD Operation is temporarily stopped Outputs when the positioning or pushing of all actuators
INP
DRIVE Instruction to drive is completed
RESET Alarm reset and operation interruption SVRE Outputs when servo is ON
SVON Servo ON instruction ∗ESTOP ∗1 Not output when EMG stop is instructed
∗ALARM ∗1 Not output when alarm is generated
–COM1
–COM2
∗1 Negative-logic circuit signal
127
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 2

∗ When you connect a PLC to the I/O 1 or I/O 2 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (JXC-C2-).
LEFS
Parallel I/O Connector ∗ The wiring changes depending on the type of the parallel I/O (NPN or PNP).
I/O 2 Wiring example

NPN JXC73 PNP JXC83
LEFB
24 VDC 24 VDC
BUSY1 10 Load BUSY1 10 Load
+COM3 1 +COM3 1
+COM4 21 +COM4 21
N.C. ∗1 2 Load N.C. ∗1 2 BUSY4 31 Load
BUSY4 31
N.C. ∗1 N.C. ∗1
LECA6
22 AREA1 12 Load 22 AREA1 12 Load
N.C. ∗1 3 AREA2 32 Load N.C. ∗1 3 AREA2 32 Load
N.C. ∗1 23 AREA3 13 Load N.C. ∗1 23 AREA3 13 Load
AREA4 33 Load AREA4 33 Load
N.C. ∗1 4 N.C. ∗1 4
INP1 14 Load INP1 14 Load
N.C. ∗1 24 N.C. ∗1 24
INP2 34 Load INP2 34 Load
N.C. ∗1 5 INP3 15 Load N.C. ∗1 5 INP3 15 Load
N.C. ∗1 25 INP4 35 Load N.C. ∗1 25 INP4 35 Load
N.C. ∗1 6 ∗ALARM1 16 Load N.C. ∗1 6 ∗ALARM1 16 Load
N.C. ∗1 ∗ALARM2 36 Load ∗ALARM2 36 Load

26 N.C. ∗1 26
∗ALARM3 17 Load ∗ALARM3 17 Load
N.C. ∗1 7 N.C. ∗1 7
∗ALARM4 37 Load ∗ALARM4 37 Load
N.C. ∗1 27 N.C. ∗1 27 –COM3 18
–COM3 18
N.C. ∗1 8 –COM3 19 N.C. ∗1 8 –COM3 19
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
N.C. ∗1 28 –COM3 38 N.C. ∗1 28 –COM3 38
N.C. ∗1 9 –COM4 20 N.C. ∗1 9 –COM4 20
–COM4 39 –COM4 39
N.C. ∗1 29 N.C. ∗1 29
–COM4 40 –COM4 40
∗1 Cannot be connected ∗1 Cannot be connected
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
I/O 2 Input Signal I/O 2 Output Signal
LEFB
+COM3 BUSY1 Busy signal for axis 1
+COM4 BUSY2 Busy signal for axis 2
N.C. Cannot be connected BUSY3 Busy signal for axis 3
LECY LECSS-T LECS
BUSY4 Busy signal for axis 4
AREA1 Area signal for axis 1
INP1 Positioning or pushing completion signal for axis 1
∗ALARM1 ∗2 Alarm signal for axis 1
LEFG

–COM3
–COM4
Specific Product
Precautions
∗2 Negative-logic circuit signal
128
Options
Cable with main control power supply connector For 4 Axes
JXC73/83/93
JXC C1
Cable color: Blue (0V)
Number of cores 2
AWG size AWG20
Cable color: Brown (24V)
I/O cable (1 pc.) For 4 Axes Controller side PLC side

JXC73/83 L
JXC C2 (R1.25-4)
(Terminal no.)
(Ø 7.5)
40
20
20 40
Cable length (L) [m] 39
50.8
…
1 1.5 2 1 21
3 3 21
5 5 1
Number of cores 40 Pin no. Wire colour Pin no. Wire colour Pin no. Wire colour Pin no. Wire colour
AWG size AWG28 1 Orange (Black 1) 6 Orange (Black 2) 11 Orange (Black 3) 16 Orange (Black 4)
21 Orange (Red 1) 26 Orange (Red 2) 31 Orange (Red 3) 36 Orange (Red 4)
2 Grey (Black 1) 7 Grey (Black 2) 12 Grey (Black 3) 17 Grey (Black 4)
22 Grey (Red 1) 27 Grey (Red 2) 32 Grey (Red 3) 37 Grey (Red 4)
3 White (Black 1) 8 White (Black 2) 13 White (Black 3) 18 White (Black 4)
23 White (Red 1) 28 White (Red 2) 33 White (Red 3) 38 White (Red 4)
4 Yellow (Black 1) 9 Yellow (Black 2) 14 Yellow (Black 3) 19 Yellow (Black 4)
24 Yellow (Red 1) 29 Yellow (Red 2) 34 Yellow (Red 3) 39 Yellow (Red 4)
5 Pink (Black 1) 10 Pink (Black 2) 15 Pink (Black 3) 20 Pink (Black 4)
25 Pink (Red 1) 30 Pink (Red 2) 35 Pink (Red 3) 40 Pink (Red 4)
DIN rail For 3 Axes For 4 Axes L

JXC92 JXC73/83/93 7.5 12.5 5.25
AXT100 DR (Pitch)
∗ For , enter a number from the No. line in the table below. Refer to the
(35)
(25)
dimension drawings on pages 121 and 124 for the mounting dimensions.
5.5
(1.5) 8
L Dimension
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
DIN rail mounting bracket (with 6 mounting screws) For 3 Axes For 4 Axes
JXC92 JXC73/83/93
JXC Z1
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting bracket is mounted onto a screw mounting type controller afterwards.
129
Selection
Model
Options

Controller setting kit q Controller setting
LEFS
For 4 Axes
JXC73/83/93 software
JXC W1
wUSB cable
(Japanese and English are available.)
(A-B type)
LEFB
PC
LECA6
Contents Hardware Requirements
qController setting software (CD-ROM) PC/AT compatible machine with Windows 7 or Windows 8.1
wUSB cable (Cable length: 3 m) and USB1.1 or USB2.0 port
Description Model ∗ Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States.
q Controller setting software JXC-W1-1
w USB cable JXC-W1-2
∗ Can be ordered separately
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Controller setting kit For 3 Axes q Controller setting
JXC92 software∗1
JXC MA1∗1
wUSB cable
(Japanese and English are available.)
(A-B type)
LEFS
PC
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
Contents Hardware Requirements
qController setting software (CD-ROM)∗1 PC/AT compatible machine with Windows 7 or Windows 8.1
wUSB cable (Cable length: 3 m) and USB1.1 or USB2.0 port
Description Model ∗1 The controller setting software also includes software dedicated for 4
LECY LECSS-T LECS
axes.
q Controller setting software JXC-MA1-1
∗ Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the
w USB cable JXC-MA1-2 United States.
∗ Can be ordered separately
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
130

1 Controller side
For 3 Axes For 4 Axes LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)
JXC92 JXC73/83/93 Actuator side
(Ø 8)
(Terminal no.) 1 2
(14)
A1 B1 5 6 (13.5)
(17.7)
LE CP 1 1 2
(18)
A6 B6
Connector A 15 16
(14.7) (30.7) L Connector D (11)
(10)
1 1.5 LE-CP- A8 BC /Cable length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m Controller side
3 3 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order) Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)
(Ø 5.5)
5 5 1 2
(14)
(Terminal no.) Actuator side
8 8∗1 A1 B1
5 6
(17.7)
A 10∗1 (13.5)
B 15∗1 A6 B6 1 2
(Ø 6.3)
(18)
C 20∗1 (14.7) Connector A 15 16
∗1 Produced upon receipt of (10)
order (Robotic cable only) Connector A Connector C
Signal Cable colour
Cable type A B-1 Brown 2
A A-1 Red 1
Robotic cable B B-2 Orange 6
— (Flexible cable) B A-2 Yellow 5
S Standard cable COM-B/— A-3 Blue 4
Connector D
Shield Cable colour
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
1
For 3 Axes For 4 Axes LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
JXC92 JXC73/83/93 Actuator side Controller side
(Ø 8)

A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
LE CP 1 B A6 B6
(14)
1
5
2
6 (13.5)
A1 B1 1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
Cable length (L) [m] 15 16

1 1.5 (14.7) (30.7) L (11)
(10)
3 3 8B
5 5 LE-CP- A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
Controller side
8 8∗1 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order)
(Ø 5.5)
(Ø 6.3)
(14.2)
A 10∗1 (Terminal no.) Actuator side Connector A Connector C (Terminal no.)
15∗1 1 2
(14)
A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
B
5 6
C 20∗1 A6 B6
(13.5)
A1 B1
∗1 Produced upon receipt of 1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)

(14.7) (30.7) L (11)
(10)
With lock and sensor
Signal Cable colour
A B-1 Brown 2
Cable type A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
Robotic cable B A-2 Yellow 5
— (Flexible cable) COM-A/COM B-3 Green 3
S Standard cable Connector D
Shield Cable colour
terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
Connector B
Signal
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
Sensor (+) B-3 Brown 1
Sensor (−) A-3 Blue 2
131
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Ball Screw Drive Page 151 Ball Screw Drive Page 161
LEFS
Series LEFS Series 11-LEFS
Clean Room Specification
LEFB
LECA6
Ball Screw Drive Page 172 Belt Drive Page 173
Series 25A-LEFS Series LEFB
Secondary Battery Compatible
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
AC Servo Motor Driver
Series LECS Series LECSS-T

LEFB
Page 184 Page 199
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Series LECY
Page 209
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
132
Electric Actuator/Slider Type AC Servo Motor
Model Selection
Selection Procedure
Selection Example
Operating
Workpiece weight: 45 [kg] Workpiece mounting condition: 70
conditions Lead 10: LEFS40:B
Speed: 300 [mm/s] 60
W
50
Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s2]
Work load: W [kg]

100 40
Stroke: 200 [mm] Lead 20:
30 LEFS40:A
Mounting position: Horizontal upward
20
10
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Work load graph> (Page 134)
0
Select the target model based on the workpiece weight and speed with reference 0 200 400 600 800 1000
to the <Speed–Work load graph>. Speed: V [mm/s]
Selection example) The LEFS40S4B-200 is temporarily selected based on the <Speed–Work load graph>
graph shown on the right side. (LEFS40)

L
Speed: V [mm/s]
Cycle time: a1 a2
T3 = V/a2 = 300/3000 = 0.1 [s] Time
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s] [s]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3)
= L : Stroke [mm]
300
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s] ··· (Operating condition)
= 0.57 [s]
T4 = 0.05 [s] V : Speed [mm/s]
··· (Operating condition)
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) as follows. ··· (Operating condition)
T2 = [s]
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4
T4: Settling time varies depending = 0.1 + 0.57 + 0.1 + 0.05
on the motor type and load. the = 0.82 [s] T1: Acceleration time [s]
value below is tecomended. Time until reaching the set speed
T2: Constant speed time [s]
Time while the actuator is operating
T4 = 0.05 [s] at a constant speed
Step 3 Check the guide moment. Time from the beginning of the constant
1500 T4: Settling time [s]
Mep Time until in position is completed
Overhang: L1 [mm]
1000 mm/s2
m 1000
L1 3000 mm/s2
500
Based on the above calculation result, 5000 mm/s2

0
the LEFS40S4B-200 is selected. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg]
133
Model Selection Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor Clean Room Specification
Selection
Selection
Model
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) ∗ The allowable speed is restricted depending on the stroke. Select it by referring to “Allowable Stroke Speed” below.

LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
30 20
Lead 6: LEFS25B Use a regeneration
25 Lead 6: LEFS25B Lead 12: LEFS25A option.
15
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]

20 Lead 20: LEFS25H Lead 12: LEFS25A
LEFB
15 A 10 Lead 20: LEFS25H
10 A
5
5
LECA6
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Speed [mm/s] Speed [mm/s]

Horizontal Vertical
60 30
Lead 8: LEFS32B Lead 16: LEFS32A
50 25 Lead 8: LEFS32B
Lead 24: LEFS32H Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
40 20 Lead 16: LEFS32A

30 15 A Lead 24: LEFS32H
20 A 10
10 5
0 0
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

Horizontal Vertical
40
70 Lead 10: LEFS40B
35
60 Lead 20: LEFS40A
30 Lead 20: LEFS40A
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
50 Lead 30: 25 A
LEFS
40 LEFS40H 20 B Lead 30: LEFS40H
30 15
AC Servo Motor
20 Lead 10: 10
10 LEFS40B A 5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
LEFB
Required conditions for “Regeneration option” “Regeneration Option” Models

∗ Regeneration option required when using product above regeneration line in graph. (Order separately.) Operating
Model
LECY LECSS-T LECS
condition
A LEC-MR-RB-032
B LEC-MR-RB-12
Allowable Stroke Speed

[mm/s]
AC servo Lead Stroke [mm]
Model
motor Symbol [mm] Up to 100 Up to 200 Up to 300 Up to 400 Up to 500 Up to 600 Up to 700 Up to 800 Up to 900 Up to 1000 Up to 1100 Up to 1200
H 20 1500 1200 900 700 550 — — — —
100 W A 12 900 720 540 420 330 — — — —
LEFS25
/40 B 6 450 360 270 210 160 — — — —
(Motor rotation speed) (4500 rpm) (3650 rpm) (2700 rpm) (2100 rpm) (1650 rpm) — — — —
LEFG
H 24 1500 1200 930 750 610 510 — —

200 W A 16 1000 800 620 500 410 340 — —
LEFS32
/60 B 8 500 400 310 250 200 170 — —
(Motor rotation speed) (3750 rpm) (3000 rpm) (2325 rpm) (1875 rpm) (1537 rpm) (1275 rpm) — —
Specific Product
Precautions
H 30 — 1500 1410 1140 930 780 500 500

400 W A 20 — 1000 940 760 620 520 440 380
LEFS40
/60 B 10 — 500 470 380 310 260 220 190
(Motor rotation speed) — (3000 rpm) (2820 rpm) (2280 rpm) (1860 rpm) (1560 rpm) (1320 rpm) (1140 rpm)
134
Series LEFS
Work Load–Acceleration/Deceleration Graph (Guide)

LEFS25SH/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25SH/Ball Screw Drive
Horizontal Vertical
22500
20000 Duty ratio: 50 %
Duty ratio: 50 % 20000
Acceleration/Deceleration [mm/s2]
15000
15000
Duty ratio: 100 %
12500
12500
10000
10000
7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4
Work load [kg] Work load [kg]
LEFS25SA/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25SA/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
Duty ratio: 50 % Duty ratio: 50 %
17500 17500
15000 15000
Duty ratio: 100 %
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
Duty ratio: 100 %
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 2 4 6 8
LEFS25SB/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25SB/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
17500 17500
15000 15000
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15
135
Selection
Selection
Model

LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
20000 20000
Duty ratio: 50 %
LEFB
17500 17500
Duty ratio: 50 %
15000 Duty ratio: 75 % 15000
Duty ratio: 75 %
12500 12500
10000 10000
LECA6
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5

Horizontal Vertical
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
20000 20000
17500 Duty ratio: 50 % 17500
15000 15000
Duty ratio: 75 %
Duty ratio: 50 %
12500 12500
10000 10000
Duty ratio: 100 %
7500 7500
LEFS
5000 5000
AC Servo Motor
2500 2500
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 2 4 6 8 10
LEFS32SB/Ball Screw Drive LEFS32SB/Ball Screw Drive LEFB

LECY LECSS-T LECS
Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
17500 17500
15000 15000
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
LEFG
2500 2500
0 0
Specific Product
0 10 20 30 40 0 5 10 15 20
Precautions
136
Series LEFS

Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
Duty ratio: 50 %
20000 20000
17500 Duty ratio: 75 % 17500 Duty ratio: 50 %
15000 15000 Duty ratio: 75 %

Duty ratio: 100 %
12500 12500 Duty ratio: 100 %
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
20000 20000
Duty ratio: 50 %
17500 17500
Duty ratio: 75 %
Duty ratio: 50 %
15000 15000
12500 12500
Duty ratio: 100 %
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 5 10 15
LEFS40SB/Ball Screw Drive LEFS40SB/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
20000 20000

17500 17500
15000 15000
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30
137
Selection
Selection
Model

Acceleration/Deceleration 1000 mm/s2 3000 mm/s2 5000 mm/s2 10000 mm/s2 20000 mm/s2
LEFS
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
L : Overhang to the work load centre of gravity [mm] LEFS25S LEFS32S LEFS40S
1500 1500 1500
LEFB
L1 1000 1000 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
X
500 500 500
LECA6
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg] Work load [kg] Work load [kg]
1000 1000 1000
Horizontal/Bottom
800 800 800

L2
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
600 600 600
Mer Y 400 400 400

m
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
1500 1500 1500
Mep
1000 1000 1000
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
m
L3 Z
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
LEFS
1500 1500 1500
AC Servo Motor
L4 1000 1000 1000
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
X
500 500 500
LEFB
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
LECY LECSS-T LECS
1500 1500 1500
Mey
1000 1000 1000
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
m
Wall
L5 Y
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000
800 800 800

LEFG
L6
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
600 600 600
Z 400 400 400

Specific Product
Precautions
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
138
Series LEFS
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
L7 Y
500 500 500
Mey 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Vertical
m
1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000

L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
L8 Z
500 500 500
Mep 0 0 0
m 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30

Model: LEFS Acceleration [mm/s2]: a
Size: 25/32/40 Work load [kg]: m 1. Horizontal z 3. Wall y
y z
2. Bottom
y z y
z
Example
Model: LEFS40
Work load [kg]: 20 αy = 50/180 = 0.27
2. Select the graphs for horizontal of the LEFS40 on page 138. 5. αx + αy + αz = 0.47 ≤ 1
1500 1000 1500
800
1000 1000 Lz
600
L1 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L3 [mm]
400
500 500
200
Lx Ly
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
139
Selection
Selection
Model
LEFS
A side
B side
: parallelism to A side parallelism to B side
LEFB
C side LEFS25 0.05 0.03
@
LEFS32 0.05 0.03
D side LEFS40 0.05 0.03
LECA6
0.08
LEFS32
L W (L = 30 mm)
0.06 LEFS40
Displacement [mm]
(L = 37 mm)
LEFS25
(L = 25 mm)
0.04
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
0.02
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
LEFS
Load W [N]
Note 1) This displacement is measured when a 15 mm aluminium plate is mounted and fixed on
AC Servo Motor
the table.
LEFB
0.25 0.12
LECY LECSS-T LECS
0.1
0.2
Displacement [mm]
Displacement [mm]
LEF25 0.08
0.15 LEF25
0.06
0.1
0.04
LEF40 LEF40
0.05
0.02
LEFG
LEF32
LEF32
0 0
0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
Specific Product
Precautions
140

Particle Generation Measuring Method
The particle generation data for SMC Clean Series are measured in the following test method.
Test Method (Example)

Operate the specimen that is placed an in ISO class 5 equivalent clean bench, and measure the changes of the
particle concentration over time until the number of cycles reaches the specified point.
Measuring Conditions
Description Laser dust monitor (Automatic particle counter by lightscattering method)
Measuring
Minimum measurable particle diameter 0.1 μm
instrument
Suction flow rate 28.3 l/min
Sampling time 5 min
Setting
Interval time 55 min
conditions
Sampling air flow 141.5 L
Clean bench (ISO Class 5 equivalent)
Vacuum suction
from vacuum port
Laser dust monitor
Particle generation measuring circuit
Evaluation Method
To obtain the measured values of particle concentration, the accumulated value Note 1) of particles captured every 5
minutes, by the laser dust monitor, is converted into the particle concentration in every 1 m3.
When determining particle generation grades, the 95 % upper confidence limit of the average particle
concentration (average value), when each specimen is operated at a specified number of cycles Note 2) is
considered.
The plots in the graphs indicate the 95 % upper confidence limit of the average particle concentration of particles
with a diameter within the horizontal axis range.
Note 1) Sampling air flow rate: Number of particles contained in 141.5 L of air
Note 2) Actuator: 1 million cycles
Note 3) The particle generation characteristics provide a guide for delection lost is not guaranteed.
Note 4) When the suction flow rate is 0 l/min, the particle concentration is measured during operation without suction.
141
Particle Generation Characteristics Series 11-LEFS
Selection
Selection
Model
AC Servo Motor (100/200/400 W)

LEFS
10000000 10000000
ISO Class 6 (Class 1000) upper limit ISO Class 6 (Class 1000) upper limit
1000000 1000000
LEFB
Suction flow rate: 0 L /min
100000 100000
LECA6
ISO Class 5 (Class 100) Suction flow rate: 30 L /min
upper limit
10000 10000
ISO Class 5 (Class 100)

upper limit
1000 1000
ISO Class 4 (Class 10) Suction flow rate: 60 L /min

upper limit
100 Suction flow rate: 50 L /min 100
ISO Class 4 (Class 10) upper limit
10 10
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
1 1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
11-LEFS40 Speed 1000 mm/s

10000000
LEFS
ISO Class 5
ISO Class 6 (Class 1000) upper limit upper limit
AC Servo Motor
1000000
LEFB
100000
10000
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Suction flow rate: ISO Class 4

1000 80 L/min upper limit

100
10
LEFG
1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Specific Product
Precautions
Particle diameter [μm]
142
Model Selection
AC Servo Motor ∗ The allowable speed is restricted depending on the stroke. Select it by referring to “Allowable Stroke Speed” below.
11-LEFS25/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
30 30
Use a regeneration
25 25
Lead 6: 11-LEFS25:B Lead 12: 11-LEFS25:A option.
Work load [kg]

Work load [kg]
20 20
Lead 6: 11-LEFS25:B
15 15
A
10 10 Lead 12: 11-LEFS25:A
5 5
A
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000

Horizontal Vertical
60 30
50 Lead 8: 11-LEFS32:B 25
Lead 16: 11-LEFS32:A Lead 8: 11-LEFS32:B
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
40 20
30 15
A Lead 16: 11-LEFS32:A
20 10
10 5 A
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Horizontal Vertical
70 40
Lead 10: 11-LEFS40:B
60 35 Lead 10: 11-LEFS40:B
Lead 20: 11-LEFS40:A 30
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
50
25
40 A
A 20 Lead 20: 11-LEFS40:A
30
15
20 10 B
10 5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Required conditions for “Regeneration option” “Regeneration Option” Models

∗ Regeneration option required when using product above “Regeneration” line in graph. (Order separately.) Operating
Model
condition
A LEC-MR-RB-032
B LEC-MR-RB-12

[mm/s]
Model
motor Symbol [mm] Up to 100 Up to 200 Up to 300 Up to 400 Up to 500 Up to 600 Up to 700 Up to 800 Up to 900 Up to 1000
A 12 900 720 540 — — — —
100 W
11-LEFS25 B 6 450 360 270 — — — —
/40
(Motor rotation speed) (4500 rpm) (3650 rpm) (2700 rpm) — — — —
A 16 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 800 620 500 — —
200 W
11-LEFS32 B 8 500 500 500 500 500 400 310 250 — —
/60
(Motor rotation speed) (3750 rpm) (3000 rpm) (2325 rpm) (1875 rpm) — —
A 20 — 1000 940 760 620 520
400 W
11-LEFS40 B 10 — 500 470 380 310 260
/60
(Motor rotation speed) — (3000 rpm) (2820 rpm) (2280 rpm) (1860 rpm) (1560 rpm)
143
Model Selection Series 11-LEFS
Clean Room Specification
Selection
Selection
Model
Dynamic Allowable Moment ∗ This graph shows the amount of allowable overhang when the centre of gravity of the workpiece overhangs in one direction. When the centre of
AC Servo Motor gravity of the workpiece overhangs in two directions, refer to the Electric Actuator Selection Software for confirmation, http://www.smc.eu

LEFS
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
1500 1500 1500
LEFB
L1 1000 1000 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
X
500 500 500
LECA6
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000
Horizontal/Bottom
800 800 800

L2
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
600 600 600
Mer Y 400 400 400

m
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
1500 1500 1500
Mep
1000 1000 1000
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
m
L3 Z
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
LEFS
1500 1500 1500
AC Servo Motor
L4 1000 1000 1000
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
X
500 500 500
LEFB
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
LECY LECSS-T LECS
1500 1500 1500
Mey
1000 1000 1000
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
m
Wall
L5 Y
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000
800 800 800

LEFG
L6
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
600 600 600
Z 400 400 400

Specific Product
Precautions
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
144
Model Selection
Selection Procedure
Selection Example
Operating 40
Workpiece weight: 20 [kg] Workpiece mounting condition:
conditions
Speed: 1500 [mm/s] 30
Work load: W [kg]

W LEFB40
Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s ] 2
20
100 LEFB32
Stroke: 2000 [mm] 10 LEFB25
0
0 1000 1500 2000
Speed: V [mm/s]
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Work load graph> (Page 146) <Speed–Work load graph>
Select the target model based on the workpiece weight and speed with (LEFB40)
reference to the <Speed–Work load graph>.
Selection example) The LEFB40S4S-2000 is temporarily selected based on
the graph shown on the right side. L
Speed: V [mm/s]
Step 2 Check the cycle time. a1 a2
following calculation method. T1 to T4 can be calculated as follows. Time
[s]
Cycle time:
T1 T2 T3 T4
T3 = V/a2 = 1500/3000 = 0.5 [s]
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) L : Stroke [mm]
V ··· (Operating condition)
Deceleration time can be obtained
by the following equation. 2000 − 0.5 · 1500 · (0.5 + 0.5) V : Speed [mm/s]
=
1500 ··· (Operating condition)
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s] a1: Acceleration [mm/s2]
= 0.83 [s]
T2: Constant speed time can be T4 = 0.05 [s]
a2: Deceleration [mm/s2]
Therefore, the cycle time can be obtained ··· (Operating condition)
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) as follows.
T2 = [s] T1: Acceleration time [s]
V
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 Time until reaching the set speed
T4: Settling time varies depending = 0.5 + 0.83 + 0.5 + 0.05 T2: Constant speed time [s]
on the motor type and load. The Time while the actuator is operating
= 1.88 [s]
value below is recomended. at a constant speed
Time from the beginning of the constant
T4 = 0.05 [s]
Step 3 Check the guide moment. T4: Settling time [s]
Time until in position is completed
1000 mm/s2
1000
Mep 3000 mm/s2
Overhang: L1 [mm]
m 5000 mm/s2
L1 10000 mm/s2
500 20000
mm/s2
Based on the above calculation result,

100
the LEFB40S4S-2000 is selected.
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg]
145
Model Selection Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Selection
Model
LEFS
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) Work Load–Acceleration/Deceleration Graph (Guide)
LEFB/Belt Drive LEFB/Belt Drive
30 LEFB25S (Duty ratio)
LEFB
LEFB40
25 20000 LEFB25 (50 %)
Area where the regeneration LEFB25 (75 %)
17500
Work load: W [kg]
option is required. LEFB25 (100 %)

15000
LECA6
LEFB32
15 12500
10000
7500
LEFB25
5 5000
0 2500
0 1000 2000 2500
0
Speed: V [mm/s] 0 5 10
Work load [kg]
∗ The shaded area in the graph requires the regeneration option (LEC-MR-RB-032).
LEFB32S (Duty ratio)

Cycle Time Graph (Guide)
20000 LEFB32 (50 %)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LEFB32 (75 %)
LEFB/Belt Drive 17500
LEFB32 (100 %)
15000
LEFB25/32/40 Acceleration/Deceleration [mm/s2]
12500
5.0
10000
4.5 5000
10000 7500
4.0
20000
5000
3.5
Cycle time [s]
3.0 2500
LEFS
2.5 0
0 5 10 15 20
AC Servo Motor
2.0
Work load [kg]
1.5
1.0
LEFB40S (Duty ratio)
LEFB
0.5
0.0
20000 LEFB40 (50 %)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

LEFB40 (75 %)
Stroke [mm] 17500
LEFB40 (100 %)
∗ Cycle time is for when maximum speed. 15000
LECY LECSS-T LECS
∗ Maximum stroke: LEFB25: 2000 mm

LEFB32: 2500 mm 12500
LEFB40: 3000 mm 10000
7500
5000
2500
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Work load [kg]
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
146
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
L : Overhang to the work load centre of gravity [mm] LEFB25S LEFB32S LEFB40S
1500 1500 1500
L1 1000 1000 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
X
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1000 1000 1000
Horizontal/Bottom
800 800 800

L2
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
600 600 600
Mer Y 400 400 400

m
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1500 1500 1500
Mep
1000 1000 1000
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
m
L3 Z
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1500 1500 1500
L4 1000 1000 1000

L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
X
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1500 1500 1500
Mey
1000 1000 1000
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
m
Wall
L5 Y
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1000 1000 1000
800 800 800

L6
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
600 600 600
Z 400 400 400
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
147
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Selection
Model
LEFS
Model: LEFB Acceleration [mm/s2]: a
Mounting orientation: Horizontal/Bottom/Wall Work load centre position [mm]: Xc/Yc/Zc
y
LEFB
3. Based on the acceleration and work load, obtain the overhang [mm]: Lx/Ly/Lz from the graph. x z
5. Confirm the total of αx, αy and αz is 1 or less. 2. Bottom
αx + αy + αz ≤ 1
LECA6
change of the work load centre position and series. y
x
z
Example
Model: LEFB40
Work load [kg]: 20 αy = 50/180 = 0.27
2. Select the graphs for horizontal of the LEFB40 on page 147. 5. αx + αy + αz = 0.47 ≤ 1
1500 1000 1500
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
800
1000 1000 Lz
600
L1 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L3 [mm]
400
500 500
200
Lx Ly
0 0 0
LEFS
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
148
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
A side
B side
C side LEFB25 0.05 0.03

@
LEFB32 0.05 0.03
D side LEFB40 0.05 0.03
0.06
L W
Displacement [mm]
0.04
LEFB40
LEFB32 (L = 37 mm)
(L = 30 mm)
0.02 LEFB25
(L = 25 mm)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Load W [N]
Note 1) This displacement is measured when a 15 mm aluminium plate is
mounted and fixed on the table.

0.25 0.12
0.1
0.2
Displacement [mm]
Displacement [mm]
LEF25 0.08
0.15 LEF25
0.06
0.1
0.04
LEF40 LEF40
0.05
LEF32 0.02
LEF32
0 0
0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
149
150
Precautions
Selection
Ball Screw Drive AC Servo Motor
Series LEFS
LEFS25, 32, 40
RoHS
CompatiblesPage 209
How to Order
LEFS H 32 R S3 B 200 S 2 A2
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1
q Accuracy w Size e Motor mounting position u Motor option !0 Driver type
— Basic type 25 — In-line — Without option Compatible Power supply Size
H High precision type 32 R Right side parallel B With lock driver voltage [V] 25 32 40
40 L Left side parallel — Without driver —
r Motor type∗1 i Cable type Note 1) Note 2) A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 —
Symbol Type Output (W) Actuator size Compatible driver — Without cable A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230
S2∗2 100 25 LECSA-S1 S Standard cable B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 —
AC servo motor B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230
S3 (Incremental encoder) 200 32 LECSA-S3 Robotic cable
R C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 —
S4 400 40 LECSA2-S4 (Flexible cable)
LECSB-S5 C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230
Note 1) Motor cable and encoder
S6∗ 100 25 LECSC-S5 cable are included. (Lock cable S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 —
LECSS-S5 is also included if motor option LECSS2-S 200 to 230
S2
LECSB-S7 “With lock” is selected.) LECSS2-T 200 to 240
AC servo motor
S7 200 32 LECSC-S7 Note 2) Standard cable entry direction ∗ When the driver type is selected, the cable is
(Absolute encoder) is “(B) Counter axis side”. For
LECSS-S7 included. Select cable type and cable length.
motor parallel type of the ball Example)
LECSB2-S8
screw drive, the cable entry S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
S8 400 40 LECSC2-S8
direction is “(A) Axis side”. S2: Standard cable (2 m)
LECSS2-S8
— : Without cable and driver
T6 100 25 LECSS2-T5
AC servo motor
T7 (Absolute encoder) 200 32 LECSS2-T7
T8 400 40 LECSS2-T8 o Cable length Note 3) [m] !1 I/O cable length [m] Note 4)
∗1 For motor type T6, the compatible driver part number suffix is T5. — Without cable — Without cable
∗ 2 For motor type S 2 and S 6 , the compatible driver part 2 2 H Without cable (Connector only)
number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively. 5 5 1 1.5
A 10
t Lead [mm] y Stroke [mm] Note 3) The length of the encoder, motor
Note 4) When “Without driver” is selected for driver
type, only “—: Without cable” can be selected.
Symbol LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40 50 50 and lock cables are the same. Refer to page 197 if I/O cable is required.
H 20 24 30 to to (Options are shown on page 197.)
A 12 16 20 1200 1200
B 6 8 10 ∗ Refer to the applicable stroke table.
Support Guide/Series LEFG Applicable Stroke Table : Standard

A support guide is designed to support Stroke
work pieces with significant Model
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
overhang.
LEFS25 — — — — — —
LEFS32 — —
LEFS40 — —
Compatible Driver ∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
Pulse input type Pulse input type CC-Link direct SSCNET # type type
/Positioning type input type
Driver type
Series LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS LECSS-T

ST
Number of point tables Up to 7 — Up to 255 (2 stations occupied) — —
Pulse input — — —
Applicable network — — CC-Link SSCNET # SSCNET #/H
Incremental Absolute Absolute Absolute Absolute
Control encoder
17-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 22-bit encoder
Communication function USB communication USB communication, RS422 communication USB communication, RS422 communication USB communication USB communication
Power supply voltage [V] 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz), 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Reference page 184 199
151
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFS25, 32, 40 AC Servo Motor
LEFS
Model LEFS25S26 LEFS32S37 LEFS40S48
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 50 to 800 50 to 1000 150 to 1200
Horizontal 10 20 20 30 40 45 30 50 60
Work load [kg] Note 2)
Vertical 4 8 15 5 10 20 7 15 30
Up to 400 1500 900 450 1500 1000 500 1500 1000 500
LEFB
401 to 500 1200 720 360 1500 1000 500 1500 1000 500
501 to 600 900 540 270 1200 800 400 1500 1000 500
Note 3) 601 to 700 700 420 210 930 620 310 1410 940 470
Max. speed Stroke 701 to 800 550 330 160 750 500 250 1140 760 380
[mm/s] range 801 to 900 — — — 610 410 200 930 620 310
LECA6
901 to 1000 — — — 510 510 170 780 520 260
1001 to 1100 — — — — — — 500 440 220
1101 to 1200 — — — — — — 500 380 190
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 20000 (Refer to page 134 for limit according to work load and duty ratio.)
[mm] High precision type ±0.01
Lead [mm] 20 12 6 24 16 8 30 20 10
Motor output/Size 100 W/40 200 W/60 400 W/60
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Motor type AC servo motor (100/200 VAC)

Motor type S2, S3, S4: Incremental 17-bit encoder (Resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Encoder
Motor type S6, S7, S8: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 p/rev)
Power Horizontal 45 65 210
consumption [W] Note 6) Vertical 145 175 230
Standby power consumption Horizontal 2 2 2
when operating [W] Note 7) Vertical 8 8 18
Type Note 9)
specifications
Non-magnetizing lock
Lock unit
LEFS
Holding force [N] 78 131 255 131 197 385 220 330 660
Power consumption at 20°C [W] Note 10) 6.3 7.9 7.9
AC Servo Motor
Note 1 ) Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to
orders. the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Note 2) For details, refer to “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 134. Note 6) The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 3) The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. Note 7 ) The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when
LEFB
Note 4) A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation. the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
Note 5 ) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a Note 8 ) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when
drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw. the actuator is operating.
(Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) Note 9) Only when motor option “With lock” is selected.
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Note 10) For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Weight
Series LEFS25S
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 650 800
Motor S2 2.00 2.14 2.28 2.44 2.56 2.69 2.84 2.99 3.12 3.24 3.40 3.54 3.68 3.82 3.96 4.14
type S6 2.06 2.20 2.34 2.50 2.62 2.75 2.90 3.05 3.18 3.30 3.46 3.60 3.74 3.88 4.02 4.20
Additional weight with lock [kg] S2: 0.2/S6: 0.3
Series LEFS32S
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Motor S3 3.40 3.60 3.80 4.00 4.20 4.40 4.60 4.80 5.00 5.20 5.40 5.60 5.80 6.00 6.20 6.40 6.60 6.80 7.00 7.20
type S7 3.34 3.54 3.74 3.94 4.14 4.34 4.54 4.74 4.94 5.14 5.34 5.54 5.74 5.94 6.14 6.34 6.54 5.74 6.94 7.14
LEFG
Series LEFS40S
Specific Product
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
Precautions
Motor S4 5.82 6.10 6.38 6.65 6.95 7.25 7.51 7.80 8.07 8.25 8.63 8.90 9.20 9.45 9.76 10.05 10.32 10.60 11.16 11.72
type S8 5.92 6.20 6.48 6.75 7.05 7.35 7.61 7.90 8.17 8.35 8.73 9.00 9.30 9.55 9.86 10.15 10.42 10.70 11.26 11.82
152
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Construction
In-line motor
!6 !4 !9 r e @0 !0 !2 !5 i
A
!7 !8 q u t y u !7 o !1 !3 w
A-A
Component Parts
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 11 Motor mount Aluminium alloy Coating
2 Rail guide — 12 Coupling —
3 Ball screw shaft — 13 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
4 Ball screw nut — 14 Motor end cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
5 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 15 Motor —
6 Blanking plate Aluminium alloy Anodised 16 Grommet NBR
7 Seal band stopper Synthetic resin 17 Band stopper Stainless steel
8 Housing A Aluminium die-cast Coating 18 Dust seal band Stainless steel
9 Housing B Aluminium die-cast Coating 19 Bearing —
153
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Construction

Motor parallel
LEFS
!2 !4 C-C B-B w
Body
LEFB
Table
!3
LECA6
A-A
t y @2
C
e B
@1 !0
B C
r
!8
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
!7
q @0 u
A A
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
!5 !9 !6 o !9 !1 i
Component Parts LEFB

LECY LECSS-T LECS
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised Motor

2 Rail guide — (Absolute encoder)
17 —
3 Ball screw shaft — Motor
4 Ball screw nut — (Incremental encoder)
5 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 18 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Anodised
7 Seal band holder Synthetic resin 20 Dust seal band Stainless steel
8 Housing A Aluminium die-casted Coating 21 Bearing —
10 Bearing stopper Aluminium alloy
11 Return plate Aluminium alloy Coating Replacement Parts/Belt
LEFG
12 Pulley Aluminium alloy No. Size Order no.

13 Pulley Aluminium alloy 25 LE-D-6-2
15 Cover plate Aluminium alloy Coating 14 32 LE-D-6-3
16 Table spacer Aluminium alloy Coating (LEFS32 only) 40 LE-D-6-4
Specific Product
Precautions
154
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor

LEFS25
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
4
48
Encoder cable (Ø 7)
Lock cable (Ø 4.5)

120
Motor cable (Ø 6)
D x 120 (= E) F 10
B (209)
L (2.2)
(52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 (169) 58
10 (56) Stroke (54) 38
(4) Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 2±1
38.5
48
66
6.5
24
M4 x 0.7
6 thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
Ø 3H9 (+0.025
0 ) (102)
depth 3 64 Encoder cable (Ø 7)
4 x M5 x 0.8 Motor cable (Ø 6)
Body mounting reference plane Note 1) 45
thread depth 8.5
38
50
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3
Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke end of the motor
side.
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
LEFS25-50 339 379 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFS25-100 389 429 106 210 4 — —
LEFS25-150 439 479 156 260 4 — —
LEFS25-200 489 529 206 310 6 2 240
LEFS25-250 539 579 256 360 6 2 240
LEFS25-300 589 629 306 410 8 3 360
LEFS25-350 639 679 356 460 8 3 360
LEFS25-400 689 729 406 510 8 3 360
LEFS25-450 739 779 456 560 10 4 480 35
LEFS25-500 789 829 506 610 10 4 480
LEFS25-550 839 879 556 660 12 5 600
LEFS25-600 889 929 606 710 12 5 600
LEFS25-650 939 979 656 760 12 5 600
LEFS25-700 989 1029 706 810 14 6 720
LEFS25-750 1039 1079 756 860 14 6 720
LEFS25-800 1089 1129 806 910 16 7 840
155
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS32
LEFS
5H9 (+0.030 )
n x Ø 5.5
0 Motor option: With lock
depth 5
6
Lock cable (Ø 4.5)

60
Motor cable (Ø 6)
LEFB
150 (231)
D x 150 (= E) 15 15
B
LECA6
L (2.2)
10 (62) A (Table traveling distance: Stroke + 6) Note 2) 62 (201) 70
(66) Stroke (64) 48
84
6.5
30
46.8
60
M4 x 0.7
7.5 thread depth 8 (F.G. terminal)
+0.030
Ø 5H9 ( 0 ) (122)
Note 1) depth 5
Body mounting 70 Encoder cable (Ø 7)
reference plane 4 x M6 x 1
42 Motor cable (Ø 6)
thread depth 9.9
44
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
60
5.5
5H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 5
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
side.
LEFB
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFS32-50 391 421 56 180 4 — —
LEFS32-100 441 471 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32-150 491 521 156 280 4 — —
LEFS32-200 541 571 206 330 6 2 300
LEFS32-250 591 621 256 380 6 2 300
LEFS32-300 641 671 306 430 6 2 300
LEFS32-350 691 721 356 480 8 3 450
LEFS32-400 741 771 406 530 8 3 450
LEFS32-450 791 821 456 580 8 3 450
LEFS32-500 841 871 506 630 10 4 600
LEFS32-550 891 921 556 680 10 4 600
LEFS32-600 941 971 606 730 10 4 600
LEFG
LEFS32-650 991 1021 656 780 12 5 750

LEFS32-700 1041 1071 706 830 12 5 750
LEFS32-750 1091 1121 756 880 12 5 750
LEFS32-800 1141 1171 806 930 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS32-850 1191 1221 856 980 14 6 900

LEFS32-900 1241 1271 906 1030 14 6 900
LEFS32-950 1291 1321 956 1080 16 7 1050
LEFS32-1000 1341 1371 1006 1130 16 7 1050
156
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor

LEFS40
6H9 ( +0.030
0 )
n x Ø 6.6 depth 6
7
76
150
D x 150 (= E) 60 15
B
L (3.1)
13 86 A (Table traveling distance: Stroke + 6) Note 2) 86 (223.5)
(90) Stroke (88) 90
Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 61
2±1
(4)
68
53.8
85.5
8
31
8
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
Encoder cable (Ø 7) (F.G. terminal)
4 x M8 x 1.25
(170) Motor cable (Ø 6)
106
60
74
58
7
Ø 6H9 +0.030
(0 )
depth 7
6H9 ( +0.030
0 )
depth 7
Motor cable (Ø 6)
Lock cable (Ø 4.5) Motor option: With lock

(253.5)
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E
mounting reference plane, set the height of the LEFS40-150 564.5 594.5 156 328 4 — 150
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more LEFS40-200 614.5 644.5 206 378 6 2 300
because of R chamfering. (Recommended height LEFS40-250 664.5 694.5 256 428 6 2 300
5 mm) LEFS40-300 714.5 744.5 306 478 6 2 300
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it LEFS40-350 764.5 794.5 356 528 8 3 450
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece LEFS40-400 814.5 844.5 406 578 8 3 450
mounted on the table does not interfere with the LEFS40-450 864.5 894.5 456 628 8 3 450
work pieces and facilities around the table. LEFS40-500 914.5 944.5 506 678 10 4 600
Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the
LEFS40-550 964.5 994.5 556 728 10 4 600
stroke end of the motor side.
LEFS40-600 1014.5 1044.5 606 778 10 4 600
LEFS40-650 1064.5 1094.5 656 828 12 5 750
LEFS40-700 1114.5 1144.5 706 878 12 5 750
LEFS40-750 1164.5 1194.5 756 928 12 5 750
LEFS40-800 1214.5 1144.5 806 978 14 6 900
LEFS40-850 1264.5 1294.5 856 1028 14 6 900
LEFS40-900 1314.5 1344.5 906 1078 14 6 900
LEFS40-950 1364.5 1394.5 956 1128 16 7 1050
LEFS40-1000 1414.5 1444.5 1006 1178 16 7 1050
LEFS40-1100 1514.5 1544.5 1106 1278 18 8 1200
LEFS40-1200 1614.5 1644.5 1206 1378 18 8 1200
157
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS25R
LEFS
B 10
D x 120 (= E) F
+0.025
120 3H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
LEFB
4
LEFS25LS LEFS25RS
48
106 106
LECA6
46
46
47
47
Stroke end of the motor side
L
10 (52) A (Table traveling distance) 52 40.5
(56) Stroke (54)
(4) Z-phase detecting position: 2±1 Note 2) 58
44.8 38
38.5
48
(48)
46
24
6.5
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
M4 x 0.7 6
thread depth 8 With lock/LEFS25S-B
+0.025 (F.G. terminal)
Ø 3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3 X (2.4) Lock cable (Ø 4.5)
4 x M5 x 0.8 W Encoder cable (Ø 7) Motor cable (Ø 6)
Z
thread depth 8.5

Body mounting Note 1)
reference plane
50
106
LEFS
X (2.4)
38
AC Servo Motor
W
Z
3.5
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3 45
LEFB
64
(102)
LECY LECSS-T LECS

mounting reference plane, set the height of the
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more. Dimensions [mm]
(Recommended height 5 mm) Model L A B n D E F
Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke LEFS25S-50 210.5 56 160 4 — — 20
end of the motor side. Please consult with SMC for LEFS25S-100 260.5 106 210 4 — —
adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the
LEFS25S-150 310.5 156 260 4 — —
stroke end of the end side.
LEFS25S-200 360.5 206 310 6 2 240
LEFS25S-250 410.5 256 360 6 2 240
LEFS25S-300 460.5 306 410 8 3 360
LEFS25S-350 510.5 356 460 8 3 360
LEFS25S-400 560.5 406 510 8 3 360
LEFG
LEFS25S-450 610.5 456 560 10 4 480 35

LEFS25S-500 660.5 506 610 10 4 480
LEFS25S-550 710.5 556 660 12 5 600
Motor Dimensions [mm] LEFS25S-600 760.5 606 710 12 5 600
Specific Product
Precautions
Motor X W Z LEFS25S-650 810.5 656 760 12 5 600

type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock LEFS25S-700 860.5 706 810 14 6 720
S2 116.5 153.4 87 123.9 14.1 15.8 LEFS25S-750 910.5 756 860 14 6 720
S6 111.9 153 82.4 123.5 14.1 15.8 LEFS25S-800 960.5 806 910 16 7 840
158
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor

LEFS32R
B 15
D x 150 (= E) 15
+0.030
150 5H9 ( 0 ) Motor mounting position: Left side parallel Motor mounting position: Right side parallel
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5 LEFS32LS LEFS32RS
Encoder cable (Ø 7) Encoder cable (Ø 7)
6
132.5 132.5
60
60
60
62
62
Motor cable (Ø 6) Motor cable (Ø 6)

L
10 (62) A (Table traveling distance) 62 55
(66) Stroke (64)
60 48
63
46.8
(63)
60
30
6.5
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
7.5
+0.030
(F.G. terminal)
Ø 5H9 ( 0 )
depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3)
X (2.4)
With lock/LEFS32-B
4 x M6 x 1
W Lock cable (Ø 4.5)
Z
thread depth 12.5

(Depth of counterbore 3)
Encoder cable (Ø 7) Motor cable (Ø 6)
reference plane
60
132.5
44
X (2.4)
W
Z
5.5
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3) 42
70
(122)
Dimensions [mm]
Model L A B n D E
LEFS32S-50 245 56 180 4 — —
LEFS32S-100 295 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32S-150 345 156 280 4 — —
LEFS32S-200 395 206 330 6 2 300
LEFS32S-250 445 256 380 6 2 300 Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body
LEFS32S-300 495 306 430 6 2 300 mounting reference plane, set the height of the
LEFS32S-350 545 356 480 8 3 450 opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more.
LEFS32S-400 595 406 530 8 3 450
Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke
LEFS32S-450 645 456 580 8 3 450
end of the motor side. Please consult with SMC for
LEFS32S-500 695 506 630 10 4 600 adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the
LEFS32S-550 745 556 680 10 4 600 stroke end of the end side.
LEFS32S-600 795 606 730 10 4 600
LEFS32S-650 845 656 780 12 5 750
LEFS32S-700 895 706 830 12 5 750
LEFS32S-750 945 756 880 12 5 750
LEFS32S-800 995 806 930 14 6 900 Motor Dimensions [mm]
LEFS32S-850 1045 856 980 14 6 900 Motor X W Z
LEFS32S-900 1095 906 1030 14 6 900 type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock
LEFS32S-950 1145 956 1080 16 7 1050 S3 121.7 150.3 88.2 116.8 17.1 17.1
LEFS32S-1000 1195 1006 1130 16 7 1050 S7 110.1 149.6 76.6 116.1 17.1 17.1
159
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS40R
LEFS
B 15
D x 150 (= E) 60
+0.030
150 6H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 6.6 depth 6
LEFS40LS LEFS40RS
LEFB
7
76
153 153
60
LECA6
60

64
64

L
90
60 61
(90) Stroke (88)
(4) Z-phase detecting position: 2±1 Note 2)
(68)
60
31
8
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8 8
53.8
68
(F.G. terminal)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Ø 6H9 (
+0.030
) X (2.4)
0
With lock/LEFS40S-B
depth 7 W
Lock cable (Ø 4.5)
4 x M8 x 1.25
Z
Motor cable (Ø 6)
thread depth 13 Encoder cable (Ø 7)

reference plane
74
153
X (2.4)
LEFS
W
Z
58
AC Servo Motor
7
+0.030
6H9 ( 0 )
depth 7 60
LEFB
106
(170)
Dimensions [mm]
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Model L A B n D E
LEFS40S-150 403.4 156 328 4 — 150
LEFS40S-200 453.4 206 378 6 2 300
LEFS40S-250 503.4 256 428 6 2 300
LEFS40S-300 553.4 306 478 6 2 300 Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body
LEFS40S-350 603.4 356 528 8 3 450 mounting reference plane, set the height of the
LEFS40S-400 653.4 406 578 8 3 450 opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more.
LEFS40S-450 703.4 456 628 8 3 450 (Recommended height 5 mm)
LEFS40S-500 753.4 506 678 10 4 600 Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke
LEFS40S-550 803.4 556 728 10 4 600
adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the
LEFS40S-600 853.4 606 778 10 4 600
stroke end of the end side.
LEFS40S-650 903.4 656 828 12 5 750
LEFS40S-700 953.4 706 878 12 5 750
LEFG
LEFS40S-750 1003.4 756 928 12 5 750

LEFS40S-800 1053.4 806 978 14 6 900
LEFS40S-850 1103.4 856 1028 14 6 900
LEFS40S-900 1153.4 906 1078 14 6 900 Motor Dimensions [mm]
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS40S-950 1203.4 956 1128 16 7 1050 Motor X W Z

LEFS40S-1000 1253.4 1006 1178 16 7 1050 type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock
LEFS40S-1100 1353.4 1106 1278 18 8 1200 S4 149.2 177.8 110.2 138.8 17.1 17.1
LEFS40S-1200 1453.4 1206 1378 18 8 1200 S8 137.5 177 98.5 138 17.1 17.1
160
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
Support Guide/Ball Screw Drive

Series LEFG LEFG16, 25, 32, 40
Application example
LEF
(Drive side)
A support guide is designed to support
workpieces with significant overhang.
As the dimensions are the same as the LEF series
body, installation is simple and contributes to a
reduction in installation and assembly labor.
The standard equipped seal bands prevent grease
from splashing and external foreign matter from
entering. Support guide (LEFG)
How to Order
LEF G 32 S 200
q w e
Support guide
q Size w Type of mounting pitch e Stroke [mm]

16 Symbol LEFG16 LEFG25 LEFG32 LEFG40 Note 50 50
25 Ball screw drive to to
32 S Step motor/Servo motor (24 VDC)/ 1200 1200
40 AC servo motor
Applicable Stroke Table

Ball Screw Drive/S Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
Model
LEFG16-S — — — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG25-S — — — — — —
LEFG32-S — —
LEFG40-S — —
Weight
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
Model
LEFG16-S 0.25 0.31 0.37 0.43 0.49 0.55 0.61 0.67 0.73 0.79 — — — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG25-S 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89 1.00 1.11 1.22 1.33 1.44 1.55 1.66 1.77 1.88 1.99 2.10 2.21 — — — — — —
LEFG32-S 0.92 1.08 1.23 1.4 1.56 1.72 1.88 2.04 2.20 2.36 2.52 2.68 2.84 3.00 3.16 3.32 3.48 3.64 3.80 3.96 — —
LEFG40-S — — 2.07 2.29 2.51 2.72 2.94 3.15 3.37 3.58 3.80 4.01 4.23 4.44 4.66 4.87 5.09 5.30 5.52 5.73 6.16 6.59
161
Selection
Model

LEFG16-S
LEFS
34 n x Ø 3.5
100
D x 100 (= E) F
LEFB
B
L
7 (37) A (Table traveling distance) 36 7 40
27
40
33
LECA6
(40)
20
(72)
40
+0.025
4 x M4 x 0.7 24 Ø 3H9 ( 0 )
thread depth 6.4 depth 3
39.4
28
3.5
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3
Dimensions [mm] Dimensions [mm]

Model L A B n D E F Model L A B n D E F
LEFG16-S-50 144 57 130 15 LEFG16-S-300 394 307 380
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
8 3 300
LEFG16-S-100 194 107 180 4 — — LEFG16-S-350 444 357 430
LEFG16-S-150 244 157 230
40
LEFG16-S-400 494 407 480
10 4 400
40
LEFG16-S-200 294 207 280
6 2 200
LEFG16-S-450 544 457 530
LEFG16-S-250 344 257 330 LEFG16-S-500 594 507 580 12 5 500
LEFG25-S
n x Ø 4.5
LEFS
48
AC Servo Motor
120
D x 120 (= E) F
B
L
LEFB
38
38.5
48
(48)
LECY LECSS-T LECS

24
(102)
64 +0.025
4 x M5 x 0.8 Ø 3H9 ( 0 )
45
38
50
3.5
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3

LEFG
LEFG25-S-50 180 57 160 20 LEFG25-S-450 580 457 560
10 4 480
LEFG25-S-100 230 107 210 4 — — LEFG25-S-500 630 507 610
LEFG25-S-150 280 157 260 LEFG25-S-550 680 557 660
Specific Product
LEFG25-S-200 330 207 310 LEFG25-S-600 730 607 710 12 5 600

Precautions
6 2 240 35
LEFG25-S-250 380 257 360 35 LEFG25-S-650 780 657 760
LEFG25-S-300 430 307 410 LEFG25-S-700 830 707 810
14 6 720
LEFG25-S-350 480 357 460 8 3 360 LEFG25-S-750 880 757 860
LEFG25-S-400 530 407 510 LEFG25-S-800 930 807 910 16 7 840
162
Series LEFG

LEFG32-S
n x Ø 5.5
60
150
D x 150 (= E) 15
B
L
48
46.8
60
(60)
30
(122)
70 +0.030
4 x M6 x 1 Ø 5H9 ( 0 )
42
44
60
5.5
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 5

Model L A B n D E Model L A B n D E
LEFG32-S-50 200 57 180 LEFG32-S-650 800 657 780
LEFG32-S-100 250 107 230 4 — — LEFG32-S-700 850 707 830 12 5 750
LEFG32-S-150 300 157 280 LEFG32-S-750 900 757 880
LEFG32-S-200 350 207 330 LEFG32-S-800 950 807 930
LEFG32-S-250 400 257 380 6 2 300 LEFG32-S-850 1000 857 980 14 6 900
LEFG32-S-300 450 307 430 LEFG32-S-900 1050 907 1030
LEFG32-S-350 500 357 480 LEFG32-S-950 1100 957 1080
16 7 1050
LEFG32-S-400 550 407 530 8 3 450 LEFG32-S-1000 1150 1007 1130
LEFG32-S-450 600 457 580
LEFG32-S-500 650 507 630
LEFG32-S-550 700 557 680 10 4 600
LEFG32-S-600 750 607 730
∗ When a support guide is used for the LEFS32RL (Motor parallel type), order a table spacer separately since the table height differs.
Table spacer part number: LEF-TS32
Table spacer
70
6.4
LEF-TS32 42 14 Ø 3
4x
7
44
58
163
Selection
Model

LEFG40-S
LEFS
n x Ø 6.6
76
LEFB
150
D x 150 (= E) 60
B
L
LECA6
61
68
53.8
(68)
31
(170)
106 +0.030
4 x M8 x 1.25 Ø 6H9 ( 0 )
thread depth 13 60 depth 7
58
74
+0.030
7
6H9 ( 0 )
depth 7
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LEFG40-S-150 354 157 328 4 — 150 LEFG40-S-650 854 657 828
LEFG40-S-200 404 207 378 LEFG40-S-700 904 707 878 12 5 750
LEFG40-S-250 454 257 428 6 2 300 LEFG40-S-750 954 757 928
LEFG40-S-300 504 307 478 LEFG40-S-800 1004 807 978
LEFG40-S-350 554 357 528 LEFG40-S-850 1054 857 1028 14 6 900
LEFS
LEFG40-S-400 604 407 578 8 3 450 LEFG40-S-900 1104 907 1078
LEFG40-S-450 654 457 628 LEFG40-S-950 1154 957 1128
16 7 1050
LEFG40-S-500 704 507 678 LEFG40-S-1000 1204 1007 1178
AC Servo Motor
LEFG40-S-550 754 557 728 10 4 600 LEFG40-S-1100 1304 1107 1278
18 8 1200
LEFG40-S-600 804 607 778 LEFG40-S-1200 1404 1207 1378
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
164
LEFS
Series
Electric Actuator
Design Handling
Caution Caution
1. Do not apply a load in excess of the operating limit. 1. Do not allow the table to hit the end of stroke.
Select a suitable actuator by load and allowable moment. If When incorrect instructions are inputted, such as using the
the product is used outside of the specifications limits, the product outside of the operating limit or operation outside of
eccentric load applied to the guide will be excessive and have actual stroke through changes in the controller/driver setting
adverse effects such as creating play on the guide, degrading and/or origin position, the table may collide against the stroke
accuracy and shortening the life of the product. end of the actuator. Check these points before use.
If the table collides against the stroke end of the actuator, the
2. Do not use the product in applications where
guide, belt or internal stopper can be broken. This may lead to
excessive external force or impact force is applied
abnormal operation.
to it.
This can cause a failure.
Selection
Handle the actuator with care when it is used in the vertical
Warning direction as the workpiece will fall freely from its own weight.
1. Do not increase the speed in excess of the operating 2. The actual speed of this actuator is affected by the
limit. work load and stroke.
Select a suitable actuator by the relationship between the Check the model selection section of the catalogue.
allowable work load and speed, and the allowable speed of 3. Do not apply a load, impact or resistance in addition
each stroke. If the product is used outside of the operating to the transferred load during return to origin.
Additional force will be cause the displacement of the origin
degrading accuracy and shortening the life of the product.
4. Do not dent, scratch or cause other damage to the
to it.
This can cause a failure. This may cause unevenness in the mounting surface, play in
3. When the product repeatedly cycles with partial
strokes (see the table below), operate it at a full 5. Do not apply strong impact or an excessive moment
stroke at least once every 10 dozens of cycles. while mounting a workpiece.
Otherwise, lubrication can run out. If an external force over the allowable moment is applied, it
may cause play in the guide or an increase in the sliding
resistance.
LEFS32 70 mm or less 6. The flatness of mounting surface should be within
LEFS40 105 mm or less 0.1 mm/500 mm.
Unevenness of a workpiece or base mounted on the body of
4. When external force is applied to the table, it is the product may cause play in the guide and an increase in the
necessary to add external force to the work load as sliding resistance.
7. When mounting the product, keep a 40 mm or
When a cable duct or flexible moving tube is attached to the longer diameter for bends in the cable.
lead to operational failure of the product.
8. Do not hit the table with the workpiece in the
(3 times the motor rated torque) as default.
“Position control mode”, “Speed control mode” or “Positioning
mode”. When the product is operated with a smaller value than
the default, acceleration when driving can decrease. Set the
value after confirming the actual device to be used.
165
LEFS
Series
Electric Actuator
Selection
Model
LEFS
Handling Maintenance
Caution Warning
9. When mounting the product, use screws with adequate Maintenance frequency
LEFB
length and tighten them with adequate torque. Perform maintenance according to the table below.
Tightening the screws with a higher torque than recommended may Frequency Appearance check Internal check
cause a malfunction, whilst the tightening with a lower torque can cause Inspection before
the displacement of the mounting position or in extreme conditions the —
LECA6
daily operation
actuator could become detached from its mounting position. Inspection every
6 months/1000 km/
Body fixed 5 million cycles∗
ØA
L ∗ Select whichever comes sooner.

1. Loose set screws, Abnormal dirt
Max. tightering torque ØA L
Model Screw size 2. Check of flaw and cable joint
[N.m] [mm] [mm]
LEFS25 M4 1.5 4.5 24 3. Vibration, Noise
LEFS32 M5 3.0 5.5 30
LEFS40 M6 5.2 6.6 31 • Items for internal check
Body mounting example 2. Loose or mechanical play in fixed parts or fixing screws.
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Body mounting
reference plane
Positioning pin
(Mounting reference plane)
LEFS
Positioning pin
AC Servo Motor
Positioning pin
(Housing B bottom)
Body mounting reference plane
LEFB
Positioning pin
The traveling parallelism is the reference plane for the body mounting
LECY LECSS-T LECS
reference plane. If the traveling parallelism for a table is required, set the
reference plane against positioning pins etc.
Workpiece fixed
Screw Max. tightening L (Max. screw-in

Model
size torque [N·m] depth) [mm]
L
LEFS25 M5 x 0.8 3.0 8

LEFS32 M6 x 1 5.2 9
LEFS40 M8 x 1.25 12.5 13
To prevent the workpiece retaining screws from touching the body, use
screws that are 0.5 mm or shorter than the maximum screw-in depth. If
LEFG
long bolts are used, they can touch the body and cause a malfunction etc.
10. Do not operate by fixing the table and moving the

actuator body.
Specific Product
Precautions
11. Check the specifications for the minimum speed of

each actuator.
Otherwise, unexpected malfunctions, such as knocking, may occur.
166
Ball Screw Drive AC Servo Motor Clean Room Specification
Series 11-LEFS
LEFS25, 32, 40 RoHS
How to Order
11 LEFS H 25 S2 B 100 S 2 A1
Clean Series
11 Vacuum type
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1
q Accuracy e Motor type∗1 r Lead [mm] t Stroke [mm]
— Basic type Symbol Type Output (W) Actuator size Compatible driver Symbol 11-LEFS25 11-LEFS32 11-LEFS40 50 50
H High precision type S2∗2 100 25 LECSA-S1 A 12 16 20 to to
AC servo motor
S3 (Incremental encoder)
200 32 LECSA-S3 B 6 8 10 1000 1000
S4 400 40 LECSA2-S4 ∗ Refer to the applicable
w Size LECSB-S5 y Motor option stroke table.
S6∗ 100 25 LECSC-S5 — Without option
25 LECSS-S5 B With lock
32 R: Right
40
S7
AC servo motor
200 32
LECSB-S7
LECSC-S7 u Vacuum port∗
(Absolute encoder)
LECSS-S7 — Left
LECSB2-S8 R Right
—: Left
S8 400 40 LECSC2-S8 D Both left and right
LECSS2-S8 ∗ Select “D” for the vacuum port for
suction of 50 L/min (ANR) or more.
∗1 For motor type T6, the compatible driver part number suffix is T5.
∗ 2 For motor type S 2 and S 6 , the compatible driver part
number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively.
!0 Driver type
Compatible Power supply Size
driver voltage [V] 25 32 40
i Cable type Note 1) Note 2) o Cable length Note 3) !1 I/O cable length [m] Note 4) — Without driver —
— Without cable — Without cable — Without cable A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 —
S Standard cable 2 2m H Without cable (Connector only) A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5m 1 1.5 B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 —
Note 1) The motor and encoder cables are included. A 10 m Note 4) When “Without driver” is selected for B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230
(The lock cable is also included when the motor driver type, only “—: Without cable” C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 —
Note 3) T h e l e n g t h o f t h e
with lock option is selected.) can be selected. C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230
encoder, motor and lock
Note 2) Standard cable entry direction is “(B) Counter cables are the same. Refer to page 197 if I/O cable is required. S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 —
axis side”. (Refer to page 196 for details.) (Options are shown on that page.) LECSS2-S 200 to 230
S2
LECSS2-T 200 to 240
∗ When the driver type is selected, the cable is
included. Select cable type and cable length.
Example)
Stroke S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model S2: Standard cable (2 m)
11-LEFS25 — — — — — — — — — : Without cable and driver
11-LEFS32 — — — — Support Guide/Series LEFG
11-LEFS40 — — A support guide is designed to support
∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders. work pieces with significant
overhang.
Compatible Driver
Driver type

ST
Number of point tables Up to 7 — Up to 255 (2 stations occupied) —
Pulse input — —
Control encoder
167
Selection
Model
Specifications

11-LEFS25, 32, 40 AC Servo Motor
LEFS
Model 11-LEFS25S26 11-LEFS32S37 11-LEFS40S48
Note 2)
Horizontal 20 20 40 45 50 60
Work load [kg]
Vertical 8 15 10 20 15 30
Up to 400 900 450 1000 500 1000 500
LEFB
401 to 500 720 360 1000 500 1000 500
Note 3) 501 to 600 540 270 800 400 1000 500
Max. speed Stroke 601 to 700 — — 620 310 940 470
[mm/s] range 701 to 800 — — 500 250 760 380
801 to 900 — — — — 620 310
LECA6
901 to 1000 — — — — 520 260
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 5000 (Refer to page 143 for limit according to work load and duty ratio.)
Note 4)
Lost motion [mm]
Lead [mm] 12 6 16 8 20 10
ISO Class 4 (ISO 14644-1)
Cleanliness class Note 6)
Class 10 (Fed.Std.209E)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1

Encoder
LEFS
specifications

Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 197 385 330 660
AC Servo Motor
0
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC−10 %
Note 1) Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
produced as special orders. Note 6) The amount of particle generation changes according to the
Note 2) For details, refer to “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 143. operating conditions and suction flow rate. Refer to the particle
LEFB
Note 3) The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. generation characteristics for details.
Note 4) A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation. Note 7) The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the
Note 5) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator actuator is operating.
was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a Note 8) The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is
perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (Test was performed for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
with the actuator in the initial state.) Note 9) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
between 4 5 to 2 0 0 0 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial Note 10) Only when motor option “With lock” is selected.
direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (Test Note 11) For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
Weight
Series 11-LEFS25S
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Motor S2 2.00 2.14 2.28 2.44 2.56 2.69 2.84 2.99 3.12 3.24 3.40 3.54
type S6 2.06 2.20 2.34 2.50 2.62 2.75 2.90 3.05 3.18 3.30 3.46 3.60
Series 11-LEFS32S
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Motor S3 3.40 3.60 3.80 4.00 4.20 4.40 4.60 4.80 5.00 5.20 5.40 5.60 5.80 6.00 6.20 6.40
LEFG
type S7 3.34 3.54 3.74 3.94 4.14 4.34 4.54 4.74 4.94 5.14 5.34 5.54 5.74 5.94 6.14 6.34
Series 11-LEFS40S
Specific Product
Precautions
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Motor S4 5.82 6.10 6.38 6.65 6.95 7.25 7.51 7.80 8.07 8.25 8.63 8.90 9.20 9.45 9.76 10.05 10.32 10.60
type S8 5.92 6.20 6.48 6.75 7.05 7.35 7.61 7.90 8.17 8.35 8.73 9.00 9.30 9.55 9.86 10.15 10.42 10.70
168
Series 11-LEFS

11-LEFS25
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
4
48
Lock cable (Ø 4.5)

D x 120 (= E) F 10
B (209)
L (2.2)
(52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 (169) 58
10 (56) Stroke (54) 38
34
38.5
48
66
6.5
24
6 M4 x 0.7
13.9 Vacuum port Rc1/8
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
Ø 3H9 +0.025
(0 ) (102)
Note 1) 4 x M5 x 0.8 45 Motor cable (Ø 6)
thread depth 8.5
38
50
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3
side.
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
11-LEFS25-50 339 379 56 160 4 — — 20
11-LEFS25-100 389 429 106 210 4 — —
11-LEFS25-150 439 479 156 260 4 — —
11-LEFS25-200 489 529 206 310 6 2 240
11-LEFS25-250 539 579 256 360 6 2 240
11-LEFS25-300 589 629 306 410 8 3 360
11-LEFS25-350 639 679 356 460 8 3 360 35
11-LEFS25-400 689 729 406 510 8 3 360
11-LEFS25-450 739 779 456 560 10 4 480
11-LEFS25-500 789 829 506 610 10 4 480
11-LEFS25-550 839 879 556 660 12 5 600
11-LEFS25-600 889 929 606 710 12 5 600
169
Selection
Model

11-LEFS32
LEFS
5H9 ( +0.030
0 )
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5
6
LEFB
60
Lock cable (Ø 4.5)
Motor cable (Ø 6)
150
(231)
D x 150 (= E) 15 15
LECA6
B
L (2.2)
10 (62) A (Table traveling distance: Stroke + 6) Note 2) 62 (201) 70
(66) Stroke (64) 48
41.8
84
6.5
30
46.8
60
14.9 Vacuum port Rc1/8 M4 x 0.7

7.5 thread depth 8 (F.G. terminal)
(0 )
Ø 5H9 +0.030 (122)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
depth 5
Body mounting Note 1) 70 Encoder cable (Ø 7)
thread depth 9.9
44
60
5.5
5H9 ( +0.030
0 )
depth 5
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
side. LECY LECSS-T LECS
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E
11-LEFS32-50 391 421 56 180 4 — —
11-LEFS32-100 441 471 106 230 4 — —
11-LEFS32-150 491 521 156 280 4 — —
11-LEFS32-200 541 571 206 330 6 2 300
11-LEFS32-250 591 621 256 380 6 2 300
11-LEFS32-300 641 671 306 430 6 2 300
11-LEFS32-350 691 721 356 480 8 3 450
11-LEFS32-400 741 771 406 530 8 3 450
LEFG
11-LEFS32-450 791 821 456 580 8 3 450

11-LEFS32-500 841 871 506 630 10 4 600
11-LEFS32-550 891 921 556 680 10 4 600
11-LEFS32-600 941 971 606 730 10 4 600
Specific Product
11-LEFS32-650 991 1021 656 780 12 5 750

Precautions
11-LEFS32-700 1041 1071 706 830 12 5 750

11-LEFS32-750 1091 1121 756 880 12 5 750
11-LEFS32-800 1141 1171 806 930 14 6 900
170
Series 11-LEFS

11-LEFS40
6H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x Ø 6.6 depth 6
7
76
150
D x 150 (= E) 60 15
B
L (3.1)
(90) Stroke (88) 90
Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3)
48.5
61
2±1
(4)
68
53.8
85.5
8
31
12.9 Vacuum port Rc1/8 8
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8
Encoder cable (Ø 7) (F.G. terminal)
4 x M8 x 1.25
thread depth 13
Body mounting 106
reference plane Note 1) 60
74
58
7
Ø 6H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 7
+0.030
6H9 ( 0 )
Motor cable (Ø 6) depth 7
Lock cable (Ø 4.5) Motor option: With lock

(253.5)

Dimensions [mm]
mounting reference plane, set the height of L
Model A B n D E
the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or Without lock With lock
more because of R chamfering. 11-LEFS40-150 564.5 594.5 156 328 4 — 150
(Recommended height 5 mm) 11-LEFS40-200 614.5 644.5 206 378 6 2 300
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move 11-LEFS40-250 664.5 694.5 256 428 6 2 300
when it returns to origin. Make sure a
workpiece mounted on the table does not 11-LEFS40-300 714.5 744.5 306 478 6 2 300
interfere with the work pieces and facilities 11-LEFS40-350 764.5 794.5 356 528 8 3 450
around the table. 11-LEFS40-400 814.5 844.5 406 578 8 3 450
Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the 11-LEFS40-450 864.5 894.5 456 628 8 3 450
stroke end of the motor side. 11-LEFS40-500 914.5 944.5 506 678 10 4 600
11-LEFS40-550 964.5 994.5 556 728 10 4 600
11-LEFS40-600 1014.5 1044.5 606 778 10 4 600
11-LEFS40-650 1064.5 1094.5 656 828 12 5 750
11-LEFS40-700 1114.5 1144.5 706 878 12 5 750
11-LEFS40-750 1164.5 1194.5 756 928 12 5 750
11-LEFS40-800 1214.5 1144.5 806 978 14 6 900
11-LEFS40-850 1264.5 1294.5 856 1028 14 6 900
11-LEFS40-900 1314.5 1344.5 906 1078 14 6 900
11-LEFS40-950 1364.5 1394.5 956 1128 16 7 1050
11-LEFS40-1000 1414.5 1444.5 1006 1178 16 7 1050
171
Selection
Model
Series 25A-LEFS RoHS
LEFS
LEFS25, 32, 40
How to Order
LEFB
25A-LEFS H 32 R S3 B 200 S 2 A2
LECA6
Series compatible with
secondary batteries
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1
q Accuracy r Motor type t Lead [mm] y Stroke [mm]
— Basic Type Symbol Type Output [W] Actuator size Compatible drivers Symbol LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40 50 50
H High precision type S2∗1 AC servo motor 100 25 LECSA-S1 A 12 16 20 to to
S3 (Incremental 200 32 LECSA-S3 B 6 8 10 1000 1000
S4 encoder) 400 40 LECSA2-S4 ∗ Refer to the appli-
w Size LECSB-S5 cable stroke table.
S6∗1
25
32
100 25 LECSC-S5
LECSS-S5 u Motor option i Cable type∗1, ∗2
40 AC servo motor LECSB-S7 — Without option — Without cable
S7 (Absolute 200 32 LECSC-S7 B With lock S Standard cable
encoder) LECSS-S7
e Motor mounting
Robotic cable
LECSB2-S8 R (Flexible cable)
position S8 400 40 LECSC2-S8 o Cable length∗ [m] ∗1 The motor and encoder cables are
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LECSS2-S8
— In-line — Without cable included. (The lock cable is also
R Right side parallel ∗1 For motor type S2 and S6, the compatible driver part 2 2 included when the motor with lock
number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively. option is selected.)
L Left side parallel 5 5
∗2 For details about the driver, refer to the website www.smc.eu. ∗2 Standard cable entry direction is
A 10
· Parallel: (A) Axis side
∗ The length of the encoder,
!0 Driver type motor and lock cables are
· In-line: (B) Counter axis side
Compatible Power supply Size !1 I/O Cable length [m]∗3 the same.
drivers voltage [V] 25 32 40 — Without cable ∗3 When “Without driver” is selected for driver type, only “—:
— Without driver — H Without cable (Connector only) Without cable” can be selected. Refer to the LEFS catalogue if
LEFS
A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 — 1 1.5 I/O cable is required.
A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230

AC Servo Motor
B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 — Applicable stroke table Standard
B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230 Stroke Manufacturable
C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 — [mm]
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 stroke range
C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230 Model [mm]
S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 —
LEFB
LEFS25 — — — — — — — — 50 to 600
S2 LECSS2-S 200 to 230
LEFS32 — — — — 50 to 800
included. Select cable type and cable length. LEFS40 — — 150 to 1000
Example) S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2) ∗ Strokes are manufacturable in 1 mm increments. Refer to the manufacturable stroke range. However,
S2 : Standard cable (2 m) strokes other than those shown above are produced as special orders. Consult with SMC for lead times
LECY LECSS-T LECS
— : Without cable and driver and prices.

∗ Specifications and dimensions for the 25A-series are the same as standard products.
Compatible Drivers
Pulse input type/ Pulse input type CC-Link direct SSCNET# type
Positioning type input type
Driver type
Series LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS

Pulse input — —
LEFG
Applicable network — — CC-Link SSCNET3

Incremental Absolute Absolute Absolute
Control encoder
17-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 18-bit encoder
Specific Product
Communication function USB communication USB communication, RS422 communication USB communication, RS422 communication USB communication
Precautions
100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz)

Power supply voltage [V]
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
∗ Copper and zinc materials are used for the motors, cables, controllers/drivers.
172
Belt Drive AC Servo Motor
Series LEFB
LEFB25, 32, 40 RoHS
CompatiblesPage 209
How to Order
LEFB 40 S4 S 300 S 2 A1
q Size e Motor type∗1 o Driver type
25 Symbol Type Output (W) Actuator size Compatible driver Compatible Power supply Size
32 S2∗2 100 25 LECSA-S1 driver voltage [V] 25 32 40
AC servo motor
40 S3 (Incremental encoder) 200 32 LECSA-S3 — Without driver —
S4 400 40 LECSA2-S4 A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 —
w Motor mounting position LECSB-S5 A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230
— Top mounting S6∗ 100 25 LECSC-S5 B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 —
LECSS-S5 LECSB2-S 200 to 230
U Bottom mounting B2
LECSB-S7 C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 —
AC servo motor
r Equivalent lead S7 (Absolute encoder)
200 32 LECSC-S7
LECSS-S7
C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230
S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 —
S 54 mm
LECSB2-S8 LECSS2-S 200 to 230
S8 400 40 LECSC2-S8 S2
LECSS2-T 200 to 240
t Stroke LECSS2-S8
300 300 mm T6 100 25 LECSS2-T5 included. Select cable type and cable length.
AC servo motor
to to T7 (Absolute encoder) 200 32 LECSS2-T7 Example) S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
3000 3000 mm T8 400 40 LECSS2-T8 S2: Standard cable (2 m)
∗ Refer to the applicable stroke table. ∗1 For motor type T6, the compatible driver part number suffix is T5. —: Without cable and driver
∗ 2 For motor type S 2 and S 6 , the compatible driver part
y Motor option number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively.
— Without option
B With lock u Cable type Note 1) Note 2) !0 I/O cable length [m] Note 3)
— Without cable — Without cable
i Cable length S Standard cable H Without cable (Connector only)
Support Guide/Series LEFG
— Without cable R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 1 1.5 support work pieces with
2 2m Note 1) The motor and encoder cables are included. Note 3) When “Without driver” is selected for driver significant overhang.
5 5m (The lock cable is also included when the type, only “—: Without cable” can be
A 10 m motor with lock option is selected.) selected.
∗ The length of the encoder, motor Note 2) Standard cable entry direction is “(A) Refer to page 197 if I/O cable is required.
and lock cables are the same. Axis side”. (Refer to page 196 for details.) (Options are shown on that page )
Applicable Stroke Table : Standard/: Produced upon receipt of order

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
LEFB25 — —
LEFB32 —
LEFB40
Compatible Driver
Driver type

ST
Pulse input — —
Control encoder
173
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEFB25, 32, 40 AC Servo Motor
LEFS
Model LEFB25S 26 LEFB32S 37 LEFB40S 48
300, 400, 500 300, 400, 500
300, 400, 500
600, 700, 800 600, 700, 800
600, 700, 800
900, 1000, (1100) 900, 1000, (1100)
900, 1000, (1100)
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 1200, (1300, 1400) 1200, (1300, 1400)
1200, (1300, 1400)
1500, (1600, 1700) 1500, (1600, 1700)
LEFB
1500, (1600, 1700)
(1800, 1900), 2000 (1800, 1900), 2000
(1800, 1900), 2000
2500 2500, 3000

Work load [kg] Note 2) Horizontal 5 15 25
Max. speed [mm/s] 2000 2000 2000
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 20000 (Refer to page 146 for limit according to work load and duty ratio.) Note 3)
LECA6
Equivalent lead [mm] 54
Actuation type Belt

Encoder
consumption [W] Note 6) Vertical — — —
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
when operating [W] Note 7) Vertical — — —
specifications

Lock unit

0
Rated voltage [V] 24 −10%
Note 1) Please consult with SMC as all non-standard and non-made-to-order strokes are produced as special orders.
LEFS
Note 2) For details, refer to “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 146.
Note 3) Maximum acceleration/deceleration changes according to the work load. Check “Work Load–Acceleration/Deceleration Graph” of the catalogue.
AC Servo Motor
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a
LEFB
Note 6) The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 7) The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
Note 8) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 9) Only when motor option “With lock” is selected.
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
174
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
Weight
Series LEFB25S
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
Motor S2 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.00 6.25 6.50 6.75 7.00 7.25
type S6 3.06 3.31 3.56 3.81 4.06 4.31 4.56 4.81 5.06 5.31 5.56 5.81 6.06 6.31 6.56 6.81 7.06 7.31
Series LEFB32S
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500
Motor S3 4.90 5.25 5.60 5.95 6.30 6.65 7.00 7.35 7.70 8.05 8.40 8.75 9.10 9.45 9.80 10.15 10.50 10.85 12.60
type S7 4.84 5.19 5.54 5.81 6.24 6.59 6.94 7.29 7.64 7.99 8.34 8.69 9.04 9.39 9.74 10.09 10.44 10.79 12.54
Series LEFB40S
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
Motor S4 7.12 7.57 8.02 8.47 8.92 9.37 9.82 10.27 10.72 11.17 11.62 12.07 12.52 12.97 13.42 13.87 14.32 14.77 17.02 19.27
type S8 7.22 7.67 8.12 8.57 9.02 9.47 9.92 10.37 10.82 11.27 11.72 12.17 12.62 13.07 13.52 13.97 14.42 14.87 17.12 19.37
175
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Construction

LEFB25SS
LEFS
@0
LEFB
!7
@1
@8 !2 !1 t r e
!6 o
LECA6
A
!5
@7
A
!0@6@2 !4@4!3 @5
!9 @3 q i y u i !9 !8
A-A
w
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
∗ Motor bottom mounting type is the same.
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Component Parts Component Parts
LEFB
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 15 Housing Aluminium alloy Coating
2 Rail guide 16 Motor mount Aluminium alloy Coating
3 Belt 17 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
LECY LECSS-T LECS
4 Belt holder Carbon steel Chromating 18 Motor end cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
5 Belt stopper Aluminium alloy Anodised 19 Band stopper Stainless steel
6 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 20 Motor
7 Blanking plate Aluminium alloy Anodised 21 Rubber bushing NBR
8 Seal band holder Synthetic resin 22 Stopper Aluminium alloy
10 Pulley holder Aluminium alloy 24 Bearing
11 Pulley shaft Stainless steel 25 Bearing
12 End pulley Aluminium alloy Anodised 26 Spacer Stainless steel
13 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy Anodised 27 Tension adjustment cap screw Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
14 Return flange Aluminium alloy Coating 28 Pulley retaining screw Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
176
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
Construction
LEFB32/40SS
@1
!8
@2
!3 !2 t r e !7
A
!0
!6 @7
A
!1 o @6 !5 !4 @4 @5
A-A w
@0 @3 q i y u i @0 !9
Component Parts Component Parts

1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 15 Return flange Aluminium alloy Coating
2 Rail guide 16 Housing Aluminium alloy Coating
3 Belt 17 Motor mount Aluminium alloy Coating
4 Belt holder Carbon steel Chromating 18 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
5 Belt stopper Aluminium alloy Anodised 19 Motor end cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
6 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 20 Band stopper Stainless steel
7 Blanking plate Aluminium alloy Anodised 21 Motor
8 Seal band holder Synthetic resin 22 Rubber bushing NBR
9 End block Aluminium alloy Coating 23 Dust seal band Stainless steel
10 End block cover 24 Bearing
13 End pulley Aluminium alloy Anodised 27 Tension adjustment bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
177
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFB25/Motor top mounting type
LEFS
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
4
48
LEFB
170
D x 170 (= E) 25 3
B
LECA6
L
10 (109) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 75 (1.4)
Belt tension adjustment bolt
(112) Stroke 55
(2.2)
(M3: Width across flats 2.5)
(3) Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5
Motor cable (Ø 6)
(163)
M4 x 0.7
38.5
38
48
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
24
6
6.5
12.5
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
+0.025
17
Ø 3H9 ( 0) (102) 58
depth 3
Body mounting 64
4 x M5 x 0.8
reference plane Note 1) thread depth 8.5 45
50
38
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
LEFS
depth 3
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
(75) (1.4)
(2.2)
LECY LECSS-T LECS

Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E Encoder cable (Ø 7)
300 552 306 467 6 2 340 Motor cable (Ø 6)
(201)
400 652 406 567 8 3 510

500 752 506 667 8 3 510
600 852 606 767 10 4 680 Lock cable (Ø 4.5)
700 952 706 867 10 4 680
800 1052 806 967 12 5 850
900 1152 906 1067 14 6 1020
1000 1252 1006 1167 14 6 1020
1100 1352 1106 1267 16 7 1190
1200 1452 1206 1367 16 7 1190
1300 1552 1306 1467 18 8 1360
LEFG
1400 1652 1406 1567 20 9 1530

Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference plane,
1500 1752 1506 1667 20 9 1530
set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because
1600 1852 1606 1767 22 10 1700 of R chamfering. (Recommended height 5 mm)
1700 1952 1706 1867 22 10 1700
Specific Product
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make
Precautions
1800 2052 1806 1967 24 11 1870 sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere with the work
1900 2152 1906 2067 24 11 1870 pieces and facilities around the table.
2000 2252 2006 2167 26 12 2040 Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke end of the motor side
178
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor

LEFB25U/Motor bottom mounting type
3H9 (+0.025 )
n x Ø 4.5 0
depth 3
4
48
170
D x 170 (= E) 25 3
B
L
(112) Stroke 55
58
M4 x 0.7 38
38.5
48
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
24
6
6.5
12.5
(162.5)
17
Tension adjustment bolt
(117)
Encoder cable (Ø 7) (M3: Width across flats 2.5)

Motor cable (Ø 6)
(2.2)
Ø 3H9 (+0.025
0 ) (102)
depth 3
4 x M5 x 0.8 64
Body mounting
50
38
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3

75 (1.4)
Lock cable (Ø 4.5)

Dimensions [mm] Encoder cable (Ø 7)
Stroke L A B n D E
(200.5)
300 552 306 467 6 2 340

(155)
Motor cable (Ø 6)
400 652 406 567 8 3 510
500 752 506 667 8 3 510
600 852 606 767 10 4 680
700 952 706 867 10 4 680
800 1052 806 967 12 5 850
(2.2)
900 1152 906 1067 14 6 1020

1000 1252 1006 1167 14 6 1020
1100 1352 1106 1267 16 7 1190
1200 1452 1206 1367 16 7 1190
1300 1552 1306 1467 18 8 1360
1400 1652 1406 1567 20 9 1530
1500 1752 1506 1667 20 9 1530
1700 1952 1706 1867 22 10 1700 Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make
179
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS
5H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5
6
60
LEFB
200
D x 200 (= E) 15 5
B
LECA6
L
(5) 64 (62) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 62 96 (1.4)
(65) Stroke 65
(2.2)
Motor cable (Ø 6)
(188.5)
48
60
46.8
55
30
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
70
Ø 5H9 (+0.030 ) Tension adjustment bolt
0 (122)
depth 5 (M4: Width across flats 7)
4 x M6 x 1 70
Body mounting
60
44
6
5.5
8 5H9 (+0.030 )
LEFS
M4 x 0.7 0
thread depth 8 depth 5
(F.G. terminal)
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
96 (1.4)
(2.2)
Dimensions [mm]
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Stroke L A B n D E
300 590 306 430 6 2 400 Encoder cable (Ø 7)
400 690 406 530 6 2 400 Motor cable (Ø 6)
(215.5)
500 790 506 630 8 3 600

600 890 606 730 8 3 600
700 990 706 830 10 4 800 Lock cable (Ø 4.5)
800 1090 806 930 10 4 800
900 1190 906 1030 12 5 1000
1000 1290 1006 1130 12 5 1000
1100 1390 1106 1230 14 6 1200
1200 1490 1206 1330 14 6 1200
1300 1590 1306 1430 16 7 1400
1400 1690 1406 1530 16 7 1400
LEFG
1500 1790 1506 1630 18 8 1600

1600 1890 1606 1730 18 8 1600
1800 2090 1806 1930 20 9 1800
Specific Product
Precautions
180
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor

5H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x Ø 5.5
depth 5
6
60
200
D x 200 (= E) 15 5
B
L
(65) Stroke 65
(3) Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5 70
48
60
46.8
55
30
(188)
(M4: Width across flats 7)
(130.5)
Motor cable (Ø 6)
Ø 5H9 (+0.030
0 ) (122) (2.2)
depth 5
4 x M6 x 1 70
Body mounting
60
44
6
5.5
M4 x 0.7 8
5H9 (+0.030
0 )
(F.G. terminal)

96 (1.4)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
300 590 306 430 6 2 400
400 690 406 530 6 2 400
(215)
500 790 506 630 8 3 600

Lock cable (Ø 4.5)
600 890 606 730 8 3 600
(157.5)
700 990 706 830 10 4 800 Encoder cable (Ø 7)

800 1090 806 930 10 4 800 Motor cable (Ø 6)
900 1190 906 1030 12 5 1000
1000 1290 1006 1130 12 5 1000
1100 1390 1106 1230 14 6 1200
(2.2)
1200 1490 1206 1330 14 6 1200

1300 1590 1306 1430 16 7 1400
1400 1690 1406 1530 16 7 1400
1500 1790 1506 1630 18 8 1600
1600 1890 1606 1730 18 8 1600
181
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS
n x Ø 6.6 6H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 6
7
76
LEFB
200
D x 200 (= E) 60 5
B
LECA6
L
(6) 66 (86) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 86 97.5 (1.4)
(3.1)
(89) Stroke 89
(3) 3 ±1.5
Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3)
(214)
61
68
53.8
60.5
31
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Motor cable (Ø 6) Tension adjustment bolt
Ø 6H9 (+0.030 ) 90
Encoder cable (Ø 7) 0 (M5: Width across flats 8)
depth 7 (170)
Body mounting 4 x M8 x 1.25 106
reference plane Note 1) thread depth 13 60
Motor cable (Ø 6)
58
74
7
LEFS
7
M4 x 0.7 8
6H9 (+0.030
0 )
thread depth 8
AC Servo Motor
depth 7
(F.G. terminal)

97 (1.4)
LEFB
Motor cable (Ø 6)
(3.1)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
LECY LECSS-T LECS
300 641.5 306 478 6 2 400

400 741.5 406 578 6 2 400
500 841.5 506 678 8 3 600
(243)
600 941.5 606 778 8 3 600

700 1041.5 706 878 10 4 800
800 1141.5 806 978 10 4 800
900 1241.5 906 1078 12 5 1000
1000 1341.5 1006 1178 12 5 1000
1100 1441.5 1106 1278 14 6 1200
1200 1541.5 1206 1378 14 6 1200
1300 1641.5 1306 1478 16 7 1400
Lock cable (Ø 4.5)
1400 1741.5 1406 1578 16 7 1400
1500 1841.5 1506 1678 18 8 1600 Encoder cable (Ø 7)
LEFG
1600 1941.5 1606 1778 18 8 1600

1700 2041.5 1706 1878 20 9 1800 Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body mounting reference plane,
1800 2141.5 1806 1978 20 9 1800
1900 2241.5 1906 2078 22 10 2000
Specific Product
Precautions
2000 2341.5 2006 2178 22 10 2000 sure a workpiece mounted on the table does not interfere with the work
2500 2841.5 2506 2678 28 13 2600 pieces and facilities around the table.
3000 3341.5 3006 3178 32 15 3000 Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke end of the motor side
182
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor

6H9 (+0.030 )
n x Ø 6.6 0
depth 6
7
76
200
D x 200 (= E) 60 5
B
L
Stroke 89 90
(89)
(3) Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5 61
60.5
31
68
53.8
(213.5)
(148)
(3.1)
Encoder cable (Ø 7) Ø 6H9 (+0.030
0 )
Motor cable (Ø 6) depth 7 (170)
Body mounting 4 x M8 x 1.25 106 Tension adjustment bolt
reference plane Note 1) thread depth 13 60 (M5: Width across flats 8)
58
74
7
M4 x 0.7 8
6H9 (+0.030
0 )
thread depth 8
depth 7
(F.G. terminal)

Lock cable (Ø 4.5) 97 (1.4)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
300 641.5 306 478 6 2 400
400 741.5 406 578 6 2 400
500 841.5 506 678 8 3 600
(242.5)
600 941.5 606 778 8 3 600

700 1041.5 706 878 10 4 800
(177)
800 1141.5 806 978 10 4 800

900 1241.5 906 1078 12 5 1000
1000 1341.5 1006 1178 12 5 1000
1100 1441.5 1106 1278 14 6 1200
1200 1541.5 1206 1378 14 6 1200
1300 1641.5 1306 1478 16 7 1400
(3.1)
1400 1741.5 1406 1578 16 7 1400
1500 1841.5 1506 1678 18 8 1600 Motor cable (Ø 6)
1600 1941.5 1606 1778 18 8 1600
1800 2141.5 1806 1978 20 9 1800 set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because
1900 2241.5 1906 2078 22 10 2000 Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make
183
Selection
Series LECS
Model
Pulse Input Type/ Pulse Input Type
LEFS
Positioning Type
LEFB
LECA6
Incremental Type AbsoIute
AbsoI
Iute Type
Series LECSA Series LECSB
CC-Link Direct Input Type SSCNET III Type
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Absolute
Abso
solu
lute
te T
Type
ype Absolute
Abso
solu
lute
te T
Type
ype
LEFB
Series LECSC Series LECSS
Type LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Absolute Type
Specific Product
Precautions
Series LECSS-T
184
AC Servo Motor Driver Power supply voltage
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 230 VAC
Series LECS Motor capacity 100/200/400 W
Series LECSA (Pulse input type/Positioning type)

Incremental Type
Up to 7 positioning points by point table

Input type: Pulse input
Control encoder: Incremental 17-bit encoder (Resolution: 131072 pulse/rev)
Parallel input: 6 inputs
output: 4 outputs
Series LECSB (Pulse input type)
Input type: Pulse input

Control encoder: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 pulse/rev)
Parallel input: 10 inputs
output: 6 outputs
Series LECSC (CC-Link direct input type)

Absolute Type
Position data/speed data setting and operation start/stop

Positioning by up to 255 point tables (when 2 stations occupied)
Up to 32 drivers connectable (when 2 stations occupied) with CC-Link communication
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link (Ver. 1.10, max. communication speed: 10 Mbps)
Series LECSS (SSCNET III type)
Compatible with Mitsubishi Electric’s servo system controller network

Reduced wiring and SSCNET III optical cable for one-touch connection
SSCNET III optical cable provides enhanced noise resistance
Up to 16 drivers connectable with SSCNET III communication
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: SSCNET III
(High-speed optical communication, max. one-way communication speed: 50 Mbps)
185
Incremental Type
LECSA
Selection
RoHS
Series
Model
(Pulse Input Type/Positioning Type)
Absolute Type
Series LECSB/ LECSC/ LECSS
LEFS
(Pulse Input Type) (CC-Link Direct Input Type) (SSCNET III Type)
How to Order
LEFB
Driver LECS A 1 S1
LECA6
Driver type
Pulse input type/Positioning type LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS
A (For incremental encoder)
Pulse input type Compatible motor type
B (For absolute encoder)
Symbol Type Capacity Encoder
CC-Link direct input type S1 AC servo motor (S2) 100 W
C (For absolute encoder)
S3 AC servo motor (S3) 200 W Incremental
S
SSCNET III type S4 AC servo motor (S4)∗ 400 W
(For absolute encoder)
S5 AC servo motor (S6) 100 W
S7 AC servo motor (S7) 200 W Absolute
Power supply voltage
S8 AC servo motor (S8)∗ 400 W
1 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
∗ Only available for power supply voltage “200 to 230 VAC”.
2 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LECSA For LECSA-S1,S3 For LECSA-S4
135 2 x Ø 6 Mounting hole 2 x Ø 6 Mounting hole 50
40
(Bearing surface thickness 5) (Bearing surface thickness 5)
CNP1 CNP 1
CNP2 CNP2
Connector name Description
LEFS
130
120
130
120
CN1 I/O signal connector

CN1
AC Servo Motor
CN1 CN2 Encoder connector
CN3 CN3
CN3 USB communication connector
CN2 CN2 CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CNP2 Control circuit power supply connector
LEFB
6 6
5
5.5 6
LECSB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
40
135 (For LECSB-S5, S7) Ø 6 Mounting hole
170 (For LECSB-S8) 6
(Bearing surface thickness 4)
6
CN5
CN6
CNP1 Connector name Description
CN3
CNP2 CN2 Encoder connector
161
156
168
CN1 CN3 RS-422 communication connector

CN4 Battery connector
CNP3
LEFG
CN2 CN6 Analogue monitor connector

CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CN4
Specific Product
CNP3 Servo motor power connector

Precautions
6
6
(14)
Battery∗
∗ Battery included.
186
Series LECS
Dimensions
LECSC
40
135 (For LECSC-S5, S7) 6
170 (For LECSC-S8)
2 x Ø 6 Mounting hole
CN5
CNP1
CN3 Connector name Description
CN1 CC-Link connector
CNP2 CN1 CN2 Encoder connector
156
168
CN3 RS-422 communication connector

CNP3 CN4 Battery connector
CN6
CN2 CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CN4
Battery∗
6
LECSS
40
135 (For LECSS-S5, S7) 6
170 (For LECSS-S8)
2 x Ø 6 Mounting hole
Connector name Description

CN5
Front axis connector for
CNP1 CN1A SSCNET III optical cable
CN3
Rear axis connector for
CN1B SSCNET III optical cable
CNP2
CN1A CN2 Encoder connector
156
168
CNP3
CN1B
CN2 CN5 USB communication connector
CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CN4 CNP2 Control circuit power supply connector
Battery∗
6
187
Selection
Model
Specifications
LEFS
Series LECSA
Model LECSA1-S1 LECSA1-S3 LECSA2-S1 LECSA2-S3 LECSA2-S4
Compatible motor capacity [W] 100 200 100 200 400
Incremental 17-bit encoder
Compatible encoder
(Resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Power voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
LEFB
Main
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 1.5 2.4 4.5
Control Control power supply voltage [V] 24 VDC
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] 21.6 to 26.4 VDC
LECA6
supply Rated current [A] 0.5
Parallel input 6 inputs
Parallel output 4 outputs
Max. input pulse frequency [pps] 1 M (for differential receiver), 200 k (for open collector)∗2
In-position range setting [pulse] 0 to ±65535 (Command pulse unit)
Error excessive ±3 rotations
Function
Torque limit Parameter setting
Communication USB communication
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between the housing and SG: 10 (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 600 700
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Series LECSB
Model LECSB1-S5 LECSB1-S7 LECSB2-S5 LECSB2-S7 LECSB2-S8
Absolute 18-bit encoder
Compatible encoder
Power voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Main Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
LEFS
power Three phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC
Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
AC Servo Motor
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6
Control Control power supply voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
LEFB
Parallel input 10 inputs∗1
Parallel output 6 outputs
Max. input pulse frequency [pps] 1 M (for differential receiver), 200 k (for open collector)
In-position range setting [pulse] 0 to ±10000 (Command pulse unit)
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Error excessive ±3 rotations
Function
Torque limit Parameter setting or external analogue input setting (0 to 10 VDC)
Communication USB communication, RS422 communication∗1
Weight [g] 800 1000
∗1 USB communication and RS422 communication cannot be performed at the same time.
∗2 If the command pulse train input is open collector method, it supports only to the sink (NPN) type interface. It does not correspond to the source (PNP)
type interface.
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
188
Series LECS첸
Specifications
Series LECSC
Model LECSC1-S5 LECSC1-S7 LECSC2-S5 LECSC2-S7 LECSC2-S8
Compatible encoder
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Main Power voltage [V]
(50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Three phase 170 to 253 VAC, Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Single phase 200 to 230 VAC
Control Control power supply voltage [V]
(50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
power
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
Applicable Fieldbus protocol (Version) CC-Link communication (Ver. 1.10)
Connection cable CC-Link Ver. 1.10 compliant cable (Shielded 3-core twisted pair cable)∗1
Remote station number 1 to 64
Communication speed [bps] 16 k 625 k 2.5 M 5M 10 M
Communication Cable length Maximum overall cable length [m] 1200 900 400 160 100
specifications Cable length between stations [m] 0.2 or more
1 station occupied (Remote I/O 32 points/32 points)/(Remote register 4 words/4 words)
I/O occupation area (Inputs/Outputs)
2 stations occupied (Remote I/O 64 points/64 points)/(Remote register 8 words/8 words)
Up to 42 (when 1 station is occupied by 1 driver), Up to 32 (when 2 stations are occupied by
Number of connectable drivers 1 driver), when there are only remote device stations.
Remote register input Available with CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied)
Available with CC-Link communication, RS-422 communication
CC-Link communication (1 station occupied): 31 points
Point table No. input CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied): 255 points
Command RS-422 communication: 255 points
method
Available with CC-Link communication
Indexer positioning input CC-Link communication (1 station occupied): 31 points
CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied): 255 points
Communication function USB communication, RS-422 communication∗2
Weight [g] 800 1000
∗1 If the system comprises of both CC-Link Ver. 1.00 and Ver. 1.10 compliant cables, Ver. 1.00 specifications are applied to the cable extensions and the cable length between stations.
∗2 USB communication and RS422 communication cannot be performed at the same time.
Series LECSS
Model LECSS1-S5 LECSS1-S7 LECSS2-S5 LECSS2-S7 LECSS2-S8
Compatible encoder
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Main Power voltage [V]
(50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Three phase 170 to 253 VAC, Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Single phase 200 to 230 VAC
Control Control power supply voltage [V]
(50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
power
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
Applicable Fieldbus protocol SSCNET III (High-speed optical communication)
Communication function USB communication
Weight [g] 800 1000
189
AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS첸
Selection
Model
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECSA

LECSA첸-첸
LEFS
Main circuit power supply CNP1
NFB MC
Single phase 200 to 230 VAC L1 Built-in
LEFB
or regenerative
L2 resistor U U
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Motor
P V V
Regeneration option M
C W W
LECA6
CNP2
Circuit protector
Control circuit power supply +24V CN2 Detector
24 VDC 0V
∗ Accessory
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP1
Should be grounded by connecting the servo motor’s earth
Protective earth (PE)
terminal and the control panel’s protective earth (PE).
L1 Main circuit Connect the main circuit power supply. L1
LECSA1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
L2 power supply LECSA2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz L2
Terminal to connect regeneration option P

P LECSA첸-S1: Not connected at time of shipping.
C
Regeneration option LECSA첸-S3, S4: Connected at time of shipping.
LEFS
∗ If regeneration option is required for “Model Selection”, U
C
connect to this terminal.
AC Servo Motor
V
U Servo motor power (U)
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W). W
W Servo motor power (W)
LEFB
Control Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP2 ∗ Accessory
24V
Control circuit 24 V side of the control circuit power supply (24 VDC) 0V
24V power supply (24 V) supplied to the driver
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Control circuit 0 V side of the control circuit power supply (24 VDC)
0V power supply (0 V) supplied to the driver
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
190
Series LECS첸
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECSB, LECSC, LECSS

LECSB1-첸 CNP1
NFB MC
LECSC1-첸 Single phase L1 CNP3
LECSS1-첸 100 to 120 VAC Open U U
Motor
L2 V V
M
N W W
P1
P2 PE
CNP2
P
Regeneration option
C
D
CN2 Detector
L11
LECSB2-첸
L21
LECSC2-첸
LECSS2-첸
For single phase 200 VAC For three phase 200 VAC
CNP1 CNP1
NFB MC NFB MC
Single L1 CNP3 Three L1 CNP3
phase phase
L2 U U L2 U U
200 to 230 Motor 200 to 230 Motor
VAC L3 V V VAC L3 V V
M M
N W W N(−) W W
P1 P1
P2 PE P2 PE
CNP2 CNP2
P P(+)
Regeneration option Regeneration option
C C
D D
CN2 Detector CN2 Detector
L11 L11
L21 L21
Note) For single phase 200 to 230 VAC, power supply should be connected to L1 and L2 terminals, with nothing connected to L3.
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP1 ∗ Accessory

LECSB
Terminal name Function Details Front view
L1 example
L1 Connect the main circuit power supply.
Main circuit LECSB1/LECSC1/LECSS1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1,L2 L2
L2
power supply LECSB2/LECSC2/LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1,L2
L3 Three phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1,L2,L3 L3
N Do not connect.
N
P1
Connect between P1 and P2. (Connected at time of shipping.)
P2 P1
Control Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP2 ∗ Accessory P2

P Connect between P and D. (Connected at time of shipping.) P
Regeneration
C ∗ If regeneration option is required for “Model Selection”, connect to this C
option terminal.
D D
L11 Connect the control circuit power supply. L11
Control circuit LECSB1/LECSC1/LECSS1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11,L21
power supply L21
LECSB2/LECSC2/LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11,L21
L21 Three phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11,L21
U
Motor Connector: CNP3 ∗ Accessory
V
U Servo motor power (U) W
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W).
191
Selection
Model
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSA
LEFS
This wiring example shows connection with a PLC (FX3U-MT/ES) manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric as when used in position
control mode. Refer to the LECSA operation manual and any technical literature or operation manuals for your PLC and positioning unit
before connecting to another PLC or positioning unit.
2 m or less Note 5)
LEFB
PLC
FX3U-MT/ES (Manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric)
S/S
LECA6
24V LECSA
0V Note 4) Note 4)
Sequencer L Note 2)
CN1 CN1
power • 24 VDC DICOM 1 9 ALM RA1 Failure Note 3)
supply
N OPC 2
DOCOM 13 12 MBR RA2 Electromagnetic
brake interlock
Y000
S/S PP 23 Note 6)
COM1
Y010 NP 25 Note 6)
10 m or less
COM3
15 LA A-phase pulse detector
Y004 CR 5 16 LAR (Differential line driver)
COM2 17 LB B-phase pulse detector
18 LBR (Differential line driver)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
X INP 10 19 LZ Z-phase pulse detector
20 LZR (Differential line driver)
X RD 11 14 LG Control common
X OP 21 Plate SD
LG 14
SD Plate
Note 4)
LEFS
CN1
Forced stop EM1 8
AC Servo Motor
Servo ON SON 4
Reset RES 3
LEFB
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 6
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 7
10 m or less
LECY LECSS-T LECS
CNP1
Note 1)
PE
LEFG
Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver circuit power supply connector (CNP1)’s protective earth (PE) terminal to the control
panel’s protective earth (PE).
Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % 200 mA using an external source. 200 mA is the value when all I/O command signals are used and
reducing the number of inputs/outputs can decrease current capacity. Refer to “Operation Manual” for required current for interface.
Specific Product
Note 3) The failure (ALM) is ON during normal conditions. When it is OFF (alarm occurs), stop the sequencer signal using the sequence program.
Precautions
Note 4) The same name signals are connected inside the driver.
Note 5) For command pulse input with an open collector method. When a positioning unit loaded with a differential line driver method is used, it is 10 m or less.
Note 6) If the command pulse train input is open collector method, it supports only to the sink (NPN) type interface. It does not correspond to the source (PNP) type
interface.
192
Series LECS
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSB
This wiring example shows connection with a positioning unit (QD75D) manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric as when used in position
control mode. Refer to the LECSB operation manual and any technical literature or operation manuals for your PLC and positioning unit
before connecting to another PLC or positioning unit.
LECSB
Positioning unit 24 VDC Note 2) Note 4)
QD75D (Manufactured by
CN1
Mitsubishi Electric)
Note 4)
CN1 21 DICOM
Failure Note 3)
DICOM 20 48 ALM RA1
CLEARCOM 14 DOCOM 46 Zero speed detection
CLEAR 13 CR 41 23 ZSP RA2
Torque limiting
RDYCOM 12 25 TLC RA3
READY 11 RD 49 Positioning completion
PULSE F+ 15 PP 10 Note 6) 24 INP RA4
PULSE F− 16 PG 11
10 m or less
PULSE R+ 17 NP 35 Note 6)
S/S R−
PULSE 18 NG 36 4 LA A-phase pulse detector
PG0 9 LZ 8 5 LAR (Differential line driver)
PG0 COM 10 LZR 9 6 LB B-phase pulse detector
LG 3 7 LBR (Differential line driver)
SD Plate Control common
10 m or less Note 5) 34 LG Control common
33 OP Z-phase pulse detector
1 P15R (Open collector)
Plate SD
10 m or less 2 m or less
Note 4)
CN1
Emergency stop EMG 42
Servo ON SON 15 Note 4)
Reset RES 19 CN6
Proportion control PC 17 3 MO1 Analogue monitor 1
±10 VDC
External torque limit selection TL 18 1 LG
±10 VDC Analogue monitor 2
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 43 2 MO2
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 44 2 m or less
DOCOM 47
Upper limit setting
P15R 1
Analogue torque limit
TLA 27
+10 V/Maximum torque
LG 28
SD Plate
2 m or less
Note 1)
PE
Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver is protective earth (PE) terminal (marked )to the control panel’s protective earth (PE).
Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % 300 mA using an external source.
Note 5) For command pulse input with a differential line driver method. For open collector method, it is 2 m or less.
Note 6) If the command pulse train input is open collector method, it supports only to the sink (NPN) type interface. It does not correspond to the source (PNP) type
interface.
193
Selection
Model
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSC
LEFS
LECSC
Note 2)
CN6
24 VDC +
LEFB
Power CN6 14 RD RA1 Ready
supply −
DICOM 5 15 ALM RA2 Failure Note 3)
DOCOM 17
Forced stop EMG 1 16 ZP RA3 Home position return completion
LECA6
Proximity dog DOG 2
10 m or less
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 3
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 4 13 LZ Z-phase pulse detector
10 m or less
24 LAR (Differential line driver)
12 LB B-phase pulse detector
23 LG Control common
Plate SD
Note 1)
PE
CN1
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
CC-Link
Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver’s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to the control panel’s protective earth (PE).
Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % 150 mA using an external source.
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
194
Series LECS
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSS

10 m or less 10 m or less
LECSS
Note 2) Note 4) Note 4)
24 VDC CN3 CN3

DICOM 5 13 MBR RA1
D0COM 3 Electromagnetic brake interlock Note 2)
Forced stop EM1 20 9 INP RA2
In position
Upper stroke limit (FLS) D11 2 15 ALM RA3
Lower stroke limit (RLS) D12 12 Failure Note 3)
Proximity dog (DOG) D13 19 10 DICOM
16 LAR (Differential line driver)
7 LB B-phase pulse detector
8 LZ Z-phase pulse detector
11 LG Control common
4 MO1 Analogue monitor 1

1 LG
Servo system
controller 14 MO2 Analogue monitor 2
Note 5)
SSCNET III optical cable CN1A
(Option) Plate SD
2 m or less
CN1B SW1
SW2 Note 7)
12
Note 1)
PE
LECSS Note 6)
CN1A (Axis 2)
SW1
CN1B SW2 Note 7)
12
SSCNET III optical cable Note 5)
(Option) LECSS Note 6)
CN1A (Axis 3)
SW1
CN1B SW2 Note 7)
Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the

driver’s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to
12
the control panel’s protective earth (PE).
Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % 150 mA
LECSS Note 6)
using an external source.
CN1A (Axis n)
Note 3) The failure (ALM) is ON during normal conditions.
SW1
When it is OFF (alarm occurs), stop the sequencer
signal using the sequence program.
CN1B SW2 Note 7) Note 4) The same name signals are connected inside the
Cap Note 8) driver.
Note 5) Use the following SSCNET III optical cables.
12 Refer to “SSCNET III optical cable” on page 199 for
cable models.
Cable Cable model Cable length
SSCNET III optical cable LE-CSS- 0.15 m to 3 m
Note 6) Connections from Axis 2 onward are omitted.
Note 7) Up to 16 axes can be set.
Note 8) Be sure to place a cap on unused CN1A/CN1B.
195
Selection
Model
Options
LEFS
Motor cable, Lock cable, Encoder cable (LECS common)
LE CS M S 5 A
Motor type Direction of connector
S AC servo motor Axis side
LEFB
Cable description
M Motor cable A
Cable type
B Lock cable
S Standard cable
E Encoder cable
LECA6
R Robotic cable
Cable length (L) [m] Counter axis side

2 2
5 5 B
A 10
LE-CSM-: Motor cable

(13.7)
(30) L
LE-CSB-: Lock cable
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
(11.8)
(29.6) L
LE-CSE-: Encoder cable

18.8
(13)
(30) L 37.4
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
I/O connector
LE CSN A LE-CSNA LE-CSNB LE-CSNS
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Driver type
A LECSA, LECSC
52.4
33.3
37.2
B LECSB
S LECSS
39
39 39
∗ LE-CSNA: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)

manufactured by 3M or equivalent item.
LE-CSNB: 10150-3000PE (connector)/10350-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LE-CSNS: 10120-3000PE (connector)/10320-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LEFG

∗ Applicable conductor size: AWG24 to 30
Specific Product
Precautions
196
Series LECS
Options
SSCNET III optical cable Regeneration option (LECS common)
LE CSS 1 LEC MR RB 12
Motor type Regeneration option type
S AC servo motor Cable length
L 0.15 m 032 Allowable regenerative power 30 W
Cable description K 0.3 m 12 Allowable regenerative power 100 W
S SSCNET III optical cable J 0.5 m ∗ Confirm regeneration option to be used in “Model Selection”.
1 1m
∗ LE-CSS- is MR-J3BUSM LEC-MR-RB-032
manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric. 3 3m
Ø 6 Mounting hole
(12)
30
(6)
15
I/O cable
LEC CSN A 1
Driver type
144
5
156
168
A LECSA, LECSC
B LECSB 1 1.5
S LECSS
1.6
12 6
6
(20) 99
119
Driver side PLC side Pin no. n
90 15 Pin 1 40 Ø 6 Mounting hole
LEC-MR-RB-12 36
H
Name plate + Lot. No.
(6)
15
ØD
100 80 T
W 1500 U
A side B side 5
144
156
168
∗ LEC-CSNA-1: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)
manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited or equivalent item.
LEC-CSNB-1: 10150-3000PE (connector)/10350-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LEC-CSNS-1: 10120-3000PE (connector)/10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) 2 6
6
12
manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited or equivalent item. (20) 149

∗ Conductor size: AWG24 169
Weight
Model Weight [kg]
Cable O.D. Dimensions/Pin No.
LEC-MR-RB-032 0.5
Product no. Ø D Product no. W H T U Pin no. n LEC-MR-RB-12 1.1
LEC-CSNA-1 11.1 LEC-CSNA-1 37.2 14 14 ∗ Manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
LEC-CSNB-1 13.8 LEC-CSNB-1 39 52.4 12.7 18 26
LEC-CSNS-1 9.1 LEC-CSNS-1 33.3 14 21
Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot
Dot mark Dot mark Dot mark
pin no. of wire colour colour pin no. of wire colour colour pin no. of wire colour colour
1 Red 19 Red 35 Red
1 Orange 10 Pink 18 White
2 Black 20 Black 36 Black
3 Light Red 21 Red 37 Red
2 11 Orange 19 Yellow
4 grey Black 22 Black 38 Black
5 Red 23 Light Red 39 Red
3 White 12 20 Pink
6 Black 24 grey Black 40 Black
7 Red 25 Red 41 Red
4 Yellow 13 White 21 Orange
A side
A side

A side
9 Red 27 Red 43 Light Red

5 Pink 14 Yellow 22
10 Black 28 Black 44 grey Black
11 Red 29 Red 45 Red
14 grey Black 32 Black 48 Black
8 White 17 25 Pink
16 Black 34 grey Black 50 Black
17 Red Wiring
9 Yellow
18 Black LEC-CSNA-1: Pin no. 1 to 26; LEC-CSNB-1: Pin no. 1 to 50; LEC-CSNS-1: Pin no. 1 to 20
197
Selection
Model
Options
LEFS
USB cable
PC Setup software
LEFB
(MR Configurator2™)
LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS
Drivers
Setup software (MR Configurator2™) (LECSA, LECSB, LECSC, LECSS common)
LEC MRC2 E
LECA6
∗ SW1DNC-MRC2- manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
Display language
Refer to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation’s website for operating environment and
— Japanese version version upgrade information.
E English version MR Configurator2™ is a registered trademark or trademark of Mitsubishi Electric
C Chinese version Corporation.
Adjustment, waveform display, diagnostics, parameter read/write, and test operation can be performed upon a PC.
Compatible PC
When using setup software (MR Configurator2™), use an IBM PC/AT compatible PC that meets the following operating conditions.
Setup software (MR Configurator2™) Note 1) Before using a PC for setting LECSA point table method/program
Equipment operation method, upgrade to version 1.18U (Japanese version)/
LEC-MRC2
Microsoft® Windows®8 Enterprise Operating System version 1.19V (English version) or later. Refer to Mitsubishi
Electric Corporation’s website for version upgrade information.
Microsoft® Windows®8 Pro Operating System
Note 2) Windows® and Windows Vista® are registered
Microsoft® Windows®8 Operating System
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
Microsoft® Windows®7 Enterprise Operating System
States and other countries.
Microsoft® Windows®7 Ultimate Operating System
Note 3) On some PCs, setup software (MR
Microsoft® Windows®7 Professional Operating System Configurator2™) may not run properly.
Microsoft® Windows®7 Home Premium Operating System Note 4) When Windows®XP or later is used, the following
Microsoft® Windows®7 Starter Operating System functions cannot be used.
OS
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Enterprise Operating System · Windows Program Compatibility mode
Note 1) 2) 3)
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Ultimate Operating System · Fast User Switching
4) 5) 6) 7) 9) Microsoft® Windows Vista® Business Operating System · Remote Desktop
PC ® ®
Microsoft Windows Vista Home Premium Operating System · Large Fonts Mode (Display property)
® ®
Microsoft Windows Vista Home Basic Operating System · DPI settings other than 96 DPI (Display property)
® ®
Microsoft Windows XP Professional Operating System, Service Pack 2 or later · 64-bit OSs are not supported, except for
® ®
LEFS
Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition Operating System, Service Pack 2 or later Microsoft® Windows®7 or later.
Microsoft® Windows®2000 Professional Operating System, Service Pack 4 or later Note 5) When Windows®7 is used, the following functions cannot be used.
Available HD · Windows XP Mode
AC Servo Motor
1 GB or more · Windows Touch
space
Note 6) When using this software with Windows Vista® or later,
Communication
Use USB port. log in as a user having USER authority or higher.
interface Note 7) When Windows®8 is used, the following functions cannot be used.
Resolution 1024 x 768 or more · Hyper-V
LEFB
Display Must be capable of high color (16-bit) display. · Modern UI style
The connectable with the above PC Note 8) Order USB cable separately.
Keyboard The connectable with the above PC Note 9) Using a PC for setting Windows®8.1, upgrade to
version 1.25B or later. Refer to Mitsubishi Electric
Mouse The connectable with the above PC
Corporation’s website for version upgrade information.
Printer The connectable with the above PC
LECY LECSS-T LECS
USB cable Note 8) LEC-MR-J3USB
Setup Software Compatible Driver

Setup software
Compatible
MR Configurator2™
driver
LEC-MRC2
LECSA
LECSB
LECSC
LECSS-S
LECSS2-T
USB cable (3 m) Battery (only for LECSB, LECSC or LECSS)

LEFG
LEC MR J3USB LEC MR J3BAT

∗ MR-J3USBCBL3M manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. ∗ MR-J3BAT manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
Cable for connecting PC and driver when using the setup Battery for replacement.
Specific Product
Precautions
software (MR Configurator2™). Absolute position data is maintained

Do not use any cable other than this cable. by installing the battery to the driver.
198
Absolute Type
Series (
LECSS-T
Type)
How to Order
Driver LECS S 2 T5
Driver type Compatible motor type
SSCNET #/H type Symbol Type Capacity Encoder
S (For absolute encoder) T5 AC servo motor (T6) 100 W
T7 AC servo motor (T7) 200 W Absolute
Power supply voltage T8 AC servo motor (T8) 400 W
2 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions
LECSS2-T
D
2xØ6 M L W
Bearing surface thickness (D) Connector name Description
6
CN1A Front axis connector for SSCNET #/H

CN5 CN1B Rear axis connector for SSCNET #/H
CNP1 CN2 Encoder connector
CN3 CN3 I/O signal connector
CN8
CNP2 CN5 USB communication connector
156
168
CN1A CN8 STO input signal connector

CNP3 CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CN1B
CN2 CNP3 Servo motor power connector
CN4
(6)
Dimensions [mm]
Model W L D M
LECSS2-T5
135 4
LECSS2-T7 40 6
LECSS2-T8 170 5
199
AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECSS-T
Selection
Model
Specifications
LEFS
Model LECSS2-T5 LECSS2-T7 LECSS2-T8
Compatible motor capacity [W] 100 200 400
Compatible encoder
Main Power voltage [V] Three phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz), Single phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Three phase 170 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz), Single phase 170 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz)
LEFB
supply Rated current [A] 0.9 1.5 2.6
Control Control power supply voltage [V] Single phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 170 to 264 VAC
supply Rated current [A] 0.2
Applicable Fieldbus protocol SSCNET #/H (High-speed optical communication)
LECA6
Communication function USB communication
Weight [g] 800 1000
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECSS2-T

For single phase 200 VAC For three phase 200 VAC
CNP1 CNP1
NFB MC NFB MC
Single phase L1 CNP3 Three phase L1 CNP3
200 to 200 to
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
L2 U U L2 U U
240 VAC Motor 240 VAC Motor
L3 V V L3 V V
M M
N(−) W W N(−) W W
P1 P3
P2 PE P4 PE
CNP2 CNP2
P(+) P(+)
Regeneration option Regeneration option
C C
LEFS
D D
Encoder Encoder
AC Servo Motor
CN2 CN2
L11 L11
L21 L21
Note) For single phase 200 to 240 VAC, power supply should be connected to L1 and L3 terminals, with nothing connected to L2.
LEFB
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP1 ∗ Accessory LECSS2-T
Front view
Terminal name Function Details example
L1
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Main circuit
L2 LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1,L3 L2
power supply
L3 Three phase 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1,L2,L3
N(−) Do not connect. L3
P3
Connect between P3 and P4. (Connected at time of shipping.) N(−)
P4
P3
Control Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP2 ∗ Accessory
P4
P(+) Connect between P(+) and D. (Connected at time of shipping.)
Regeneration
C ∗ If regeneration option is required for “Model Selection”, connect to this P(+)
option terminal.
D C
L11 Connect the control circuit power supply. D
Control circuit
LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11,L21
LEFG
power supply L11

L21 Three phase 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11,L21
L21
Motor Connector: CNP3 ∗ Accessory
Specific Product
U
Precautions

U Servo motor power (U) V
V Servo motor power [V] Connect to motor cable (U, V, W).
W Servo motor power [W] W
200
Series LECSS-T
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSS2-T

For sink I/O interface LECSS2-T첸
Note 4) 10 m or less
CN3
CN8 5 DICOM
Note 9) 13 MBR RA1

Short-circuit connector Electromagnetic brake interlock
(Provided as an accessory) 9 INP RA2
In position
10 m or less 15 ALM RA3
Failure Note 3)
Main circuit power Note 4)
supply Note 10) CN3 6 LA A-phase pulse encoder
Forced stop 2 EM2 20 16 LAR (Differential line driver)
FLS DI1 2 7 LB B-phase pulse encoder
RLS DI2 12 17 LBR (Differential line driver)
DOG DI3 19 8 LZ Z-phase pulse encoder
DICOM 10 18 LZR (Differential line driver)
24 VDC Note 2)
D0COM 3 11 LG Control common
4 MO1 Analogue monitor 1

1 LG ±10 VDC
Servo system
controller 14 MO2 Analogue monitor 2
SSCNET # optical cable Note 5) ±10 VDC
CN1A
(Option) Plate SD
2 m or less
CN1B SW1
SW2 Note 7)
1234
Note 1)
PE
LECSS2-T첸 Note 6)
CN1A (Axis 2)
SW1
CN1B SW2 Note 7)
1234
SSCNET # optical cable Note 5) Note 1) For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the
,
(Option) LECSS2-T첸 Note 6) driver s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to
,
CN1A (Axis 3) the control panel s protective earth (PE).
SW1 Note 2) For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % using an
external source.
Note 3) The failure (ALM) is ON during normal conditions.
CN1B SW2 Note 7) When it is OFF (alarm occurs), stop the master PLC
signal using the master PLC program.
1234
Note 5) Use the following SSCNET # optical cables.
Refer to “SSCNET # optical cable” on page 198 for
LECSS2-T첸 Note 6)
cable models.
CN1A (Axis n)
SW1 Cable Cable model Cable length
SSCNET # optical cable LE-CSS- 0.15 m to 3 m
CN1B Note 6) Connections from Axis 2 onward are omitted.
SW2 Note 7)
Note 7) Up to 64 axes can be set for the axis selection rotary
Cap Note 8)
switch (SW1) and auxiliary axis number setting
1234 switches (SW2-3, SW2-4) in combination. Note that the
number of connection axes depends on the
specifications of the master PLC.
Note 8) Be sure to place a cap on unused CN1A/CN1B.
Note 9) When not using the STO function, use the driver with the
short-circuit connector (provided as an accessory) inserted.
Note 10) Configure a circuit to turn off EM2 when the main
circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected
restart of the driver.
201
Selection
Model
Options

Motor cable, Lock cable, Encoder cable (LECS common)
LEFS
LE CS M S 5 A
Motor type Direction of connector
S AC servo motor Axis side
LEFB
Cable description
M Motor cable A
Cable type
B Lock cable
S Standard cable
E Encoder cable
R Robotic cable
LECA6
Cable length (L) [m] Counter axis side
2 2
5 5 B
A 10
LE-CSM-: Motor cable

(13.7)
(30) L
LE-CSB-: Lock cable

(11.8)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
(29.6) L
LE-CSE-: Encoder cable

18.8
(13)
(30) L 37.4
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
I/O connector (Without cable, Connector only)
LE-CSNA LE-CSNB LE-CSNS LECY LECSS-T LECS
LE CSN A
52.4
33.3
37.2
Driver type
A LECSA, LECSC
B LECSB 39
S LECSS-S, LECSS2-T 39 39
∗ LE-CSNA: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)

LE-CSNB: 10150-3000PE (connector)/10350-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LE-CSNS: 10120-3000PE (connector)/10320-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LEFG
∗ Conductor size: AWG24 to 30

Specific Product
Precautions
202
Series LECSS-T
Options
SSCNET # optical cable (LECSS-S, LECSS2-T) I/O cable
LE CSS 1 LEC CSN A 1

Motor type Cable length
S AC servo motor L 0.15 m Driver type Cable length (L) [m]
K 0.3 m A LECSA, LECSC 1 1.5
J 0.5 m B LECSB
Cable description
1 1m S LECSS-S, LECSS2-T
S SSCNET # optical cable
3 3m
Pin no. n Driver side PLC side

∗ LE-CSS- is MR-J3BUSM
manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. Pin 1 90 15
H
ØD
T 100 80
U W 1500
A side B side

LEC-CSNB-1: 10150-3000PE (connector)/10350-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LEC-CSNS-1: 10120-3000PE (connector)/10320-52F0-008 (shell kit)

Product no. ØD Product no. W H T U Pin no. n
LEC-CSNA-1 11.1 LEC-CSNA-1 37.2 14 14
LEC-CSNB-1 13.8 LEC-CSNB-1 39 52.4 12.7 18 26
LEC-CSNS-1 9.1 LEC-CSNS-1 33.3 14 21
Wiring
LEC-CSNA-1: Pin no. 1 to 26
LEC-CSNB-1: Pin no. 1 to 50
LEC-CSNS-1: Pin no. 1 to 20
1 Red 19 Red 35 Red
4 Grey Black 22 Black 38 Black
3 White 12 20 Pink
6 Black 24 Grey Black 40 Black
7 Red 25 Red 41 Red
4 Yellow 13 White 21 Orange
A side
A side

A side
9 Red 27 Red 43 Light Red

5 Pink 14 Yellow 22
10 Black 28 Black 44 Grey Black
11 Red 29 Red 45 Red
14 Grey Black 32 Black 48 Black
8 White 17 25 Pink
16 Black 34 Grey Black 50 Black
17 Red
9 Yellow
18 Black
203
Selection
Model
Options

Regeneration option (LECS common)
LEFS
LEC MR RB 12
Regeneration option type
LEFB
032 Allowable regenerative power 30 W
12 Allowable regenerative power 100 W
∗ Confirm regeneration option to be used in “Model
Selection”.
LECA6
LEC-MR-RB-032 LEC-MR-RB-12
40 Ø 6 Mounting hole
Ø 6 Mounting hole 36
(12)
30
(6)
15
(6)
15
144
5 5
144
156
168
156
168
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
1.6 2 6
12
6
12
6
6
(20) 99 (20) 149

119 169
LEFS
Weight Weight
Model Weight [kg] Model Weight [kg]
AC Servo Motor
LEC-MR-RB-032 0.5 LEC-MR-RB-12 1.1
∗ MR-RB032 manufactured by Mitsubishi ∗ MR-RB12 manufactured by Mitsubishi
Electric Corporation. Electric Corporation.
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
204
Series LECSS-T
Options
USB cable
PC Setup software
LECSS2-T (MR Configurator2™)
Setup software (MR Configurator2™) (LECSA, LECSB, LECSC, LECSS common)
LEC MRC2 E
Display language ∗ SW1DNC-MRC2- manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
— Japanese version Refer to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation’s website for operating environment and
version upgrade information.
E English version
MR Configurator2™ is a registered trademark or trademark of Mitsubishi Electric
C Chinese version Corporation.
Compatible PC
When using setup software (MR Configurator2™), use an IBM PC/AT compatible PC that meets the following operating conditions.
Setup software (MR Configurator2™) Note 1) Before using a PC for setting LECSA point table
Equipment method/program method, upgrade to version
LEC-MRC2
1.18U (Japanese version)/version 1.19V (English
Microsoft® Windows®8.1 Enterprise Operating System version). Refer to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation’s
Microsoft® Windows®8.1 Pro Operating System website for version upgrade information.
Microsoft® Windows®8.1 Operating System
Note 2) Windows and Windows Vista are registered
Microsoft® Windows®8 Enterprise Operating System
Microsoft® Windows®8 Pro Operating System trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
Microsoft® Windows®8 Operating System States and other countries.
Microsoft® Windows®7 Ultimate Operating System Note 3) On some PCs, MR Configurator2 may not run
Microsoft® Windows®7 Enterprise Operating System properly.
Microsoft® Windows®7 Professional Operating System Note 4) When Windows®XP or later is used, the following
OS
Microsoft® Windows®7 Home Premium Operating System functions cannot be used.
Note 1) 2) 3) Microsoft® Windows®7 Starter Operating System · Windows Program Compatibility mode
4) 5) 6) 7) 9) Microsoft® Windows Vista® Ultimate Operating System
· Fast User Switching
PC Microsoft® Windows Vista® Enterprise Operating System
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Business Operating System · Remote Desktop
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Premium Operating System · Large Fonts Mode (Display property)
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Basic Operating System · DPI settings other than 96 DPI (Display property)
Microsoft® Windows®XP Professional Operating System, Service Pack 2 or later For 64-bit operating system, this software is
Microsoft® Windows®XP Home Edition Operating System, Service Pack 2 or later compatible with Windows®7 and Windows®8.
Available HD Note 5) When Windows®7 is used, the following functions
1 GB or more cannot be used.
space
· Windows XP Mode
Communication · Windows Touch
Use USB port.
interface Note 6) When using this software with Windows Vista® or
Resolution 1024 x 768 or more later, log in as a user having USER authority or
Display Must be capable of high color (16-bit) display. higher.
The connectable with the above PC Note 7) When Windows®8 is used, the following functions
cannot be used.
Keyboard The connectable with the above PC · Hyper-V
Mouse The connectable with the above PC · Modern UI style
Printer The connectable with the above PC Note 8) Order USB cable separately.
Note 9) Using a PC for setting Windows®8.1, upgrade to
USB cable Note 8) LEC-MR-J3USB version 1.25B or later. Refer to Mitsubishi Electric
Corporation’s website for version upgrade information.
Setup Software Compatible Driver

Setup software
Compatible
MR Configurator2™
driver
LEC-MRC2
LECSA
LECSB
LECSC
LECSS-S
LECSS2-T
205
Selection
Model
Options
LEFS
Battery (only for LECSS2-T) Note) The LEC-MR-BAT6V1SET is an assembled battery that uses
lithium metal battery 2CR17335A. When transporting lithium metal
LEC MR BAT6V1SET batteries and devices with built-in lithium metal batteries by a
method subject to UN regulations, it is necessary to apply measures
∗ MR-BAT6V1SET manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. according to the regulations stipulated in the United Nations
Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, the
Battery for replacement. Technical Instructions (ICAO-TI) of the International Civil Aviation
LEFB
Absolute position data is maintained by installing the battery to Organization (ICAO), and the International Maritime Dangerous
Goods Code (IMDG CODE) of the International Maritime
the driver.
Organization (IMO). If a customer is transporting products such as
shown above, it is necessary to confirm the latest regulations, or the
laws and regulations of the country of transport on your own, in
order to apply the proper measures. Please contact SMC sales
LECA6
representative for details.
USB cable (3 m)
LEC MR J3USB
∗ MR-J3USB manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
Cable for connecting PC and driver when using the setup

software (MR Configurator2™).
Do not use any cable other than this cable.
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
STO cable (3 m)
LEC MR D05UDL3M
∗ MR-D05UDL3M manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
Cable for connecting the driver and device, when using the safety
function.
LEFS
Do not use any cable other than this cable.
AC Servo Motor
(33) 3000
Ø 6.5
(50)
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
206
LECS첸
Series
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back cover for Safety Instructions and the
Operation Manual for Electric Actuator Precautions.
Please download it via our website, http://www.smc.eu
Design/Selection Handling
Warning Warning
1. Use the specified voltage. 9. Static electricity may cause a malfunction or damage
If the applied voltage is higher than the specified voltage, the driver. Do not touch the driver while power is
malfunction and damage to the driver may result. If the applied supplied to it.
voltage is lower than the specified voltage, there is a possibility Take sufficient safety measures to eliminate static electricity when
that the load cannot be moved due to internal voltage drop. Check it is necessary to touch the driver for maintenance.
the operating voltage prior to start. Also, confirm that the operating
voltage does not drop below the specified voltage during 10. Do not use the products in an area where they could be
operation. exposed to dust, metallic powder, machining chips or
splashes of water, oil or chemicals.
2. Do not use the products outside the specifications.
Otherwise, a failure or malfunction can result.
Otherwise, fire, malfunction or damage to the driver/actuator can
result. Check the specifications prior to use. 11. Do not use the products in a magnetic field.
Otherwise, a malfunction or failure can result.
3. Install an emergency stop circuit.
Install an emergency stop outside the enclosure in easy reach to 12. Do not use the products in an environment where
the operator so that the operator can stop the system operation flammable, explosive or corrosive gases, liquids or
immediately and intercept the power supply. other substances are present.
4. To prevent danger and damage due to a breakdown or Otherwise, fire, explosion or corrosion can result.
malfunction of these products, which may occur at a 13. Avoid heat radiation from strong heat sources, such as
certain probability, a backup system should be arranged direct sunlight or a hot furnace.
in advance by using a multiple-layered structure or by Otherwise, it will cause a failure to the driver or its peripheral
making a fail-safe equipment design, etc. devices.
5. If there is a risk of fire or personal injury due to 14. Do not use the products in an environment with cyclic
abnormal heat generation, sparking, smoke generated temperature changes.
by the product, etc., cut off the power supply from this Otherwise, it will cause a failure to the driver or its peripheral
product and the system immediately. devices.
15. Do not use the products in an environment where surges
Handling are generated.
Devices (solenoid type lifters, high frequency induction furnaces,
motors, etc.) that generate a large amount of surge around the
Warning product may lead to deterioration or damage to the internal circuits
of the products. Avoid supplies of surge generation and crossed
1. Never touch the inside of the driver and its peripheral
lines.
devices.
Otherwise, electric shock or failure can result. 16. Do not install these products in a place subject to
vibration and impact.
2. Do not operate or set up this equipment with wet hands.
Otherwise, electric shock can result.
17. When a surge generating load such as a relay or
3. Do not use a product that is damaged or missing any
solenoid valve is directly driven, use a product that
components.
incorporates a surge absorption element.
Electric shock, fire or injury can result.
4. Use only the specified combination between the
electric actuator and driver. Mounting
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the driver or to the other
equipment. Warning
5. Be careful not to touch, get caught or hit by the 1. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on fireproof
workpiece while the actuator is moving. material.
An injury can result. Direct installation on or near flammable material may cause fire.
6. Do not connect the power supply or power up the 2. Do not install these products in a place subject to
product until it is confirmed that the workpiece can be vibration and impact.
moved safely within the area that can be reached by Otherwise, a malfunction or failure can result.
the workpiece.
3. The driver should be mounted on a vertical wall in a
Otherwise, the movement of the workpiece may cause an
accident.
vertical direction.
Also, do not cover the driver’s suction/exhaust ports.
7. Do not touch the product when it is energized and for
some time after the power has been disconnected, as 4. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on a flat
it is very hot. surface.
If the mounting surface is not flat or uneven, excessive force may
Otherwise, it may cause burns due to the high temperature.
be applied to the housing and other parts resulting in a
8. Check the voltage using a tester at least 5 minutes after malfunction.
power-off when performing installation, wiring and
maintenance.
Otherwise, electric shock, fire or injury can result.
207
LECS 첸
Series
Selection
Model
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back cover for Safety Instructions and the
Operation Manual for Electric Actuator Precautions.
Please download it via our website, http://www.smc.eu
LEFS
Power Supply Maintenance
Caution Warning
1. Use a power supply with low noise between lines and 1. Perform maintenance checks periodically.
LEFB
between power and ground. Confirm wiring and screws are not loose.
In cases where noise is high, use an isolation transformer. Loose screws or wires may cause unexpected malfunction.
2. Take appropriate measures to prevent surges from 2. Conduct an appropriate functional inspection and test
lightning. Ground the surge absorber for lightning after completed maintenance.
LECA6
separately from the grounding of the driver and its In case of any abnormalities (if the actuator does not move or the
peripheral devices. equipment does not operate properly, etc.), stop the operation of
the system.
Otherwise, unexpected malfunction may occur and safety cannot
Wiring be assured.
Conduct a test of the emergency stop to confirm the safety of the
equipment.
Warning 3. Do not disassemble, modify or repair the driver or its
1. The driver will be damaged if a commercial power peripheral devices.
,
supply (100V/200V) is added to the driver s servo motor 4. Do not put anything conductive or flammable inside
power (U, V, W). Be sure to check wiring such as wiring the driver.
mistakes when the power supply is turned on. Otherwise, fire can result.
2. Connect the ends of the U, V, W wires from the motor 5. Do not conduct an insulation resistance test or
cable correctly to the phases (U, V, W) of the servo insulation withstand voltage test.
motor power. If these wires do not match up, it is
6. Reserve sufficient space for maintenance.
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
unable to control the servo motor.
Design the system so that it allows required space for
maintenance.
Grounding
Warning
1. For grounding actuator, connect the copper wire of
the actuator to the driver’s protective earth (PE)
terminal and connect the copper wire of the driver
LEFS
to the earth via the control panel’s protective earth
AC Servo Motor
(PE) terminal.
Do not connect them directly to the control panel’s
protective earth (PE) terminal.
Control panel
LEFB
Driver
LECY LECSS-T LECS
PE terminal Actuator
2. In the unlikely event that malfunction is caused by the

ground, it may be disconnected.
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
208
Compatible
AC Servo Motor Driver RoHS
Power supply voltage (V) Position control, speed control and torque
200 to 230 VAC control can be used.
Motor capacity (W) Control encoder: Absolute 20-bit encoder
100/200/400 (Resolution: 1048576 p/rev)
-@Type Series LECYM
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: -@
Number of connectable drivers: 30 units

(Transmission distance: Max. 50 m in total)
Max. Min.
communication communication
speed cycle
10 Mbps 250 μs
-# Type Series LECYU

Applicable Fieldbus protocol: -#
Number of connectable drivers: 62 units

(Transmission distance: Max. 75 m between stations)
Max. Min.
communication communication
speed cycle
100 Mbps 125 μs
Compatible Actuators
Slider Type
Series LEFS Series LEFB
Clean room compatible
Secondary battery compatible
Max. work load Stroke Max. work load Stroke

Size Size
[kg] [mm] [kg] [mm]
25 20 Up to 800 25 5 Up to 2000
32 45 Up to 1000 32 15 Up to 2500
40 60 Up to 1200 40 25 Up to 3000
Series LECYM/LECYU
209
Series LECYM/LECYU
System Construction
Absolute encoder compatible Series
( -@type)
LECYM Driver
Provided by customer Main circuit power

supply connector
(Accessory) Page 250 2nd driver Provided
Power supply
by customer
Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
PLC (Positioning unit/Motion controller)
Provided by customer L1
Power supply
External L2
for I/O signal
regenerative resistor Page 250 L3 24 VDC
∗ If the external regenerative resistor is required, L1C
it should be provided by the customer. L2C
For selection of the external regenerative resis- B1/

tor, refer to the compatible actuator catalogue.
B2
B3

1
Option
LE-CYM-S- LE-CYM-R-
2
USB cable Page 256
Part no.: LEC-JZ-CVUSB
Motor cable for lock option
U
Page 253
V
Option
LE-CYB-S- LE-CYB-R- W
(SigmaWin+TM)
I/O Page 254 Please download it via our website.
Electric actuator Motor Page 250 connector
connector Part no.: LE-CYNA
Slider type High rigidity slider type
(Accessory)
Series LEF Series LEJ
Rod type
Series LEY/LEYG
PC
∗ Order USB cable (Part no.: LEC-
Encoder cable Page 253 Cable for safety function JZ-CVUSB) separately to use this
Standard cable Robotic cable device (3 m) Page 256 software.
LE-CYE-S LE-CYE-R Part no.: LEC-JZ-CVSAF
Absolute encoder compatible Series LECYU Driver

( -# type)
Provided by customer Main circuit power Provided

supply connector 2nd driver
by customer
Power supply (Accessory) Page 250
Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) PLC (Positioning unit/Motion controller)
Power supply
Provided by customer L1 for I/O signal
External L2 24 VDC
regenerative resistor Page 250 L3
∗ If the external regenerative resistor is required, L1C
it should be provided by the customer. L2C
For selection of the external regenerative resis- B1/

tor, refer to the compatible actuator catalogue.
B2
Option
B3

1 USB cable Page 256
2 Part no.: LEC-JZ-CVUSB
LE-CYM-S- LE-CYM-R-
Motor cable for lock option Page 253 U
Standard cable Robotic cable V Option
(SigmaWin+TM)
LE-CYB-S- LE-CYB-R- W I/O Page 254 Please download it via our website.
connector
Electric actuator Motor Page 250 Part no.: LE-CYNA
connector
Slider type High rigidity slider type
(Accessory)
Series LEF Series LEJ
Rod type
Series LEY/LEYG PC
∗ Order USB cable (Part no.: LEC-
JZ-CVUSB) separately to use this
Encoder cable Page 253 Cable for safety function software.
Standard cable Robotic cable device (3 m) Page 256
LE-CYE-S LE-CYE-R Part no.: LEC-JZ-CVSAF
210
Electric Actuators
AC Servo Motor
AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECYM/LECYU
211
Selection
Model
Model Selection
LEFS
Selection Procedure
LEFB
Selection Example
Operating
Workpiece mass: 45 [kg] Workpiece mounting condition: 70
conditions
LECA6
Lead 10: LEFS40:B
Speed: 300 [mm/s] 60
W
Work load: W [kg]

50
Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s2]
100 40
Stroke: 200 [mm]
30
20 Lead 20:
10 LEFS40:A
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Work load graph> (Page 213)
0
Select the target model based on the workpiece mass and speed with reference 0 200 400 600 800 1000
to the <Speed–Work load graph>. Speed: V [mm/s]
Selection example) The LEFS40V8B-200 is temporarily selected based on the <Speed–Work load graph>
graph shown on the right side. (LEFS40)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
L
Speed: V [mm/s]
Cycle time: a1 a2
T3 = V/a2 = 300/3000 = 0.1 [s] Time
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s] [s]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3)
LEFS
= L : Stroke [mm]
300
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s]
AC Servo Motor
= 0.57 [s] ··· (Operating condition)
T4 = 0.05 [s] V : Speed [mm/s]
LEFB
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) as follows. ··· (Operating condition)
T2 = [s]
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4
T4: Settling time varies depending on = 0.1 + 0.57 + 0.1 + 0.05
LECY LECSS-T LECS
the conditions such as motor types, = 0.82 [s] T1: Acceleration time [s]
load and in positioning of the step data. Time until reaching the set speed
Therefore, calculate the settling time T2: Constant speed time [s]
with reference to the following value. Time while the actuator is operating
at a constant speed
T4 = 0.05 [s] T3: Deceleration time [s]
Time from the beginning of the
Step 3 Check the guide moment. constant speed operation to stop
1000 mm/s2
T4: Settling time [s]
1000 Time until in position is completed
3000 mm/s2
Overhang: L3 [mm]
Mep 5000 mm/s2

10000 mm/s2
LEFG
m
500
L1
Specific Product
Precautions
20000 mm/s2
0
Based on the above calculation result, 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg]
the LEFS40V8B-200 is selected.
212
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor
∗ The allowable speed is restricted depending on the stroke.

Speed–Work Load Graph/Conditions for “Regenerative Resistor” (Guide) Select it by referring to “Allowable Stroke Speed” below.

Horizontal Vertical
30 20
Lead 6: LEFS25:V6B Lead 12: LEFS25:V6A Lead 6: LEFS25:V6B Lead 12: LEFS25:V6A
25
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]

15
20 “Regenerative resistor” area
Lead 20: LEFS25:V6H
15 10
Lead 20: LEFS25:V6H
10
5
5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

Horizontal Vertical
60 30
Lead 8: LEFS32:V7B Lead 16: LEFS32:V7A
50 25 Lead 8: LEFS32:V7B Lead 16: LEFS32:V7A
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]

Lead 24:
40 LEFS32:V7H 20 “Regenerative resistor” area
30 15 Lead 24: LEFS32:V7H
20 10
“Regenerative
10 resistor” area 5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

Horizontal Vertical
70 40
60 Lead 20: LEFS40:V8A 35 Lead 10: LEFS40:V8B Lead 20: LEFS40:V8A
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
50 Lead 30: 30
25 “Regenerative resistor” area
40 LEFS40:V8H
20 Lead 30: LEFS40:V8H
30
15
20 Lead 10: “Regenerative 10
10 LEFS40:V8B resistor” area 5
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
“Regenerative resistor” area Applicable Motor/Driver

∗ When using the actuator in the “Regenerative resistor” area, download the “AC Applicable model
servo capacity selection program/SigmaJunmaSize+” from the SMC website. Model
Then, calculate the necessary regenerative resistor capacity to prepare an Motor Servopack (SMC driver)
appropriate external regenerative resistor.
∗ Regenerative resistor should be provided by the customer. SGDV-R90A11 (LECYM2-V5)
LEFS25 SGMJV-01A3A
SGDV-R90A21 (LECYU2-V5)
SGDV-1R6A11 (LECYM2-V7)
LEFS32 SGMJV-02A3A
SGDV-1R6A21 (LECYU2-V7)
LEFS40 SGMJV-04A3A
[mm/s]
Model
motor Symbol [mm] Up to 100 Up to 200 Up to 300 Up to 400 Up to 500 Up to 600 Up to 700 Up to 800 Up to 900 Up to 1000 Up to 1100 Up to 1200
H 20 1500 1200 900 700 550 — — — —
100 W A 12 900 720 540 420 330 — — — —
LEFS25 B 6 450 360 270 210 160 — — — —
/40
(Motor rotation speed) (4500 rpm) (3650 rpm) (2700 rpm) (2100 rpm) (1650 rpm) — — — —
H 24 1500 1200 930 750 610 510 — —
200 W A 16 1000 800 620 500 410 340 — —
LEFS32 B 8 500 400 310 250 200 170 — —
/60
(Motor rotation speed) (3750 rpm) (3000 rpm) (2325 rpm) (1875 rpm) (1537 rpm) (1275 rpm) — —
H 30 — 1500 1410 1140 930 780 500 500
400 W A 20 — 1000 940 760 620 520 440 380
LEFS40 B 10 — 500 470 380 310 260 220 190
/60
(Motor rotation speed) — (3000 rpm) (2820 rpm) (2280 rpm) (1860 rpm) (1560 rpm) (1320 rpm) (1140 rpm)
213
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS25V6H/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25V6H/Ball Screw Drive
LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
22500
LEFB
15000
15000
Duty ratio: 100 %
12500
12500
10000
10000
LECA6
7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4
LEFS25V6A/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25V6A/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
20000 20000
17500 17500
15000 15000
Duty ratio: 100 %
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
Duty ratio: 100 %
LEFS
5000 5000
AC Servo Motor
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 2 4 6 8
LEFS25V6B/Ball Screw Drive LEFS25V6B/Ball Screw Drive LEFB

LECY LECSS-T LECS
Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
17500 17500
15000 15000
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
LEFG
2500 2500
0 0
Specific Product
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15
Precautions
214
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor

Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
20000 20000
Duty ratio: 50 %
17500 17500
Duty ratio: 50 %
15000 Duty ratio: 75 % 15000
Duty ratio: 75 %
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5

Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
17500 Duty ratio: 50 % 17500
15000 15000
Duty ratio: 75 %
Duty ratio: 50 %
12500 12500
10000 10000
Duty ratio: 100 %
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 2 4 6 8 10
LEFS32V7B/Ball Screw Drive LEFS32V7B/Ball Screw Drive

Horizontal Vertical
20000 20000
17500 17500
15000 15000
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 5 10 15 20
215
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS
Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
Duty ratio: 50 %
20000 20000
LEFB
17500 Duty ratio: 75 % 17500 Duty ratio: 50 %
15000 15000 Duty ratio: 75 %

Duty ratio: 100 %
12500 12500 Duty ratio: 100 %
10000 10000
LECA6
7500 7500
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
20000 20000
Duty ratio: 50 %
17500 17500
Duty ratio: 75 %
Duty ratio: 50 %
15000 15000
12500 12500
Duty ratio: 100 %
10000 10000
7500 7500
LEFS
5000 5000
AC Servo Motor
2500 2500
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 5 10 15
LEFS40V8B/Ball Screw Drive LEFS40V8B/Ball Screw Drive LEFB

LECY LECSS-T LECS
Horizontal Vertical
22500 22500
20000 20000

17500 17500
15000 15000
12500 12500
10000 10000
7500 7500
LEFG
5000 5000
2500 2500
0 0
Specific Product
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30
Precautions
216
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor
workpiece overhangs in one direction. When selecting the overhang, refer to “Calculation of Guide
Dynamic Allowable Moment Load Factor” or the Electric Actuator Selection Software for confirmation, http://www.smc.eu
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
L : Overhang to the work load centre of gravity [mm] LEFS25V6 LEFS32V7 LEFS40V8
1500 1500 1500
L1 1000 1000 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
X
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000
Horizontal/Bottom
800 800 800

L2
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
600 600 600
Mer Y 400 400 400

m
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1500 1500 1500
Mep
1000 1000 1000
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
m
L3 Z
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1500 1500 1500
L4 1000 1000 1000

L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
X
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1500 1500 1500
Mey
1000 1000 1000
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
m
Wall
L5 Y
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000
800 800 800

L6
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
600 600 600
Z 400 400 400
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
217
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
L : Overhang to the work load centre of gravity [mm] LEFS25V6 LEFS32V7 LEFS40V8
1500 1500 1500
LEFB
1000 1000 1000
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
L7 Y
500 500 500
LECA6
Mey 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Vertical
m
1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000

L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
L8 Z
500 500 500
Mep 0 0 0
m 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Model: LEFS Acceleration [mm/s2]: a
y z
LEFS
x
AC Servo Motor
y z y
z
LEFB
Example
Model: LEFS40
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Work load [kg]: 20 αy = 50/180 = 0.27
2. Select the graphs for horizontal of the LEFS40 on page 216. 5. αx + αy + αz = 0.47 ≤ 1
1500 1000 1500
800
1000 1000 Lz
600
L1 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L3 [mm]
LEFG
400
500 500
200
Lx Ly
Specific Product
Precautions
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
218
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor
A side
B side
C side LEFS25 0.05 0.03

@
LEFS32 0.05 0.03
D side LEFS40 0.05 0.03
0.08
L W LEFS32
(L = 30 mm)
0.06 LEFS40
Displacement [mm]
(L = 37 mm)
LEFS25
(L = 25 mm)
0.04
0.02
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Load W [N]
Note 1) This displacement is measured when a 15 mm Aluminium plate is mounted and fixed on
the table.

0.25 0.12
0.1
0.2
Displacement [mm]
Displacement [mm]
LEF25 0.08
0.15 LEF25
0.06
0.1
0.04
LEF40 LEF40
0.05
LEF32 0.02
LEF32
0 0
0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
219
Selection
Model
Series LEFS RoHS
LEFS
LEFS25, 32, 40
Clean room compatible Secondary battery compatible
Please contact SMC for clean room specification and Consult with SMC for details.
the models compatible with secondary batteries.
How to Order
LEFB
LEFS H 32 R V7 B 200 B S 3 M2
LECA6
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1
q Accuracy w Size e Motor mounting position r Motor type

— Basic type 25 — In-line Symbol Type Output [W] Size Compatible driver
H High precision type 32 R Right side parallel V6 100 25 LECYM2-V5/LECYU2-V5
AC servo motor
40 L Left side parallel V7 (Absolute encoder)
200 32 LECYM2-V7/LECYU2-V7
V8 400 40 LECYM2-V8/LECYU2-V8
t Lead [mm] y Stroke [mm] u Motor option i Cable type

Symbol LEFS25 LEFS32 LEFS40 50 50 — Without option — Without cable
H 20 24 30 to to B With lock S Standard cable
A 12 16 20 1200 1200 R Robotic cable (Flexible cable)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
B 6 8 10
o Actuator cable length [m] !0 Driver type !1 I/O cable length [m] ∗
— Without cable Compatible driver Power supply voltage [V] — Without cable
3 3 — Without driver — H Without cable (Connector only)
5 5 M2 LECYM2-V 200 to 230 1 1.5
A 10 U2 LECYU2-V 200 to 230 ∗ When “Without driver” is selected for driver type,
C 20 only “—: Without cable” can be selected.
LEFS
Refer to Page 254 if I/O cable is required.
(Options are shown on Page 254.)
AC Servo Motor
Stroke
Model [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
LEFB
LEFS25 — — — — — —
LEFS32 — —
LEFS40 — —
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Compatible Drivers
-@ type
pe -# type
Driver type
LEFG
Series LECYM LECYU

Applicable network MECHATROLINK-2 MECHATROLINK-3
Absolute
Control encoder
Specific Product
20-bit encoder
Precautions
Communication device USB communication, RS-422 communication

Power supply voltage [V] 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Reference page Page 247
220
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Specifications
LEFS25, 32, 40 AC Servo Motor
Model LEFS25V6 LEFS32V7 LEFS40V8
Horizontal 10 20 20 30 40 45 30 50 60
Work load [kg] Note 2)
Vertical 4 8 15 5 10 20 7 15 30
Up to 400 1500 900 450 1500 1000 500 1500 1000 500
401 to 500 1200 720 360 1500 1000 500 1500 1000 500
501 to 600 900 540 270 1200 800 400 1500 1000 500
Note 3) 601 to 700 700 420 210 930 620 310 1410 940 470
Max. speed Stroke 701 to 800 550 330 160 750 500 250 1140 760 380
[mm/s] range 801 to 900 — — — 610 410 200 930 620 310
901 to 1000 — — — 510 340 170 780 520 260
1001 to 1100 — — — — — — 500 440 220
1101 to 1200 — — — — — — 500 380 190
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 20000 (Refer to pages 214 to 216 for limit according to work load and duty ratio.)
Lead [mm] 20 12 6 24 16 8 30 20 10
Motor type AC servo motor (200 VAC)

Encoder Absolute 20-bit encoder (Resolution: 1048576 p/rev)
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 78 131 255 131 197 385 220 330 660
Power consumption at 20°C [W] Note 10) 5.5 6 6
Note 1) Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (Test was performed with the
produced as special orders. actuator in the initial state.)
Note 2) For details, refer to “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 213. Note 6) The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the
Note 3) The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. actuator is operating.
Note 4) A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation. Note 7) The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is
Note 5) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to Note 8) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the
the lead screw. (Test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between Note 9) Only when motor option “With lock” is selected.
4 5 to 2 0 0 0 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a Note 10) For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
Weight
Series LEFS25V6
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
Series LEFS32V7
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Series LEFS40V8
Stroke [mm] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
221
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Construction
LEFS
w
LEFB
A-A
LECA6
!6 !4 !9 r e @0 !0 !2 !5 i
A
!7 !8 q u t y u !7 o !1 !3
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
LEFS
Component Parts
AC Servo Motor
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 11 Motor mount Aluminium alloy Coating
2 Rail guide — 12 Coupling —
LEFB
3 Ball screw shaft — 13 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
4 Ball screw nut — 14 Motor end cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
5 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 15 Motor —
6 Blanking plate Aluminium alloy Anodised 16 Grommet NBR
LECY LECSS-T LECS
7 Seal band holder Synthetic resin 17 Band stopper Stainless steel

9 Housing B Aluminium die-cast Coating 19 Bearing —
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
222
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor

LEFS25
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
4
48 120
D x 120 (= E) F 10
B

Encoder cable (Ø 7) L (2.2)
Motor cable (Ø 7) (52) A (Table traveling distance) Note 2) 52 (169) 58
(209) 10 (56) Stroke (54) 38
38.5
48
66
6.5
24
M4 x 0.7
6 thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
Ø 3H9 +0.025
(0 ) (102)
4 x M5 x 0.8 Motor cable (Ø 7)
Body mounting reference plane Note 1) 45
thread depth 8.5
38
50
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3
side.
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E F
LEFS25-50 339 379 56 160 4 — — 20
LEFS25-100 389 429 106 210 4 — —
LEFS25-150 439 479 156 260 4 — —
LEFS25-200 489 529 206 310 6 2 240
LEFS25-250 539 579 256 360 6 2 240
LEFS25-300 589 629 306 410 8 3 360
LEFS25-350 639 679 356 460 8 3 360
LEFS25-400 689 729 406 510 8 3 360
LEFS25-450 739 779 456 560 10 4 480 35
LEFS25-500 789 829 506 610 10 4 480
LEFS25-550 839 879 556 660 12 5 600
LEFS25-600 889 929 606 710 12 5 600
LEFS25-650 939 979 656 760 12 5 600
LEFS25-700 989 1029 706 810 14 6 720
LEFS25-750 1039 1079 756 860 14 6 720
LEFS25-800 1089 1129 806 910 16 7 840
223
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS32
LEFS
5H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5
6
60
LEFB
150
D x 150 (= E) 15 15
Motor option: With lock B
Encoder cable (Ø 7) L (2.2)
LECA6
Motor cable (Ø 7) 10 (62) A (Table traveling distance: Stroke + 6) Note 2) 62 (201) 70
(231) (66) Stroke (64) 48
84
6.5
30
46.8
60
M4 x 0.7
thread depth 8 (F.G. terminal)
7.5
Ø 5H9 +0.030
(0 ) (122)
Note 1) depth 5
Body mounting 70 Encoder cable (Ø 7)
thread depth 9.9
44
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
60
5.5
5H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 5
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
side.
Dimensions [mm]
LEFB
L
Model A B n D E
LECY LECSS-T LECS

LEFS32-50 391 421 56 180 4 — —
LEFS32-100 441 471 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32-150 491 521 156 280 4 — —
LEFS32-200 541 571 206 330 6 2 300
LEFS32-250 591 621 256 380 6 2 300
LEFS32-300 641 671 306 430 6 2 300
LEFS32-350 691 721 356 480 8 3 450
LEFS32-400 741 771 406 530 8 3 450
LEFS32-450 791 821 456 580 8 3 450
LEFS32-500 841 871 506 630 10 4 600
LEFS32-550 891 921 556 680 10 4 600
LEFS32-600 941 971 606 730 10 4 600
LEFG
LEFS32-650 991 1021 656 780 12 5 750

LEFS32-700 1041 1071 706 830 12 5 750
LEFS32-750 1091 1121 756 880 12 5 750
LEFS32-800 1141 1171 806 930 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFS32-850 1191 1221 856 980 14 6 900

LEFS32-900 1241 1271 906 1030 14 6 900
LEFS32-950 1291 1321 956 1080 16 7 1050
LEFS32-1000 1341 1371 1006 1130 16 7 1050
224
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor

LEFS40
6H9 ( +0.030
0 )
n x Ø 6.6 depth 6
7
76
150
D x 150 (= E) 60 15
B
L (3.1)
(90) Stroke (88) 90
Encoder Z-phase detecting position Note 3) 61
2±1
(4)
68
53.8
85.5
8
31
8
M4 x 0.7
Encoder cable (Ø 7) thread depth 8
4 x M8 x 1.25 (F.G. terminal)
106
60
74
58
7
Ø 6H9 +0.030
(0 )
depth 7
6H9 ( +0.030
0 )
depth 7
Motor option: With lock Motor cable (Ø 7)

(253.5)
Dimensions [mm]
L
Model A B n D E
mounting reference plane, set the height of the LEFS40-150 564.5 594.5 156 328 4 — 150
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more LEFS40-200 614.5 644.5 206 378 6 2 300
because of R chamfering. (Recommended height LEFS40-250 664.5 694.5 256 428 6 2 300
5 mm) LEFS40-300 714.5 744.5 306 478 6 2 300
Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it LEFS40-350 764.5 794.5 356 528 8 3 450
returns to origin. Make sure a workpiece mounted LEFS40-400 814.5 844.5 406 578 8 3 450
on the table does not interfere with the work LEFS40-450 864.5 894.5 456 628 8 3 450
pieces and facilities around the table. LEFS40-500 914.5 944.5 506 678 10 4 600
Note 3) The Z-phase first detecting position from the
LEFS40-550 964.5 994.5 556 728 10 4 600
stroke end of the motor side.
LEFS40-600 1014.5 1044.5 606 778 10 4 600
LEFS40-650 1064.5 1094.5 656 828 12 5 750
LEFS40-700 1114.5 1144.5 706 878 12 5 750
LEFS40-750 1164.5 1194.5 756 928 12 5 750
LEFS40-800 1214.5 1144.5 806 978 14 6 900
LEFS40-850 1264.5 1294.5 856 1028 14 6 900
LEFS40-900 1314.5 1344.5 906 1078 14 6 900
LEFS40-950 1364.5 1394.5 956 1128 16 7 1050
LEFS40-1000 1414.5 1444.5 1006 1178 16 7 1050
LEFS40-1100 1514.5 1544.5 1106 1278 18 8 1200
LEFS40-1200 1614.5 1644.5 1206 1378 18 8 1200
225
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS25R
LEFS
With lock/LEFS25V6-B
B 10
D x 120 (= E) F
LEFB
+0.025 Motor cable (Ø 7)
120 3H9 ( 0 ) Encoder cable (Ø 7)
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
LECA6
48

L
(56) Stroke (54)
44.8 38
38.5
48
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
(48)
46
24
6.5
M4 x 0.7 6
thread depth 8
+0.025
(F.G. terminal)
Ø 3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3 X (2.4)
4 x M5 x 0.8 W
LEFS
Z
thread depth 8.5

AC Servo Motor
reference plane Motor mounting position: Left side parallel Motor mounting position: Right side parallel
LEFS25LV LEFS25RV
50
106

38
LEFB
106 106
3.5
46
46
47
47
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3 45
LECY LECSS-T LECS
64
(102)

Dimensions [mm]
mounting reference plane, set the height of the Model L A B n D E F
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more. LEFS25-50 210.5 56 160 4 — — 20
(Recommended height 5 mm) LEFS25-100 260.5 106 210 4 — —
Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke LEFS25-150 310.5 156 260 4 — —
end of the motor side. Please consult with SMC for LEFS25-200 360.5 206 310 6 2 240
adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the LEFS25-250 410.5 256 360 6 2 240
stroke end of the end side. LEFS25-300 460.5 306 410 8 3 360
LEFS25-350 510.5 356 460 8 3 360
LEFS25-400 560.5 406 510 8 3 360
LEFG
LEFS25-450 610.5 456 560 10 4 480 35

LEFS25-500 660.5 506 610 10 4 480
Motor Dimensions [mm]
LEFS25-550 710.5 556 660 12 5 600
Motor X W Z LEFS25-600 760.5 606 710 12 5 600
Specific Product
type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock
Precautions
LEFS25-650 810.5 656 760 12 5 600

V6 112 157 82.5 127.5 11
LEFS25-700 860.5 706 810 14 6 720
LEFS25-750 910.5 756 860 14 6 720
LEFS25-800 960.5 806 910 16 7 840
226
Series LEFS
AC Servo Motor

LEFS32R
B 15 With lock/LEFS32V7-B
D x 150 (= E) 15
+0.030
150 5H9 ( 0 ) Encoder cable (Ø 7) Motor cable (Ø 7)
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5
6
60

L
10 (62) A (Table traveling distance) 62 55
(66) Stroke (64)
60 48
63
46.8
(63)
60
30
6.5
M4 x 0.7 7.5
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
+0.030
Ø 5H9 (0 )
depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3) X (2.4) Motor mounting position: Left side parallel Motor mounting position: Right side parallel
4 x M6 x 1 W LEFS32LV LEFS32RV
Z
thread depth 12.5 (Depth of counterbore 3)

Body mounting Note 1) 132.5 132.5
reference plane
60
132.5
60
60
62
62
44

5.5
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 8 (Depth of counterbore 3) 42 Dimensions [mm]
70 Model L A B n D E
(122) LEFS32-50 245 56 180 4 — —
LEFS32-100 295 106 230 4 — —
LEFS32-150 345 156 280 4 — —
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body LEFS32-200 395 206 330 6 2 300
mounting reference plane, set the height of the LEFS32-250 445 256 380 6 2 300
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more.
LEFS32-300 495 306 430 6 2 300
Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke LEFS32-350 545 356 480 8 3 450
end of the motor side. Please consult with SMC for LEFS32-400 595 406 530 8 3 450
adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the LEFS32-450 645 456 580 8 3 450
stroke end of the end side. LEFS32-500 695 506 630 10 4 600
LEFS32-550 745 556 680 10 4 600
LEFS32-600 795 606 730 10 4 600
Motor Dimensions [mm] LEFS32-650 845 656 780 12 5 750
Motor X W Z LEFS32-700 895 706 830 12 5 750
type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock LEFS32-750 945 756 880 12 5 750
V7 113.5 153.5 80 120 14 14 LEFS32-800 995 806 930 14 6 900
LEFS32-850 1045 856 980 14 6 900
LEFS32-900 1095 906 1030 14 6 900
LEFS32-950 1145 956 1080 16 7 1050
LEFS32-1000 1195 1006 1130 16 7 1050
227
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS40R
LEFS
B 15 With lock/LEFS40V8-B
D x 150 (= E) 60
+0.030
150 6H9 ( 0 )
n x Ø 6.6 depth 6 Encoder cable (Ø 7) Motor cable (Ø 7)
LEFB
7
76
LECA6
L
90
60 61
(90) Stroke (88)
(4) Z-phase detecting position: 2±1 Note 2)
(68)
60
31
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
8
M4 x 0.7 8
53.8
68
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
+0.030
Ø 6H9 ( 0 ) X (2.4)
depth 7 W Motor mounting position: Left side parallel Motor mounting position: Right side parallel
4 x M8 x 1.25
LEFS40LV LEFS40RV
Z
thread depth 13 Encoder cable (Ø 7) Encoder cable (Ø 7)
LEFS
Body mounting Note 1) 153 153
reference plane
AC Servo Motor
74
60
60
64
64
153
58
LEFB
7
+0.030
6H9 ( 0 )
depth 7 60 Dimensions [mm]
LECY LECSS-T LECS
106 Model L A B n D E
(170) LEFS40-150 403.4 156 328 4 — 150
LEFS40-200 453.4 206 378 6 2 300
LEFS40-250 503.4 256 428 6 2 300
LEFS40-300 553.4 306 478 6 2 300
Note 1) When mounting the actuator using the body LEFS40-350 603.4 356 528 8 3 450
mounting reference plane, set the height of the LEFS40-400 653.4 406 578 8 3 450
opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more. LEFS40-450 703.4 456 628 8 3 450
(Recommended height 5 mm) LEFS40-500 753.4 506 678 10 4 600
Note 2) The Z-phase first detecting position from the stroke
LEFS40-550 803.4 556 728 10 4 600
adjusting the Z-phase detecting position at the LEFS40-600 853.4 606 778 10 4 600
stroke end of the end side. LEFS40-650 903.4 656 828 12 5 750
LEFS40-700 953.4 706 878 12 5 750
LEFG
LEFS40-750 1003.4 756 928 12 5 750

Motor Dimensions [mm] LEFS40-800 1053.4 806 978 14 6 900
Motor X W Z LEFS40-850 1103.4 856 1028 14 6 900
type Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock LEFS40-900 1153.4 906 1078 14 6 900
Specific Product
Precautions
V8 137.5 177.5 98.5 138.5 14 14 LEFS40-950 1203.4 956 1128 16 7 1050

LEFS40-1000 1253.4 1006 1178 16 7 1050
LEFS40-1100 1353.4 1106 1278 18 8 1200
LEFS40-1200 1453.4 1206 1378 18 8 1200
228
Model Selection
Selection Procedure
Selection Example
Operating 40
Workpiece mass: 20 [kg] Workpiece mounting condition:
conditions
Work load: W [kg]

Speed: 1500 [mm/s] W
30 LEFB40
Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s ] 2
20
100 LEFB32
Stroke: 2000 [mm] 10 LEFB25
0
0 1000 1500 2000
Speed: V [mm/s]
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Work load graph> (Page 230) <Speed–Work load graph>
Select the target model based on the workpiece mass and speed with reference (LEFB40)
to the <Speed–Work load graph>.
Selection example) The LEFB40V8S-2000 is temporarily selected based on
the graph shown on the right side. L
Speed: V [mm/s]
Step 2 Check the cycle time. a1 a2
following calculation method. T1 to T4 can be calculated as follows. Time
[s]
Cycle time:
T1 T2 T3 T4
T3 = V/a2 = 1500/3000 = 0.5 [s]
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s]
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) L : Stroke [mm]
V ··· (Operating condition)
Deceleration time can be obtained
by the following equation. 2000 − 0.5 · 1500 · (0.5 + 0.5) V : Speed [mm/s]
=
1500 ··· (Operating condition)
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s] a1: Acceleration [mm/s2]
= 0.83 [s]
T2: Constant speed time can be T4 = 0.05 [s]
a2: Deceleration [mm/s2]
Therefore, the cycle time can be obtained ··· (Operating condition)
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) as follows.
T2 = [s] T1: Acceleration time [s]
V
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 Time until reaching the set speed
T4: Settling time varies depending = 0.5 + 0.83 + 0.5 + 0.05 T2: Constant speed time [s]
on the motor type and load. The Time while the actuator is operating
= 1.88 [s]
value below is recomended. at a constant speed
Time from the beginning of the
T4 = 0.05 [s] constant speed operation to stop
Step 3 Check the guide moment. T4: Settling time [s]
Time until in position is completed
1000 mm/s2
1000
3000 mm/s2
Mep
Overhang: L1 [mm]
5000 mm/s2
m 10000 mm/s2
L3 20000
500
mm/s2
Based on the above calculation result, 100

0
the LEFB40V8S-2000 is selected. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Work load [kg]
229
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
LEFS
Speed–Work Load Graph/Required conditions Work Load–Acceleration/Deceleration Graph (Guide)
for "Regenaration Option" (Guide) LEFB/Belt Drive
LEFB/Belt Drive LEFB25V6 (Duty ratio)
LEFB
30 20000 LEFB25 (50 %)
LEFB25 (75 %)
LEFB40 17500
25 LEFB25 (100 %)
15000
LECA6
Area where the regeneration option is required
Work load [kg]
12500
LEFB32 10000
15
7500
5000
LEFB25 2500
5
0
0 5 10
0
0 1000 2000 2500 Work load [kg]
Speed [mm/s]
LEFB32V7 (Duty ratio)
∗ The shaded area in the graph requires the regenerative resistor.
20000 LEFB32 (50 %)

LEFB32 (75 %)
17500
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Cycle Time Graph (Guide) LEFB32 (100 %)
15000
LEFB/Belt Drive 12500
10000
LEFB25/32/40 Acceleration/Deceleration [mm/s2]
5.0 7500
4.5 5000 5000

10000
4.0 2500
20000
3.5
LEFS
0
Cycle time [s]
0 5 10 15 20
3.0
Work load [kg]
AC Servo Motor
2.5
2.0 LEFB40V8 (Duty ratio)
1.5
LEFB
1.0 20000 LEFB40 (50 %)
0.5 LEFB40 (75 %)

17500
0.0 LEFB40 (100 %)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 15000
Stroke [mm] 12500
LECY LECSS-T LECS
∗ Cycle time is for when maximum speed.

10000
∗ Maximum stroke: LEFB25: 2000 mm
LEFB32: 2500 mm 7500
LEFB40: 3000 mm
5000
2500
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Work load [kg]
Applicable Motor/Driver
Applicable model
LEFG
Model
Motor Servopack (SMC driver)
SGDV-R90A11 (LECYM2-V5)
LEFB25 SGMJV-01A3A
SGDV-R90A21 (LECYU2-V5)
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFB32 SGMJV-02A3A
LEFB40 SGMJV-04A3A
230
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
L : Overhang to the work load centre of gravity [mm] LEFB25V6 LEFB32V7 LEFB40V8
1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1
X 500 500 500
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1000 1000 1000
Horizontal/Bottom
800 800 800

L2
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
600 600 600
Mer Y 400 400 400

m
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1500 1500 1500
Mep
1000 1000 1000
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
m
L3 Z
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1500 1500 1500
L4 1000 1000 1000

L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
X
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1500 1500 1500
Mey
m 1000 1000 1000

L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
Wall
L5 Y
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
1000 1000 1000
800 800 800

L6
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
600 600 600

Z
400 400 400
200 200 200
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 25
W kl d [k ] W kl d [k ] W k l d [k ]
231
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
LEFS
Model: LEFB Acceleration [mm/s2]: a
Mounting orientation: Horizontal/Bottom/Wall Work load centre position [mm]: Xc/Yc/Zc
y
LEFB
3. Based on the acceleration and work load, obtain the overhang [mm]: Lx/Ly/Lz from the graph. x z
αx + αy + αz ≤ 1
LECA6
change of the work load centre position and series. y
x
z
Example
Model: LEFB40
Work load [kg]: 20 αy = 50/180 = 0.27
2. Select the graphs for horizontal of the LEFB40 on page 231.. 5. αx + αy + αz = 0.47 ≤ 1
1500 1000 1500
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
800
1000 1000 Lz
600
L1 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L3 [mm]
400
500 500
200
Lx Ly
0 0 0
LEFS
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
232
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
A side
B side
C side LEFB25 0.05 0.03

@
LEFB32 0.05 0.03
D side LEFB40 0.05 0.03
0.06
L W
Displacement [mm]
0.04
LEFB40
LEFB32 (L = 37 mm)
(L = 30 mm)
0.02 LEFB25
(L = 25 mm)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Load W [N]
Note 1) This displacement is measured when a 15 mm Aluminium plate is

0.25 0.12
0.1
0.2
Displacement [mm]
Displacement [mm]
LEF25 0.08
0.15 LEF25
0.06
0.1
0.04
LEF40 LEF40
0.05
LEF32 0.02
LEF32
0 0
0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
233
Belt Drive AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Series LEFB
LEFS
LEFB25, 32, 40 RoHS
How to Order
LEFB
LEFB 32 V7 S 300 B S 3 M2
LECA6
q Size w Motor mounting position e Motor type

25 — Top mounting Symbol Type Output [W] Size Compatible driver
32 U Bottom mounting V6 100 25 LECYM2-V5/LECYU2-V5
AC servo motor
40 V7 (Absolute encoder)
200 32 LECYM2-V7/LECYU2-V7
V8 400 40 LECYM2-V8/LECYU2-V8
r Equivalent lead [mm] t Stroke [mm] y Motor option u Cable type

S 54 300 300 — Without option — Without cable
to to B With lock S Standard cable
3000 3000 Robotic cable
R (Flexible cable)
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
i Actuator cable
length [m] o Driver type !0 I/O cable length [m] ∗
— Without cable Power supply — Without cable
Compatible driver
3 3 voltage [V] H Without cable (Connector only)
5 5 — Without driver — 1 1.5
A 10 M2 LECYM2-V 200 to 230 ∗ When “Without driver” is selected for driver type,
C 20 U2 LECYU2-V 200 to 230 only “—: Without cable” can be selected.
Refer to Page 254 if I/O cable is required.
(Options are shown on Page 254.)
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Applicable Stroke Table : Standard/: Produced upon receipt of order
Manufacturable
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000 stroke range [mm]
LEFB
LEFB25 — — 300 to 2000
LEFB32 — 300 to 2500
LEFB40 300 to 3000
∗ Please consult with SMC for strokes other than those shown above as they are produced as special orders.
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Compatible Drivers
-@ type
e -# type
Driver type
LEFG
Series LECYM LECYU

Applicable network MECHATROLINK-2 MECHATROLINK-3
Absolute
Control encoder
Specific Product
20-bit encoder
Precautions
Communication device USB communication, RS-422 communication

Power supply voltage [V] 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Reference page Page 247
234
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
Specifications
LEFB25, 32, 40 AC Servo Motor
Model LEFB25V6 LEFB32V 7 LEFB40V8
300, 400, 500 300, 400, 500
300, 400, 500
600, 700, 800 600, 700, 800
600, 700, 800
900, 1000, (1100) 900, 1000, (1100)
900, 1000, (1100)
Stroke [mm] Note 1) 1200, (1300, 1400) 1200, (1300, 1400)
1200, (1300, 1400)
1500, (1600, 1700) 1500, (1600, 1700)
1500, (1600, 1700)
(1800, 1900), 2000 (1800, 1900), 2000
(1800, 1900), 2000
2500 2500, 3000

Work load [kg] Note 2) Horizontal 5 15 25
Max. speed [mm/s] 2000 2000 2000
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 20000 (Refer to page 230 for limit according to work load and duty ratio.) Note 3)
Equivalent lead [mm] 54
Actuation type Belt
Motor type AC servo motor (200 VAC)

Encoder Absolute 20-bit encoder (Resolution: 1048576 p/rev)
consumption [W] Note 6) Vertical — — —
when operating [W] Note 7) Vertical — — —
Lock unit

0
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC −10 %
Note 1) Please consult with SMC as all non-standard and non-made-to-order strokes are produced as special orders.
Note 2) For details, refer to “Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide)” on page 230.
Note 3) Maximum acceleration/deceleration changes according to the work load. Check “Work Load–Acceleration/Deceleration Graph (Guide)” of the
catalogue.
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. Test was performed in both an axial direction and a
Note 6) The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 7) The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
Note 8) The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Note 9) Only when motor option “With lock” is selected.
Weight
Series LEFB25
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
Product weight [kg] 3.06 3.31 3.56 3.81 4.06 4.31 4.56 4.81 5.06 5.31 5.56 5.81 6.06 6.31 6.56 6.81 7.06 7.31
Series LEFB32
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500
Product weight [kg] 4.90 5.25 5.60 5.95 6.30 6.65 7.00 7.35 7.70 8.05 8.40 8.75 9.10 9.45 9.80 10.15 10.50 10.85 12.60
Series LEFB40
Stroke [mm] 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
235
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Construction

LEFB25V6S
LEFS
A-A
w
LEFB
LECA6
!7 @0
@1
@8 !2 !1 t r e
!6 o
A
!5
@7
A
!0@6@2 !4@4!3 @5
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
!9 @3 q i y u i !9 !8
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
Component Parts
LEFB
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 15 Housing Aluminium alloy Coating
2 Rail guide 16 Motor mount Aluminium alloy Coating
3 Belt 17 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
LECY LECSS-T LECS
4 Belt holder Carbon steel Chromating 18 Motor end cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
5 Belt stopper Aluminium alloy Anodised 19 Band stopper Stainless steel
6 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 20 Motor
7 Blanking plate Aluminium alloy Anodised 21 Rubber bushing NBR
8 Seal band holder Synthetic resin 22 Stopper Aluminium alloy
12 End pulley Aluminium alloy Anodised 26 Spacer Aluminium alloy
13 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy Anodised 27 Tension adjustment bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
14 Return flange Aluminium alloy Coating 28 Pulley fixing bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
236
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor
Construction
LEFB32/40VS
A-A w
@1
!8
@2
!3 !2 t r e !7
A
!0
!6 @7
A
!1 o @6 !5 !4 @4 @5
@0 @3 q i y u i @0 !9
Component Parts
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 15 Return flange Aluminium alloy Coating
2 Rail guide 16 Housing Aluminium alloy Coating
3 Belt 17 Motor mount Aluminium alloy Coating
4 Belt holder Carbon steel Chromating 18 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
5 Belt stopper Aluminium alloy Anodised 19 Motor end cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
6 Table Aluminium alloy Anodised 20 Band stopper Stainless steel
7 Blanking plate Aluminium alloy Anodised 21 Motor
8 Seal band holder Synthetic resin 22 Rubber bushing NBR
9 End block Aluminium alloy Coating 23 Dust seal band Stainless steel
10 End block cover 24 Bearing
13 End pulley Aluminium alloy Anodised 27 Tension adjustment bolt Chromium molybdenum steel Chromating
237
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
n x Ø 4.5 depth 3
4
48
LEFB
170
D x 170 (=E) 25 3
B
LECA6
(L)
(112) Stroke 55
(2.2)
(3) Encoder Z phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5
Motor cable (Ø 7)
(163)
M4 x 0.7
38.5
38
48
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
24
6
6.5
12.5
17
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
58
Ø 3H9 (+0.025
0 ) 102 Belt tension adjustment bolt
depth 3 (M3: Width across flats 2.5)
Body mounting 64
4 x M5 x 0.8
50
38
LEFS
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3
AC Servo Motor
LEFB
(75) (1.4)
(2.2)
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E Encoder cable (Ø 7)
300 552 306 467 6 2 340 Motor cable (Ø 7)
(206)
400 652 406 567 8 3 510

500 752 506 667 8 3 510
600 852 606 767 10 4 680
700 952 706 867 10 4 680
800 1052 806 967 12 5 850
900 1152 906 1067 14 6 1020
1000 1252 1006 1167 14 6 1020
1100 1352 1106 1267 16 7 1190
1200 1452 1206 1367 16 7 1190
1300 1552 1306 1467 18 8 1360
LEFG
1400 1652 1406 1567 20 9 1530

1500 1752 1506 1667 20 9 1530
1700 1952 1706 1867 22 10 1700
Specific Product
Precautions
238
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor

3H9 (+0.025 )
n x Ø 4.5 0
depth 3
4
48
170
D x 170 (=E) 25 3
B
(L) Tension adjustment bolt

(M3: Width across flats 2.5)
(112) Stroke 55
58
M4 x 0.7 38
38.5
48
thread depth 8
(F.G. terminal)
24
6
6.5
12.5
(162.5)
17
(117)
Motor cable (Ø 7)
Ø 3H9 (+0.025 ) (2.2)

0 102
depth 3
4 x M5 x 0.8 64
Body mounting
50
38
3.5
3H9 (+0.025
0 )
depth 3

75 (1.4)
Dimensions [mm] Encoder cable (Ø 7)

Stroke L A B n D E
(205.5)
300 552 306 467 6 2 340

(155)
400 652 406 567 8 3 510 Motor cable (Ø 7)

500 752 506 667 8 3 510
600 852 606 767 10 4 680
700 952 706 867 10 4 680
800 1052 806 967 12 5 850
900 1152 906 1067 14 6 1020
(2.2)
1000 1252 1006 1167 14 6 1020

1100 1352 1106 1267 16 7 1190
1200 1452 1206 1367 16 7 1190
1300 1552 1306 1467 18 8 1360
1400 1652 1406 1567 20 9 1530
1500 1752 1506 1667 20 9 1530
239
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS
5H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x Ø 5.5 depth 5
6
60
LEFB
200
D x 200 (=E) 15 5
B
LECA6
( L)
(65) Stroke 65
(2.2)
Motor cable (Ø 7)
(188.5)
60 48
46.8
55
30
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
70
(M4: Width across flats 7)
Ø 5H9 (+0.030
0 ) 122
depth 5
4 x M6 x 1 70
Body mounting
60
44
6
LEFS
5.5
M4 x 0.7 8 5H9 (+0.030 )

0
AC Servo Motor
(F.G. terminal)
LEFB
96 (1.4)
(2.2)
Dimensions [mm]
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Stroke L A B n D E
300 590 306 430 6 2 400 Encoder cable (Ø 7)
400 690 406 530 6 2 400 Motor cable (Ø 7)
(220.5)
500 790 506 630 8 3 600

600 890 606 730 8 3 600
700 990 706 830 10 4 800
800 1090 806 930 10 4 800
900 1190 906 1030 12 5 1000
1000 1290 1006 1130 12 5 1000
1100 1390 1106 1230 14 6 1200
1200 1490 1206 1330 14 6 1200
1300 1590 1306 1430 16 7 1400
1400 1690 1406 1530 16 7 1400
LEFG
1500 1790 1506 1630 18 8 1600

1600 1890 1606 1730 18 8 1600
1800 2090 1806 1930 20 9 1800
Specific Product
Precautions
240
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor

5H9 (+0.030
0 )
n x Ø 5.5
depth 5
6
60
200
D x 200 (=E) 15 5
B
( L)
(65) Stroke 65
(3) Encoder Z phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5 70
48
60
46.8
55
30
(188)
(130.5)
Motor cable (Ø 7)
(2.2)
Ø 5H9 (+0.030
0 ) Tension adjustment bolt
122
depth 5 (M4: Width across flats 7)
4 x M6 x 1 70
Body mounting
60
44
6
5.5
M4 x 0.7 8
5H9 (+0.030
0 )
(F.G. terminal)

96 (1.4)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
300 590 306 430 6 2 400
400 690 406 530 6 2 400
500 790 506 630 8 3 600
(220)
600 890 606 730 8 3 600

(162.5)
700 990 706 830 10 4 800 Encoder cable (Ø 7)

800 1090 806 930 10 4 800 Motor cable (Ø 7)
900 1190 906 1030 12 5 1000
1000 1290 1006 1130 12 5 1000
1100 1390 1106 1230 14 6 1200
1200 1490 1206 1330 14 6 1200
(2.2)
1300 1590 1306 1430 16 7 1400

1400 1690 1406 1530 16 7 1400
1500 1790 1506 1630 18 8 1600
1600 1890 1606 1730 18 8 1600
241
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

LEFS
n x Ø 6.6 6H9 (+0.030
0 )
depth 6
7
76
LEFB
200
D x 200 (=E) 60 5
B
LECA6
(L)
(3.1)
(89) Stroke 89
(3) 3 ±1.5
Encoder Z phase detecting position Note 3)
(214)
61
68
53.8
60.5
31
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Motor cable (Ø 7) Tension adjustment bolt
90
Encoder cable (Ø 7) Ø 6H9 (+0.030
0 ) (M5: Width across flats 8)
depth 7 170
Body mounting 4 x M8 x 1.25 106
reference plane Note 1) thread depth 13 60
Motor cable (Ø 7)
58
74
7
LEFS
7
M4 x 0.7 8
6H9 (+0.030
0 )
AC Servo Motor
thread depth 8
depth 7
(F.G. terminal)

97 (1.4)
LEFB
Motor cable (Ø 7)
(3.1)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
LECY LECSS-T LECS
300 641.5 306 478 6 2 400

400 741.5 406 578 6 2 400
500 841.5 506 678 8 3 600
(243)
600 941.5 606 778 8 3 600

700 1041.5 706 878 10 4 800
800 1141.5 806 978 10 4 800
900 1241.5 906 1078 12 5 1000
1000 1341.5 1006 1178 12 5 1000
1100 1441.5 1106 1278 14 6 1200
1200 1541.5 1206 1378 14 6 1200
1300 1641.5 1306 1478 16 7 1400
1400 1741.5 1406 1578 16 7 1400
1500 1841.5 1506 1678 18 8 1600 Encoder cable (Ø 7)
LEFG
1600 1941.5 1606 1778 18 8 1600

1800 2141.5 1806 1978 20 9 1800
1900 2241.5 1906 2078 22 10 2000
Specific Product
Precautions
242
Series LEFB
AC Servo Motor

6H9 (+0.030 )
n x Ø 6.6 0
depth 6
7
76
200
D x 200 (=E) 60 5
B
( L)
Stroke 89 90
(89)
(3) Encoder Z phase detecting position Note 3) 3 ±1.5 61
60.5
31
68
53.8
(213.5)
(148)
(3.1)
Encoder cable (Ø 7) Ø 6H9 (+0.030 )
0
Motor cable (Ø 7) depth 7 170
Body mounting 4 x M8 x 1.25 106 Tension adjustment bolt
reference plane Note 1) thread depth 13 60 (M5: Width across flats 8)
58
74
7
M4 x 0.7 8
6H9 (+0.030
0 )
thread depth 8
depth 7
(F.G. terminal)

97 (1.4)
Dimensions [mm]
Stroke L A B n D E
300 641.5 306 478 6 2 400
400 741.5 406 578 6 2 400
500 841.5 506 678 8 3 600
(242.5)
600 941.5 606 778 8 3 600

700 1041.5 706 878 10 4 800
(177)
800 1141.5 806 978 10 4 800

900 1241.5 906 1078 12 5 1000
1000 1341.5 1006 1178 12 5 1000
1100 1441.5 1106 1278 14 6 1200
1200 1541.5 1206 1378 14 6 1200
1300 1641.5 1306 1478 16 7 1400
(3.1)
1400 1741.5 1406 1578 16 7 1400 Encoder cable (Ø 7)

1500 1841.5 1506 1678 18 8 1600 Motor cable (Ø 7)
1600 1941.5 1606 1778 18 8 1600
1800 2141.5 1806 1978 20 9 1800 set the height of the opposite surface or pin to be 3 mm or more because
1900 2241.5 1906 2078 22 10 2000 Note 2) Distance within which the table can move when it returns to origin. Make
243
LEF
Series
Electric Actuator/
Selection
Model
LEFS
Design Handling
Caution Caution
1. Do not apply a load in excess of the operating limit. 1. Do not allow the table to hit the end of stroke.
LEFB
Select a suitable actuator by load and allowable moment. If When incorrect instructions are inputted, such as using the
the product is used outside of the operating limit, the eccentric product outside of the operating limit or operation outside of
load applied to the guide will be excessive and have adverse actual stroke through changes in the controller/driver setting
effects such as creating play on the guide, degrading accuracy and/or origin position, the table may collide against the stroke
LECA6
and shortening the life of the product. end of the actuator. Check these points before use.
If the table collides against the stroke end of the actuator, the
guide, belt or internal stopper can be broken. This may lead to
abnormal operation.
to it.
This can cause a failure.
Selection
Handle the actuator with care when it is used in the vertical
Warning direction as the workpiece will fall freely from its own weight.
1. Do not increase the speed in excess of the operating 2. The actual speed of this actuator is affected by the
limit. work load and stroke.
Select a suitable actuator by the relationship between the Check the model selection section of the catalogue.
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
allowable work load and speed, and the allowable speed of 3. Do not apply a load, impact or resistance in addition
each stroke. If the product is used outside of the operating to the transferred load during return to origin.
Additional force will be cause the displacement of the origin
degrading accuracy and shortening the life of the product.
4. Do not dent, scratch or cause other damage to the
to it.
This can cause a failure. This may cause unevenness in the mounting surface, play in
LEFS
3. When the product repeatedly cycles with partial
5. Do not apply strong impact or an excessive moment
AC Servo Motor
strokes (see the table below), operate it at a full
stroke at least once every 10 dozens of cycles. while mounting a workpiece.
Otherwise, lubrication can run out. If an external force over the allowable moment is applied, it
may cause play in the guide or an increase in the sliding
LEFB
resistance.
LEFS32 70 mm or less 6. Keep the flatness of mounting surface should be
LEFS40 105 mm or less within 0.1 mm/500 mm. LECY LECSS-T LECS
Unevenness of a workpiece or base mounted on the body of
4. When external force is applied to the table, it is the product may cause play in the guide and an increase in the
necessary to add external force to the work load as sliding resistance.
7. When mounting the product, keep a 40 mm or
When a cable duct or flexible moving tube is attached to the longer diameter for bends in the cable.
lead to operational failure of the product.
8. Do not hit the table with the workpiece in the
(3 times the motor rated torque) as default. 9. There is a type where grease is applied to the dust
seal band for sliding. When wiping off the grease to
remove foreign matter etc., be sure to apply it again.
“Position control mode”, “Speed control mode” or “Positioning
LEFG
mode”. When the product is operated with a smaller value than 10. For bottom mounting, the dust seal band may be
the default, acceleration when driving can decrease. Set the deflected.
value after confirming the actual device to be used.
Specific Product
Precautions
244
LEF
Series
Electric Actuator/
Handling Maintenance
Caution Warning
11. When mounting the product, use screws with adequate Maintenance frequency
length and tighten them with adequate torque. Perform maintenance according to the table below.
Tightening the screws with a higher torque than recommended may Frequency Appearance check Internal check
cause a malfunction, whilst the tightening with a lower torque can cause Inspection before
the displacement of the mounting position or in extreme conditions the —
daily operation
actuator could become detached from its mounting position. Inspection every
6 months/1000 km/
Body fixed 5 million cycles∗
ØA
L ∗ Select whichever comes sooner.

Max. tightening ØA L 1. Loose set screws, Abnormal dirt
Model Screw size
torque [N·m] [mm] [mm] 2. Check of flaw and cable joint
LEF25 M4 1.5 4.5 24 3. Vibration, Noise
LEF32 M5 3 5.5 30
LEF40 M6 5.2 6.6 31 • Items for internal check
Body mounting example 2. Loose or mechanical play in fixed parts or fixing screws.
Body mounting
reference plane
Positioning pin
Positioning pin
Positioning pin
(Housing B bottom)
Positioning pin
The traveling parallelism is the reference plane for the body mounting
reference plane. If the traveling parallelism for a table is required, set the
reference plane against positioning pins etc.
Workpiece fixed
Screw Max. tightening L (Max. screw-in

Model
size torque [N·m] depth) [mm]
L
LEF25 M5 x 0.8 3.0 8

LEF32 M6 x 1 5.2 9
LEF40 M8 x 1.25 12.5 13
To prevent the workpiece retaining screws from touching the body, use
bolts that are 0.5 mm or shorter than the maximum screw-in depth. If long
screws are used, they can touch the body and cause a malfunction etc.
12. Do not operate by fixing the table and moving the actuator body.
13. Check the specifications for the minimum speed of each actuator.
Otherwise, unexpected malfunctions, such as knocking, may occur.
14. The belt drive actuator cannot be used vertically for applications.
245
-# Type
e
-@ Type
Compatible
Absolute Type
Absolute Type
Series
Series
Electric Actuators
LECYU
LECYM
246

Precautions
Compatible

Absolute Type
Series LECYM/LECYU
( -@ Type
) ( -# Type
) RoHS
How to Order
Driver LECY M 2
Driver type
LECYM LECY
LECYU
CYU
MECHATROLINK-2 type
M (For absolute encoder)
Compatible motor type
MECHATROLINK-3 type Symbol Type Capacity Encoder
U (For absolute encoder)
V5 AC servo motor (V6 ∗2) 100 W
V7 AC servo motor (V7 ∗2) 200 W Absolute
Power supply voltage V8 AC servo motor (V8 ∗2) 400 W
2 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz ∗1 If the I/O signal connector (CN 1 ) is required, order the part number “LE-
CYNA” separately.
∗2 The symbol shows the motor type (actuator).
Dimensions
-@ type
LECYM2-V Connector name Description

140 (For LECYM쏔-V5, V7) CN1 I/O signal connector
170 (For LECYM쏔-V8) B A CN2 Encoder connector
C
CN3 Note) Digital operator connector

e q CN6A MECHATROLINK-2communication connector
CN6 A/B CN6B MECHATROLINK-2communication connector
CN7 PC connector
CN8 Safety connector
CN3
Note) Digital operator is JUSP-OP05A-1-E manu-
CN7 factured by YASKAWA Electric Corporation.
When using the digital operator, it should be
150
provided by the customer.

CN1
Motor Hole Mounting dimensions Mounting
capacity position A B C D hole
V5 (100 W) qw 5 — 5 5
CN8 V7 (200 W) qw 5 — 5 5 Ø5
CN2 V8 (400 W) we 5 5 5 5
∗ The mounting hole position varies depending on
the motor capacity.
4 40 w
D
-# type
LECYU2-V 140 (For LECYU쏔-V5,V7) Connector name Description

170 (For LECYU쏔-V8) B A CN1 I/O signal connector
C

e q CN3 Note) Digital operator connector
CN6A MECHATROLINK-3communication connector
CN6 A/B
CN6B MECHATROLINK-3communication connector
CN7 PC connector
CN3 CN8 Safety connector
Note) Digital operator is JUSP-OP05A-1-E manu-
CN7 factured by YASKAWA Electric Corporation.
150
When using the digital operator, it should be

CN1 provided by the customer.
Motor Hole Mounting dimensions Mounting
capacity position A B C D hole
CN8 V5 (100 W) qw 5 — 5 5
V7 (200 W) qw 5 — 5 5 Ø5
CN2
V8 (400 W) we 5 5 5 5
∗ The mounting hole position varies depending on
4 40 w
D
the motor capacity.
247
M
AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECY U
Selection
Model
Specifications

-@ Type
LEFS
Model LECYM2-V5 LECYM2-V7 LECYM2-V8
Compatible encoder
Main circuit power Power voltage [V] Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
LEFB
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Three phase 170 to 253 VAC
Control power supply
Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Power supply capacity (at rated output) [A] 0.91 1.6 2.8
LECA6
Input circuit NPN (Sink circuit)/PNP (Source circuit)
[Initial allocation]
· Homing deceleration switch (/DEC)
· External latch (/EXT 1 to 3)
Number of · Forward run prohibited (P-OT), reverse run prohibited (N-OT)
Parallel input 7
optional
(7 inputs) inputs [Can be allocated by setting the parameters.]
allocations
· Forward external torque limit (/P-CL), reverse external torque limit (/N-CL)
Signal allocations can be performed, and positive and negative logic can be changed.
Number of fixed allocations 1 output · Servo alarm (ALM)
· Lock (/BK)
[Can be allocated by setting the parameters.]
· Positioning completion (/COIN)
· Speed limit detection (/VLT)
Parallel output Number of · Speed coincidence detection (/V-CMP)
3
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
(4 outputs) optional · Rotation detection (/TGON)
outputs
allocations · Warning (/WARN)
· Servo ready (/S-RDY)
· Near (/NEAR)
· Torque limit detection (/CLT)
Communication protocol MECHATROLINK-2
Station address 41H to 5FH
Communication speed 10 Mbps
LEFS
MECHATROLINK
Communication cycle 250 μs, 0.5 ms to 4 ms (Multiples of 0.5 ms)
communication
Number of transmission bytes 17 bytes, 32 bytes
AC Servo Motor
Max. number of stations 30
Cable length Overall cable length: 50 m or less, Cable length between the stations: 0.5 m or more
Control method Position, speed, or torque control with MECHATROLINK-2 communication
Command method MECHATROLINK-2 command
LEFB
Command input
(Motion, data setting, monitoring or adjustment)
Gain adjustment Tuning-less/Advanced autotuning/One-parameter tuning
Communication setting USB communication, RS-422 communication
Torque limit Internal torque limit, external torque limit, and torque limit by analogue command
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Function Encoder output Phase A, B, Z: Line driver output

Emergency stop CN8 Safety function
Overtravel Dynamic brake stop, deceleration to a stop, or free run to a stop at P-OT or N-OT
Alarm Alarm signal, MECHATROLINK-2 command
Storage temperature range [°C] -20 to 85 (No freezing)
Insulation resistance [MΩ] 10 MΩ (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 900 1000
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
248
M
Series LECY U
Specifications
-# Type
Model LECYU2-V5 LECYU2-V7 LECYU2-V8
Compatible encoder
Main circuit power Power voltage [V] Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Three phase 170 to 253 VAC
Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Power supply capacity (at rated output) [A] 0.91 1.6 2.8
Input circuit NPN (Sink circuit)/PNP (Source circuit)
· Homing deceleration switch (/DEC)
· External latch (/EXT 1 to 3)
Number of · Forward run prohibited (P-OT), reverse run prohibited (N-OT)
Parallel input 7
optional
(7 inputs) inputs [Can be allocated by setting the parameters.]
allocations
· Forward external torque limit (/P-CL), reverse external torque limit (/N-CL)
Number of fixed allocations 1 output · Servo alarm (ALM)
· Lock (/BK)
[Can be allocated by setting the parameters.]
· Positioning completion (/COIN)
· Speed limit detection (/VLT)
Parallel output Number of · Speed coincidence detection (/V-CMP)
(4 outputs) 3
optional · Rotation detection (/TGON)
outputs
allocations · Warning (/WARN)
· Servo ready (/S-RDY)
· Near (/NEAR)
· Torque limit detection (/CLT)
Communication protocol MECHATROLINK-3
Station address 03H to EFH
Communication speed 100 Mbps
MECHATROLINK
Communication cycle 125 μs, 250 μs, 500 μs, 750 μs, 1 ms to 4 ms (Multiples of 0.5 ms)
communication
Number of transmission bytes 16 bytes, 32 bytes, 48 bytes,
Max. number of stations 62
Cable length Cable length between the stations: 0.5 m or more, 75 m or less
Control method Position, speed, or torque control with MECHATROLINK-3 communication
Command method MECHATROLINK-3 command
Command input
(Motion, data setting, monitoring or adjustment)
Gain adjustment Tuning-less/Advanced autotuning/One-parameter tuning
Communication setting USB communication, RS-422 communication
Torque limit Internal torque limit, external torque limit, and torque limit by analogue command
Function Encoder output Phase A, B, Z: Line driver output
Emergency stop CN8 Safety function
Overtravel Dynamic brake stop, deceleration to a stop, or free run to a stop at P-OT or N-OT
Alarm Alarm signal, MECHATROLINK-3 command
Storage temperature range [°C] –20 to 85 (No freezing)
Insulation resistance [MΩ] 10 MΩ (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 900 1000
249
M
Selection
Model
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECY

Three phase 200 V LECYM2-
LEFS
LECYU2-
R S T
1QF
LEFB
3SA
U
1FLT V M
2KM
L1 W
L2
L3
LECA6
1KM
L1C ENC
L2C
(For servo alarm +24 V

B1/ CN1
1Ry display) 3 ALM+ 1Ry
B2

1PL B3
Servo power Servo power 1 4 ALM− 1D 0V
supply ON supply OFF 1KM 2
1KM 1SA
2KM
1KM 1Ry
1Ry : Relay
2SA
1PL : Indicator light
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
1QF : Molded-case circuit breaker 1SA : Surge absorber
1FLT: Noise filter 2SA : Surge absorber
1KM : Magnetic contactor (for control power supply) 3SA : Surge absorber
2KM : Magnetic contactor (for main circuit power supply) 1D : Flywheel diode
∗ For the LECY2-V5, LECY2-V7 and LECY2-V8, terminals B2 and B3 are not short-circuited.
Do not short-circuit these terminals.
Main circuit
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector ∗ Accessory
LEFS
L1
Main circuit power
AC Servo Motor
L2 Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L2
supply
L3 Three phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L2, L3 L2
L1C Connect the control power supply.
L2C Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1C, L2C L3
B1/ + External regenerative
LEFB
When the regenerative resistor is required, connect it
B2 resistor
between terminals B1 + and B2. L1C
B3 connection terminal
−1 Main circuit negative
− 1 and − 2 are connected at shipment.
−2 terminal L2C
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Motor Connector ∗ Accessory

B1/ +
U Servo motor power (U)
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W). B2
B3
Power Supply Wire Specifications
Item Specifications
−1
Applicable L1, L2, L3, L1C, L2C
wire size Single wire, Twisted wire, AWG14 (2.0 mm2)
−2
Stripped wire
length Motor connector
LEFG
8 to 9 mm
U
Specific Product
V
Precautions
250
M
Series LECY U
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECYM
Photo-coupler output
Max. operating voltage: 30 VDC
LECYM2 Max. output current: 50 mA DC
CN1
for sequence signal +24 VIN +24 V 6 3.3 kΩ 3 ALM+
Alarm output
Note 2)
Forward run prohibited 4 ALM– (OFF when alarm occurs)
P-OT 7
(Prohibited when OFF) 1 SO1+/BK+
Lock output
Reverse run prohibited N-OT 8 2 SO1–/BK–
(ON when lock released)
(Prohibited when OFF) 23 /SO2+
Homing deceleration switch /DEC 9 24 /SO2–

(Decelerated when ON) General purpose output
25 /SO3+
External latch signal 1 /EXT1 10 26 /SO3–

(Latched when ON) Note 1)
Note 4)
17 PAO
Encoder output
External latch signal 2 /EXT2 11 18 /PAO pulse phase A
(Latched when ON) Applicable line receiver:
Note 4)
19 PBO SN75ALS175 or
External latch signal 3 /EXT3 12 Encoder output
20 /PBO MC3486 manufactured
(Latched when ON) pulse phase B
by Texas Instruments
Note 4) or the equivalent.
General purpose input /SIO 13 21 PCO
Encoder output
22 /PCO pulse phase C
16 SG
Switch CN8
/HWBB1+ 4
24 V
Fuse
/HWBB1– 3
8 EDM1+
Safety Note 3)
Note 5)
/HWBB2+ 6
7
EDM1–
/HWBB2– 5
0V
Driver
Connector
shell
FG Connect shield to connector shell.
Note 1) shows twisted-pair wires.

Note 2) The 24 VDC power supply is not included. Use a 24 VDC power supply with double insulation or reinforced insulation.
Note 3) When using the safety function, a safety function device must be connected to the wiring that is necessary to activate the safety function. Otherwise,
the servo motor is not turned ON. When not using the safety function, use the driver with the Safety Jumper Connector (provided as an accessory)
inserted into the CN8.
Note 4) Always use line receivers to receive the output signals.
∗ The functions allocated to the input signals /DEC, P-OT, N-OT, /EXT1, /EXT2 and /EXT3, and the output signals /SO1, /SO2 and /SO3 can be changed
by setting the parameters.
Note 5) Compatible with the HWBB function (STO function (IEC61800-5-2)).
251
M
Selection
Model
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECYU
LEFS
Photo-coupler output
Max. operating voltage: 30 VDC
LECYU2 Max. output current: 50 mA DC
CN1
LEFB
for sequence signal +24 VIN +24 V 6 3.3 kΩ 3 ALM+
Alarm output
Note 2)
Forward run prohibited 4 ALM– (OFF when alarm occurs)
P-OT 7
(Prohibited when OFF) 1 SO1+/BK+
Lock output
Reverse run prohibited N-OT 8 2 SO1–/BK–
LECA6
(ON when lock released)
(Prohibited when OFF) 23 /SO2+
Homing deceleration switch /DEC 9 24 /SO2–

(Decelerated when ON) General purpose output
25 /SO3+
External latch signal 1 /EXT1 10 26 /SO3–

(Latched when ON) Note 1) Note 4)
17 PAO
Encoder output
External latch signal 2 /EXT2 11 18 /PAO pulse phase A
(Latched when ON) Applicable line receiver:
Note 4)
19 PBO SN75ALS175 or
External latch signal 3 /EXT3 12 Encoder output
20 /PBO MC3486 manufactured
(Latched when ON) pulse phase B
by Texas Instruments or
Note 4) the equivalent.
General purpose input /SIO 13 21 PCO
Encoder output
22 /PCO pulse phase C
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
16 SG
Switch
CN8
/HWBB1+ 4
24 V
Fuse
/HWBB1– 3
8 EDM1+
Safety Note 3)
Note 5)
/HWBB2+ 6
7
EDM1–
LEFS
/HWBB2– 5
0V
Driver
AC Servo Motor
Connector
shell
FG Connect shield to connector shell.
LEFB
LECY LECSS-T LECS
Note 1) shows twisted-pair wires.

Note 2) The 24 VDC power supply is not included. Use a 24 VDC power supply with double insulation or reinforced insulation.
Note 3) When using the safety function, a safety function device must be connected to the wiring that is necessary to activate the safety function. Otherwise,
the servo motor is not turned ON. When not using the safety function, use the driver with the Safety Jumper Connector (provided as an accessory)
inserted into the CN8.
Note 4) Always use line receivers to receive the output signals.
∗ The functions allocated to the input signals /DEC, P-OT, N-OT, /EXT1, /EXT2 and /EXT3, and the output signals /SO1, /SO2 and /SO3 can be changed
by setting the parameters.
Note 5) Compatible with the HWBB function (STO function (IEC61800-5-2)).
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
252
M
Series LECY U
Options
Motor cable, Motor cable for lock option, Encoder cable (LECYM/LECYU common)
LE CY M S 5 A 5
Motor type Motor capacity
Y AC servo motor 5 100 W
7 200/400 W
Cable description ∗ For encoder cable, the suffix “–” (Motor capacity) is not necessary.
M Motor cable
B Motor cable for lock option
Direction of connector
Encoder cable
E Axis side
(With battery case)
Cable type A
S Standard cable
R Robotic cable
Cable length (L) [m] ∗ The cable entry direction is axis side only.
3 3
5 5
A 10
C 20
LE-CYM-A-: Motor cable

L 50
Ø7
M4 Crimped terminal
LE-CYB-A-: Motor cable for lock option

L 50
Ø7
3-M4 Crimped terminal
LE-CYE-A: Encoder cable

L
(60) (100)
12
ØD
(7)
19
2 1
4 3
6 5
25
(32)
Product no. ØD Battery case

Depth dimension: 25 mm
LE-CYE-SA 6.5
LE-CYE-RA 6.8
∗ LE-CYM-SA- is JZSP-CSM0--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LE-CYB-SA- is JZSP-CSM1--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LE-CYE-SA is JZSP-CSP05--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LE-CYM-RA- is JZSP-CSM2--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LE-CYB-RA- is JZSP-CSM3--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LE-CYE-RA is JZSP-CSP25--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
253
M
Selection
Model
Options

I/O connector
LEFS
LE CYN A LE-CYNA
Driver type
37.2
A LECYM2, LECYU2
LEFB
39
∗ LE-CYNA: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit) manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited or equivalent

item.
LECA6
∗ Conductor size: AWG24 to 30.
I/O cable
LEC CSN A 1
Driver type
A LECYM2, LECYU2 Cable length (L) [m]
1 1.5
Pin no. n Driver side PLC side

JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Pin 1 90 15 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited or equivalent item.
H

øD
T 100 80
U W 1500
A side B side
Wiring
LEFS
LEC-CSNA-1: Pin no. 1 to 26
AC Servo Motor
1 Red 11 Red 21 Red
1 Orange 6 Orange 11 Orange
A side
3 Light Red 13 Light Red 23 Light Red
LEFB
2 7 12
4 grey Black 14 grey Black 24 grey Black
A side
A side
5 Red 15 Red 25 Red

3 White 8 White 13 White
7 Red 17 Red
4 Yellow 9 Yellow
LECY LECSS-T LECS
8 Black 18 Black
9 Red 19 Red
5 Pink 10 Pink
10 Black 20 Black

Product no. Ø D Product no. W H T U Pin no. n
LEC-CSNA-1 11.1 LEC-CSNA-1 39 37.2 12.7 14 14
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
254
M
Series LECY U
Options
cable type
LEC CY M 1
Motor type Cable length (L)
Y AC servo motor L∗ 0.2 m
J 0.5 m
Cable description 1 1m
M MECHATROLINK-2cable 3 3m
U MECHATROLINK-3cable ∗ Not available for the
MECHATROLINK-2cable.
∗ LEC-CYM- is JEPMC-W6002--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.

∗ LEC-CYU- is JEPMC-W6012--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
-@ cable
L
16
Ø4
19
46
-# cable
33 L
Ø 4.8
10.7
11
Terminating connector for -@
LEC CYRM
∗ LEC-CYRM is JEPMC-W6022-E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
19
16
46
255
M
Selection
Model
Options
LEFS
USB cable
LEFB
PC
LECYM2 LECYU2
CY
Drivers
Setup software (SigmaWin+TM) (LECYM/LECYU common)
LECA6
∗ Please download the SigmaWin+TM via our website.
SigmaWin+TM is a registered trademark or trademark of YASKAWA Electric Corporation.
Compatible PC
When using setup software (SigmaWin+TM), use an IBM PC/AT compatible PC that meets the following operating conditions.
Equipment Setup software (SigmaWin+TM)
OS Windows® XP Note 5), Windows Vista®, Windows® 7 (32-bit/64-bit)
Note 1) 2) 3) 4)
PC Available HD space 350 MB or more (When the software is installed, 400 MB or more is recommended.)
Communication interface Use USB port.
XVGA monitor (1024 x 768 or more, “The small font is used.”)
Display 256 colour or more (65536 colour or more is recommended.)
The connectable with the above PC
Keyboard The connectable with the above PC
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Mouse The connectable with the above PC
Printer The connectable with the above PC
USB cable LEC-JZ-CVUSB Note 6)
Other Adobe Reader Ver. 5.0 or higher (∗ Except Ver. 6.0)
Note 1) Windows, Windows Vista®, Windows® 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Note 2) On some PCs, this software may not run properly.
Note 3) Not compatible with 64-bit Windows® XP and 64-bit Windows Vista®.
Note 4) For Windows® XP, please use it by the administrator authority (When installing and using it.).
Note 5) In PC that uses the program to correct the problem of HotfixQ328310, it is likely to fail in the installation. In that case, please use the program to
correct the problem of HotfixQ329623.
LEFS
Note 6) Order USB cable separately.
AC Servo Motor
Battery (LECYM/LECYU common)
LEC JZ CVBAT
∗ JZSP-BA01 manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LEFB
Battery for replacement.
Absolute position data is maintained by installing the battery to
the battery case of the encoder cable. LECY LECSS-T LECS
USB cable (2.5 m) Cable for safety function device (3 m)

LEC JZ CVUSB LEC JZ CVSAF
∗ JZSP-CVS06-02-E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD. ∗ JZSP-CVH03-03-E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
Cable for connecting PC and driver when using the setup Cable for connecting the driver and device
software (SigmaWin+TM). when using the safety function.
Do not use any cable other than this cable. Do not use any cable other than this cable.
2500
10 to 20 (33) 3000
(20)
Ø 4.0
Ø6
LEFG
(100) (55)
Specific Product
Precautions
256
Series LECYM/LECYU
AC Servo Motor Driver/
Design/Selection Handling
Warning Warning
1. Use the specified voltage. 9. Static electricity may cause a malfunction or damage
If the applied voltage is higher than the specified voltage, the driver. Do not touch the driver while power is
malfunction and damage to the driver may result. If the applied supplied to it.
voltage is lower than the specified voltage, there is a possibility Take sufficient safety measures to eliminate static electricity when
that the load cannot be moved due to internal voltage drop. Check it is necessary to touch the driver for maintenance.
the operating voltage prior to start. Also, confirm that the operating
voltage does not drop below the specified voltage during operation. 10. Do not use the products in an area where they could be
exposed to dust, metallic powder, machining chips or
2. Do not use the products outside the specifications. splashes of water, oil or chemicals.
Otherwise, fire, malfunction or damage to the driver/actuator can
Otherwise, a failure or malfunction can result.
result. Check the specifications before use.
11. Do not use the products in a magnetic field.
3. Install an emergency stop circuit.
Install an emergency stop outside the enclosure in easy reach to
the operator so that the operator can stop the system operation 12. Do not use the products in an environment where
immediately and intercept the power supply. flammable, explosive or corrosive gases, liquids or
4. To prevent danger and damage due to a breakdown or other substances are present.
malfunction of these products, which may occur at a Otherwise, fire, explosion or corrosion can result.
certain probability, a backup system should be arranged 13. Avoid heat radiation from strong heat sources, such as
in advance by using a multiple-layered structure or by direct sunlight or a hot furnace.
making a fail-safe equipment design etc. Otherwise, it will cause a failure to the driver or its peripheral
5. If there is a risk of fire or personal injury due to devices.
abnormal heat generation, sparking, smoke generated 14. Do not use the products in an environment with cyclic
by the product, etc., cut off the power supply from this temperature changes.
product and the system immediately. Otherwise, it will cause a failure to the driver or its peripheral
devices.
Handling 15. Do not use the products in an environment where surges

are generated.
Devices (solenoid type lifters, high frequency induction furnaces,
Warning motors, etc.) that generate a large amount of surge around the
product may lead to deterioration or damage to the internal circuits
1. Never touch the inside of the driver and its peripheral of the products. Avoid supplies of surge generation and crossed
devices. lines.
Otherwise, electric shock or failure can result.
16. Do not install these products in a place subject to
2. Do not operate or set up this equipment with wet hands. vibration and impact.
Otherwise, electric shock can result. Otherwise, a malfunction or failure can result.
3. Do not use a product that is damaged or missing any 17. When a surge generating load such as a relay or
components. solenoid valve is directly driven, use a product that
Electric shock, fire or injury can result. incorporates a surge absorption element.
4. Use only the specified combination between the
electric actuator and driver. Mounting
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the driver or to the other
equipment.
5. Be careful not to touch, get caught or hit by the Warning
workpiece while the actuator is moving. 1. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on fireproof
An injury can result. material.
6. Do not connect the power supply or power up the Direct installation on or near flammable material may cause fire.
product until it is confirmed that the workpiece can be 2. Do not install these products in a place subject to
moved safely within the area that can be reached by vibration and impact.
the workpiece. Otherwise, a malfunction or failure can result.
Otherwise, the movement of the workpiece may cause an accident. 3. The driver should be mounted on a vertical wall in a
7. Do not touch the product when it is energised and for vertical direction.
some time after the power has been disconnected, as Also, do not cover the driver’s suction/exhaust ports.
it is very hot. 4. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on a flat
Otherwise, it may cause burns due to the high temperature. surface.
8. Check the voltage using a tester at least 5 minutes after If the mounting surface is not flat or uneven, excessive force may
power-off when performing installation, wiring and be applied to the housing and other parts resulting in a
maintenance. malfunction.
Otherwise, electric shock, fire or injury can result.
257
Series LECYM/LECYU
AC Servo Motor Driver/
Selection
Model
LEFS
Power Supply Maintenance
Caution Warning
1. Use a power supply with low noise between lines and 1. Perform maintenance checks periodically.
LEFB
between power and ground. Confirm wiring and screws are not loose.
In cases where noise is high, use an isolation transformer. Loose screws or wires may cause unexpected malfunction.
2. Take appropriate measures to prevent surges from 2. Conduct an appropriate functional inspection and test
lightning. Ground the surge absorber for lightning after completed maintenance.
LECA6
separately from the grounding of the driver and its In case of any abnormalities (if the actuator does not move or the
peripheral devices. equipment does not operate properly etc.), stop the operation of
the system.
Otherwise, unexpected malfunction may occur and safety cannot
Wiring be assured.
Conduct a test of the emergency stop to confirm the safety of the
equipment.
0.08
LEFS32
(L = 30 mm)
Warning
0.06 LEFS40
Displacement [mm]
(L = 37 mm)
LEFS25
(L = 25 mm)
0.04
0.02
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Load W [N]
3. Do not disassemble, modify or repair the driver or its

1. The driver will be damaged if a commercial power peripheral devices.
,
supply (100V/200V) is added to the driver s servo motor 4. Do not put anything conductive or flammable inside
power (U, V, W). Be sure to check wiring such as wiring the driver.
mistakes when the power supply is turned on. Otherwise, fire can result.
2. Connect the ends of the U, V, W wires from the motor 5. Do not conduct an insulation resistance test or
cable correctly to the phases (U, V, W) of the servo insulation withstand voltage test.
motor power. If these wires do not match up, it is
6. Reserve sufficient space for maintenance.
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
unable to control the servo motor.
Design the system so that it allows required space for
maintenance.
Grounding
Warning
1. For grounding actuator, connect the copper wire of the
,
actuator to the driver s protective earth (PE) terminal
and connect the copper wire of the driver to the earth
,
LEFS
via the control panel s protective earth (PE) terminal.
,
Do not connect them directly to the control panel s
AC Servo Motor
protective earth (PE) terminal.
Control panel
LEFB
Driver
PE terminal Actuator
LECY LECSS-T LECS
2. In the unlikely event that malfunction is caused by the

ground, it may be disconnected.
LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
258
Support Guide/Series (11-)LEFG Clean Room Specification
Model Selection
Rated Load Table Displacement (Reference Value)
Unit: [N]
Rated load LEFG16 LEFG25 LEFG32 LEFG40
Basic dynamic rated load 6250 8950 16500 22700
Basic static rated load 8350 13900 22000 34500 L W
A side
B side
: 0.08
LEFG32
@ C side Displacement [mm] (L = 30 mm)
0.06
D side LEFG25
(L = 25 mm)
0.04 LEFG16
Traveling parallelism [mm] (Every 300 mm) (L = 20 mm) LEFG40
Model
q C side traveling parallelism to A side w D side traveling parallelism to B side (L = 37 mm)
0.02
LEFG16 0.05 0.03
LEFG25 0.05 0.03
LEFG32 0.05 0.03 0
0 100 200 300 400 500
LEFG40 0.05 0.03
Load W [N]
Note 1) This displacement is measured when a 15 mm aluminium plate is
259
Model Selection Series (11-)LEFG
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor Clean Room Specification
Selection
Model
LEFS
Acceleration/Deceleration 1000 mm/s2 3000 mm/s2 5000 mm/s2
Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
L : Overhang to the work load centre of gravity [mm] (11-)LEFG16 (11-)LEFG25 (11-)LEFG32 (11-)LEFG40
2000 2000 2000 2000
LEFB
1500 1500 1500 1500
L1
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
L1 [mm]
1000 1000 1000 1000
X
LECA6
500 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000 1000
Horizontal/Bottom
800 800 800 800

L2
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L2 [mm]
600 600 600 600
Mer Y 400 400 400 400

m
200 200 200 200
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
2000 2000 2000 2000
Mep 1500 1500 1500 1500

L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
L3 [mm]
m
L3 1000 1000 1000 1000
Z
500 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
LEFS
2000 2000 2000 2000
AC Servo Motor
1500 1500 1500 1500
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4 [mm]
L4
1000 1000 1000 1000
X
LEFB
500 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
LECY LECSS-T LECS
2000 2000 2000 2000
Mey 1500 1500 1500 1500

L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
L5 [mm]
m
1000 1000 1000 1000
Wall
L5 Y
500 500 500 500
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1000 1000 1000 1000
800 800 800 800

LEFG
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 [mm]
L6 600 600 600 600
Z 400 400 400 400

Specific Product
200 200 200 200

Precautions
0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
260
Series (11-)LEFG
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor Clean Room Specification
∗ This graph shows the amount of allowable overhang (guide unit) when the smc.eu of gravity of the
Acceleration/Deceleration 1000 mm/s2 3000 mm/s2 5000 mm/s2

Orientation

m : Work load [kg]
L : Overhang to the work load smc.eu of gravity [mm] (11-)LEFG16 (11-)LEFG25 (11-)LEFG32 (11-)LEFG40
1500 1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000 1000

L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
L7 [mm]
Y
500 500 500 500
m
Mey
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Vertical
1500 1500 1500 1500
1000 1000 1000 1000

L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
L8 [mm]
Z
500 500 500 500
m
Mep
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Model: LEFG Acceleration [mm/s2]: a
Size: 16/25/32/40 Work load [kg]: m 1. Horizontal z 3. Wall y
Mounting orientation: Horizontal/Bottom/Wall/Vertical Work load smc.eu position [mm]: Xc/Yc/Zc
y z
2. Bottom
y z y
change of the work load smc.eu position and series. x
z
Example
Model: LEFG40
Work load [kg]: 20 αy = 50/250 = 0.2
Work load smc.eu position [mm]: Xc = 0, Yc = 50, Zc = 200 αz = 200/1500 = 0.13
2. Select the graphs for horizontal of the (11-)LEFG40 on page 260. 5. αx + αy + αz = 0.33 ≤ 1
2000 1000 2000
800
1500 1500 Lz
600
L1 [mm]
L2 [mm]
L3 [mm]
1000 1000
400
500 Ly 500
200
Lx
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
261
Support Guide
Selection
Model
Series (11-)LEFG
LEFS
(11-)LEFG16, 25, 32, 40 RoHS
Application example
LEFB
LEF
(Drive side)
A support guide is designed to support
work pieces with significant overhang.
As the dimensions are the same as the LEF series
LECA6
body, installation is simple and contributes to a
reduction in installation and assembly labour.
The standard equipped seal bands prevent grease
from splashing and external foreign matter from
entering. Support guide (LEFG)
How to Order
LEF G 32 S 200
q w e r
Support guide
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
q w Size e Type of mounting pitch r Stroke [mm]
— General environment 16 Symbol LEFG16 LEFG25 LEFG32 LEFG40 Note 50 50
11-∗ Clean Series 25 Ball screw drive to to
S
∗ Only ball screw drive 32 Step motor/Servo motor (24 VDC)/AC servo motor 3000 3000
40 BT — Belt Step motor/Servo motor (24 VDC)
BS — drive AC servo motor
Applicable Stroke Table∗1
Stroke
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
LEFS
Model [mm]
(11-)LEFG16-S — — — — — — — — — — — —
AC Servo Motor
(11-)LEFG25-S ∗2 ∗2 ∗2 ∗2 — — — — — —
(11-)LEFG32-S ∗2 ∗2 ∗2 ∗2 — —
(11-)LEFG40-S — — ∗2 ∗2
Belt Drive/BT Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
LEFB
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
LEFG16-BT — — — — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG25-BT — — — — — — — — — — — — —

LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG32-BT — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Stroke
Model [mm] 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
LEFG16-BT — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG25-BT — — — — — —
LEFG32-BT — — — — — —
Belt Drive/BS AC Servo Motor
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
LEFG25-BS — — — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG32-BS — — — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG40-BS — — — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG
Stroke
Model [mm] 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
LEFG25-BS — —
LEFG32-BS —
Specific Product
Precautions
LEFG40-BS
∗ 1 Strokes are manufacturable in 1 mm increments. Refer to manufacturable stroke range. However, please consult with SMC for strokes other than those shown
above as they are produced as special orders.
∗2 Strokes not available for 11-LEFG Series
262
Series (11-)LEFG
Weight
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1100 1200
Model
(11-)LEFG16-S 0.25 0.31 0.37 0.43 0.49 0.55 0.61 0.67 0.73 0.79 — — — — — — — — — — — —
(11-)LEFG25-S 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89 1.00 1.11 1.22 1.33 1.44 1.55 1.66 1.77 1.88 1.99 2.10 2.21 — — — — — —
(11-)LEFG32-S 0.92 1.08 1.23 1.4 1.56 1.72 1.88 2.04 2.20 2.36 2.52 2.88 2.84 3.00 3.16 3.22 3.48 3.64 3.80 3.96 — —
(11-)LEFG40-S — — 2.07 2.29 2.51 2.72 2.94 3.15 3.37 3.58 3.80 4.01 4.23 4.44 4.66 4.87 5.09 5.30 5.52 5.73 6.16 6.59
Belt Drive/BT Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
LEFG16-BT — — — — — 0.62 — — — 0.86 — 0.98 — 1.1 — 1.22 — 1.34 — 1.46
LEFG25-BT — — — — — 1.25 — — — 1.69 — 1.91 — 2.13 — 2.35 — 2.57 — 2.79
LEFG32-BT — — — — — 1.92 — — — 2.56 — 2.88 — 3.20 — 3.52 — 3.84 — 4.16
Stroke
Model [mm] 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
LEFG16-BT — — — — — — — — — —
LEFG25-BT — 3.23 — — 3.89 — — 4.55 — 4.99
LEFG32-BT — 4.80 — — 5.76 — — 6.72 — 7.36
Belt Drive/BS AC Servo Motor
Stroke
[mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
Model
LEFG25-BS — — — — — 1.25 — — — 1.69 — 1.91 — 2.13 — 2.35 — 2.57 — 2.79
LEFG32-BS — — — — — 1.72 — 2.04 — 2.36 — 2.68 — 3.00 — 3.32 — 3.64 — 3.96
LEFG40-BS — — — — — 2.72 — 3.15 — 3.58 — 4.01 — 4.44 — 4.87 — 5.30 — 5.73
Stroke
Model [mm] 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2500 3000
LEFG25-BS 3.01 3.23 3.45 3.67 3.89 4.11 4.33 4.55 4.77 4.99 — —
LEFG32-BS 4.28 4.60 4.92 5.24 5.56 5.88 6.20 6.52 6.84 7.16 8.76 —
LEFG40-BS 6.16 6.59 7.02 7.45 7.88 8.31 8.74 9.17 9.60 10.03 12.18 14.33
263
Support Guide Series (11-)LEFG
Selection
Model
Dimensions: LEFG16
Ball screw drive/(11-)LEFG16-S
LEFS
n x Ø 3.5
34
100
D x 100 (= E) F
B
LEFB
L
11-LEFG 27
40
33
LECA6
(40)
21.7
20
(72)
Vacuum port
40
M5 x 0.8 x 5 4 x M4 x 0.7 Ø 3H9 (0
+0.025
)
24
39.4
28
3.5
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3
Dimensions [mm]
Model L A B n D E F
(11-)LEFG16-S-50 144 57 130 15
(11-)LEFG16-S-100 194 107 180 4 — —
(11-)LEFG16-S-150 244 157 230
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
(11-)LEFG16-S-200 294 207 280
6 2 200
(11-)LEFG16-S-250 344 257 330
(11-)LEFG16-S-300 394 307 380
8 3 300
40
(11-)LEFG16-S-350 444 357 430
(11-)LEFG16-S-400 494 407 480
10 4 400
(11-)LEFG16-S-450 544 457 530
(11-)LEFG16-S-500 594 507 580 12 5 500
Belt drive (Step motor/Servo motor (24 VDC))/LEFG16-BT
LEFS
AC Servo Motor
n x Ø 3.5
34
150
LEFB
D x 150 (= E) 20
B
L
LECY LECSS-T LECS
27
40
33
(40)
20
(72)
40
+0.025
4 x M4 x 0.7 24 Ø 3H9 (0 )
39.4
28
3.5
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
LEFG
Dimensions [mm] depth 3

Model L A B n D E
LEFG16-BT-300 449 307 435 6 2 300
LEFG16-BT-500 649 507 635
10 4 600
Specific Product
LEFG16-BT-600 749 607 735

Precautions
LEFG16-BT-700 849 707 835 12 5 750

LEFG16-BT-800 949 807 935
14 6 900
LEFG16-BT-900 1049 907 1035
LEFG16-BT-1000 1149 1007 1135 16 7 1050
264
Series (11-)LEFG
Dimensions: LEFG25
n x Ø 4.5
48
120
D x 120 (= E) F
B
L
11-LEFG 38
38.5
48
(48)
26
24
(102)
Vacuum port 64 +0.025
Rc1/8 4 x M5 x 0.8 Ø 3H9 (0 )
45
38
50
3.5
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3

(11-)LEFG25-S-50 180 57 160 20 (11-)LEFG25-S-450 580 457 560
10 4 480
(11-)LEFG25-S-100 230 107 210 4 — — (11-)LEFG25-S-500 630 507 610
(11-)LEFG25-S-150 280 157 260 (11-)LEFG25-S-550 680 557 660
(11-)LEFG25-S-200 330 207 310
6 2 240
(11-)LEFG25-S-600 730 607 710 12 5 600
35
(11-)LEFG25-S-250 380 257 360 35 (11-)LEFG25-S-650 780 657 760
(11-)LEFG25-S-300 430 307 410 (11-)LEFG25-S-700 830 707 810
14 6 720
(11-)LEFG25-S-350 480 357 460 8 3 360 (11-)LEFG25-S-750 880 757 860
(11-)LEFG25-S-400 530 407 510 (11-)LEFG25-S-800 930 807 910 16 7 840

n x Ø 4.5
48
170
D x 170 (= E) 25
B
L
38
38.5
48
(48)
24
(102)
64 +0.025
4 x M5 x 0.8 Ø 3H9 ( 0 )
45
38
50
3.5
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3

LEFG25-BT-300 487 307 467 6 2 340 LEFG25-BT-1200 1387 1207 1367 16 7 1190
LEFG25-BT-500 687 507 667 8 3 510 LEFG25-BT-1500 1687 1507 1667 20 9 1530
LEFG25-BT-600 787 607 767
10 4 680
LEFG25-BT-1800 1987 1807 1967 24 11 1870
LEFG25-BT-700 887 707 867 LEFG25-BT-2000 2187 2007 2167 26 12 2040
LEFG25-BT-800 987 807 967 12 5 850
LEFG25-BT-900 1087 907 1067
14 6 1020
LEFG25-BT-1000 1187 1007 1167
265
Selection
Model
Dimensions: LEFG25
Belt drive (AC servo motor)/LEFG25-BS
LEFS
48 n x Ø 4.5
170
D x 170 (= E) 25
LEFB
B
L
LECA6
38
38.5
48
(48)
24
(102)
64 +0.025
4 x M5 x 0.8 Ø 3H9 ( 0 )
45
38
50
3.5
+0.025
3H9 ( 0 )
depth 3
Dimensions [mm]
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
Model L A B n D E
LEFG25-BS-300 487 307 467 6 2 340
LEFG25-BS-400 587 407 567
8 3 510
LEFG25-BS-500 687 507 667
LEFG25-BS-600 787 607 767
10 4 680
LEFG25-BS-700 887 707 867
LEFG25-BS-800 987 807 967 12 5 850
LEFG25-BS-900 1087 907 1067
14 6 1020
LEFG25-BS-1000 1187 1007 1167
LEFG25-BS-1100 1287 1107 1267
16 7 1190
LEFG25-BS-1200 1387 1207 1367
LEFS
LEFG25-BS-1300 1487 1307 1467 18 8 1360
LEFG25-BS-1400 1587 1407 1567
20 9 1530
AC Servo Motor
LEFG25-BS-1500 1687 1507 1667
LEFG25-BS-1600 1787 1607 1767
22 10 1700
LEFG25-BS-1700 1887 1707 1867
LEFG25-BS-1800 1987 1807 1967
24 11 1870
LEFG25-BS-1900 2087 1907 2067
LEFB
LEFG25-BS-2000 2187 2007 2167 26 12 2040
LECY LECSS-T LECS

LEFG
Specific Product
Precautions
266
Series (11-)LEFG
Dimensions: LEFG32
Ball screw drive/ n x Ø 5.5
60
(11-)LEFG32-S
150
D x 150 (= E) 15
B
L
11-LEFG 48
46.8
60
(60)
32
30
(122)
Vacuum port 70 +0.030
Rc1/8 4 x M6 x 1 Ø 5H9 (0 )
42
44
60
5.5
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 5
(11-)LEFG32-S-50 200 57 180 (11-)LEFG32-S-500 650 507 630
(11-)LEFG32-S-100 250 107 230 4 — — (11-)LEFG32-S-550 700 557 680 10 4 600
(11-)LEFG32-S-150 300 157 280 (11-)LEFG32-S-600 750 607 730
(11-)LEFG32-S-200 350 207 330 (11-)LEFG32-S-650 800 657 780
(11-)LEFG32-S-250 400 257 380 6 2 300 (11-)LEFG32-S-700 850 707 830 12 5 750
(11-)LEFG32-S-300 450 307 430 (11-)LEFG32-S-750 900 757 880
(11-)LEFG32-S-350 500 357 480 (11-)LEFG32-S-800 950 807 930
(11-)LEFG32-S-400 550 407 530 8 3 450 (11-)LEFG32-S-850 1000 857 980 14 6 900
(11-)LEFG32-S-450 600 457 580 (11-)LEFG32-S-900 1050 907 1030
∗ When a support guide is used for the LEFS 3 2RL (Motor parallel (11-)LEFG32-S-950 1100 957 1080
16 7 1050
type), order a table spacer separately since the table height differs. (11-)LEFG32-S-1000 1150 1007 1130
Table spacer part number: LEF-TS32 (For details, refer to page 268.)
n x Ø 5.5
60
200
D x 200 (= E) 25
B
L
48
46.8
60
(60)
30
(122)
70 +0.030
4 x M6 x 1 Ø 5H9 (0 )
42
44
60
5.5
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
Dimensions [mm] Dimensions depth 5 [mm]
LEFG32-BT-300 509 307 489 6 2 400 LEFG32-BT-1200 1409 1207 1389 14 6 1200
LEFG32-BT-500 709 507 689
8 3 600
LEFG32-BT-1500 1709 1507 1689 18 8 1600
LEFG32-BT-600 809 607 789 LEFG32-BT-1800 2009 1807 1989 20 9 1800
LEFG32-BT-700 909 707 889
10 4 800
LEFG32-BT-2000 2209 2007 2189 22 10 2000
LEFG32-BT-800 1009 807 989
LEFG32-BT-900 1109 907 1089
12 5 1000
LEFG32-BT-1000 1209 1007 1189
∗ When a support guide is used for the LEFS32RL (Motor parallel type), order a table spacer separately since the table height differs.
Table spacer part number: LEF-TS32 (For details, refer to page 268.)
267
Selection
Model
Dimensions: LEFG32
LEFS
n x Ø 5.5
60
200
LEFB
D x 200 (= E) 15
B
LECA6
L
48
46.8
60
(60)
30
(122)
70 +0.030
4 x M6 x 1 Ø 5H9 (0 )
42
44
60
JXC73/83/92/93 JXC1
5.5
+0.030
5H9 ( 0 )
depth 5
Dimensions [mm]
Model L A B n D E
LEFG32-BS-300 450 307 430
LEFS
6 2 400
LEFG32-BS-400 550 407 530
LEFG32-BS-500 650 507 630
8 3 600
AC Servo Motor
LEFG32-BS-600 750 607 730
LEFG32-BS-700 850 707 830
10 4 800
LEFG32-BS-800 950 807 930
LEFG32-BS-900 1050 907 1030
12 5 1000
LEFG32-BS-1000 1150 1007 1130
LEFB
LEFG32-BS-1100 1250 1107 1230
14 6 1200
LEFG32-BS-1200 1350 1207 1330
LEFG32-BS-1300 1450 1307 1430
16 7 1400
LEFG32-BS-1400 1550 1407 1530
LEFG32-BS-1500 1650 1507 1630
18 8 1600
LEFG32-BS-1600 1750 1607 1730
LECY LECSS-T LECS
LEFG32-BS-1700 1850 1707 1830

20 9 1800
LEFG32-BS-1800 1950 1807 1930
LEFG32-BS-1900 2050 1907 2030 ∗ When a support guide is used for the LEFS 3 2RL (Motor parallel
22 10 2000
LEFG32-BS-2000 2150 2007 2130 type), order a table spacer separately since the table height differs.
LEFG32-BS-2500 2650 2507 2630 28 13 2600
Table spacer part number

70
LEF-TS32 6.4
42 14 Ø 3
4x
7
LEFG
44
58
Specific Product
Precautions
268
Series (11-)LEFG
Dimensions: LEFG40
n x Ø 6.6
76
150
D x 150 (= E) 60
B
L
11-LEFG 61
68
53.8
(68)
33.5
31
(170)
Vacuum port
+0.030
Rc1/8 4 x M8 x 1.25 106 Ø 6H9 (0 )
58
74
+0.030
6H9 ( 0 )
7
depth 7
(11-)LEFG40-S-150 354 157 328 4 — 150 (11-)LEFG40-S-650 854 657 828
(11-)LEFG40-S-200 404 207 378 (11-)LEFG40-S-700 904 707 878 12 5 750
(11-)LEFG40-S-250 454 257 428 6 2 300 (11-)LEFG40-S-750 954 757 928
(11-)LEFG40-S-300 504 307 478 (11-)LEFG40-S-800 1004 807 978
(11-)LEFG40-S-350 554 357 528 (11-)LEFG40-S-850 1054 857 1028 14 6 900
(11-)LEFG40-S-400 604 407 578 8 3 450 (11-)LEFG40-S-900 1104 907 1078
(11-)LEFG40-S-450 654 457 628 (11-)LEFG40-S-950 1154 957 1128
16 7 1050
(11-)LEFG40-S-500 704 507 678 (11-)LEFG40-S-1000 1204 1007 1178
(11-)LEFG40-S-550 754 557 728 10 4 600 (11-)LEFG40-S-1100 1304 1107 1278
18 8 1200
(11-)LEFG40-S-600 804 607 778 (11-)LEFG40-S-1200 1404 1207 1378

n x Ø 6.6
76
200
D x 200 (= E) 60
B
L
61
68
53.8
(68)
31
(170)
+0.030
4 x Ø 8 x 1.25 106 Ø 6H9 (0 )
58
74
+0.030
7
6H9 ( 0 )
depth 7
LEFG40-BS-300 504 307 478
6 2 400
LEFG40-BS-1300 1504 1307 1478
16 7 1400
LEFG40-BS-400 604 407 578 LEFG40-BS-1400 1604 1407 1578
LEFG40-BS-500 704 507 678
8 3 600
LEFG40-BS-1500 1704 1507 1678
18 8 1600
LEFG40-BS-600 804 607 778 LEFG40-BS-1600 1804 1607 1778
LEFG40-BS-700 904 707 878
10 4 800
LEFG40-BS-1700 1904 1707 1878
20 9 1800
LEFG40-BS-800 1004 807 978 LEFG40-BS-1800 2004 1807 1978
LEFG40-BS-900 1104 907 1078
12 5 1000
LEFG40-BS-1900 2104 1907 2078
22 10 2000
LEFG40-BS-1000 1204 1007 1178 LEFG40-BS-2000 2204 2007 2178
LEFG40-BS-1100 1304 1107 1278
14 6 1200
LEFG40-BS-2500 2704 2507 2678 28 13 2600
LEFG40-BS-1200 1404 1207 1378 LEFG40-BS-3000 3204 3007 3178 32 15 3000
269
These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or
Safety Instructions equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with the
labels of “Caution,” “Warning” or “Danger.” They are all important notes for safety
and must be followed in addition to International Standards (ISO/IEC)∗1), and other
safety regulations.
Caution indicates a hazard with a low level of risk ∗1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
Caution: which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate
injury.
ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery – Electrical equipment of machines.
Warning indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk (Part 1: General requirements)
Warning: which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
ISO 10218-1: Manipulating industrial robots - Safety.
etc.
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk
Danger : which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Warning Limited warranty and Disclaimer/

1. The compatibility of the product is the responsibility of the person Compliance Requirements
who designs the equipment or decides its specifications.
Since the product specified here is used under various operating conditions, its
The product used is subject to the following “Limited warranty and
compatibility with specific equipment must be decided by the person who designs the Disclaimer” and “Compliance Requirements”.
equipment or decides its specifications based on necessary analysis and test results. Read and accept them before using the product.
The expected performance and safety assurance of the equipment will be the
responsibility of the person who has determined its compatibility with the product. This
person should also continuously review all specifications of the product referring to its
latest catalogue information, with a view to giving due consideration to any possibility of
Limited warranty and Disclaimer
equipment failure when configuring the equipment. 1. The warranty period of the product is 1 year in service or 1.5 years
2. Only personnel with appropriate training should operate machinery after the product is delivered, wichever is first.∗2)
and equipment. Also, the product may have specified durability, running distance or
The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly. The assembly,
replacement parts. Please consult your nearest sales branch.
operation and maintenance of machines or equipment including our products must be
performed by an operator who is appropriately trained and experienced. 2. For any failure or damage reported within the warranty period which is clearly
3. Do
. not service or attempt to remove product and our responsibility, a replacement product or necessary parts will be provided.
machinery/equipment until safety is confirmed. This limited warranty applies only to our product independently, and not to any
1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed other damage incurred due to the failure of the product.
after measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven objects have been
confirmed. 3. Prior to using SMC products, please read and understand the warranty
2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as mentioned terms and disclaimers noted in the specified catalogue for the particular
above are implemented and the power from any appropriate source is cut, and read
products.
and understand the specific product precautions of all relevant products carefully.
3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent unexpected ∗2) Vacuum pads are excluded from this 1 year warranty.
operation and malfunction. A vacuum pad is a consumable part, so it is warranted for a year after it is delivered.
Also, even within the warranty period, the wear of a product due to the use of the vacuum
4. Contact SMC beforehand and take special consideration of safety pad or failure due to the deterioration of rubber material are not covered by the limited
measures if the product is to be used in any of the following warranty.
conditions.
1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use outdoors or in
a place exposed to direct sunlight.
2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, air navigation, Compliance Requirements
space, shipping, vehicles, military, medical treatment, combustion and recreation, or 1. The use of SMC products with production equipment for the manufacture of
equipment in contact with food and beverages, emergency stop circuits, clutch and
brake circuits in press applications, safety equipment or other applications unsuitable weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or any other weapon is strictly
for the standard specifications described in the product catalogue. prohibited.
3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, or animals
2. The exports of SMC products or technology from one country to another are
requiring special safety analysis.
4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double interlock for possible governed by the relevant security laws and regulations of the countries
failure by using a mechanical protective function, and periodical checks to confirm involved in the transaction. Prior to the shipment of a SMC product to
proper operation. another country, assure that all local rules governing that export are known
and followed.
Caution Caution
1. The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries. SMC products are not intended for use as instruments for legal
The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in manufacturing metrology.
industries. Measurement instruments that SMC manufactures or sells have not been qualified by
If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC beforehand and exchange type approval tests relevant to the metrology (measurement) laws of each country.
specifications or a contract if necessary. Therefore, SMC products cannot be used for business or certification ordained by the
If anything is unclear, contact your nearest sales branch. metrology (measurement) laws of each country.
Safety Instructions Be sure to read “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” (M-E03-3) before using.
SMC Corporation (Europe)
Austria +43 (0)2262622800 www.smc.at office@smc.at Lithuania +370 5 2308118 www.smclt.lt info@smclt.lt
Belgium +32 (0)33551464 www.smcpneumatics.be info@smcpneumatics.be Netherlands +31 (0)205318888 www.smcpneumatics.nl info@smcpneumatics.nl
Bulgaria +359 (0)2807670 www.smc.bg office@smc.bg Norway +47 67129020 www.smc-norge.no post@smc-norge.no
Croatia +385 (0)13707288 www.smc.hr office@smc.hr Poland +48 222119600 www.smc.pl office@smc.pl
Czech Republic +420 541424611 www.smc.cz office@smc.cz Portugal +351 226166570 www.smc.eu postpt@smc.smces.es
Denmark +45 70252900 www.smcdk.com smc@smcdk.com Romania +40 213205111 www.smcromania.ro smcromania@smcromania.ro
Estonia +372 6510370 www.smcpneumatics.ee smc@smcpneumatics.ee Russia +7 8127185445 www.smc-pneumatik.ru info@smc-pneumatik.ru
Finland +358 207513513 www.smc.fi smcfi@smc.fi Slovakia +421 (0)413213212 www.smc.sk office@smc.sk
France +33 (0)164761000 www.smc-france.fr info@smc-france.fr Slovenia +386 (0)73885412 www.smc.si office@smc.si
Germany +49 (0)61034020 www.smc.de info@smc.de Spain +34 902184100 www.smc.eu post@smc.smces.es
Greece +30 210 2717265 www.smchellas.gr sales@smchellas.gr Sweden +46 (0)86031200 www.smc.nu post@smc.nu
Hungary +36 23513000 www.smc.hu office@smc.hu Switzerland +41 (0)523963131 www.smc.ch info@smc.ch
Ireland +353 (0)14039000 www.smcpneumatics.ie sales@smcpneumatics.ie Turkey +90 212 489 0 440 www.smcpnomatik.com.tr info@smcpnomatik.com.tr
Italy +39 0292711 www.smcitalia.it mailbox@smcitalia.it UK +44 (0)845 121 5122 www.smcpneumatics.co.uk sales@smcpneumatics.co.uk
Latvia +371 67817700 www.smclv.lv info@smclv.lv
SMC CORPORATION Akihabara UDX 15F, 4-14-1, Sotokanda, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0021, JAPAN Phone: 03-5207-8249 FAX: 03-5298-5362
1st printing WR printing WP 00 Printed in Spain Specifications are subject to change without prior notice and any obligation on the part of the manufacturer.

LEF-Ee EU PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

LEF-Ee EU PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Electric Actuator ®

Slider Type RoHS

Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type

Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Size: 16, 25, 32, 40

Max. work load: 65 kg Max. speed: 1200 mm/s

Belt Drive Series LEFB Size: 16, 25, 32

AC Servo Motor Type

Ball Screw Drive Series LEFS Size: 25, 32, 40

Positioning repeatability: ± 0.01

Belt Drive Series LEFB Size: 25, 32, 40

Max. speed: 2000 mm/s

Motor bottom mounting type

Equipped with seal bands as standard

Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)

Max. speed [mm/s]∗

Left side parallel

Size Height [mm]

Compatible motors Step motor

Stable at a high speed and silent

Max. speed [mm/s]

High output motor (100/200/400 W) AC servo motor

Improved high speed transfer ability

Belt Drive/Series LEFB Size: 25, 32, 40

Max. stroke: 3000 mm

Motor bottom mounting type

Clean room specification Support Guide/Series LEFG

Caution Support guide

Va c u u m s u c t i o n After installing the actuator on

Belt Drive/Series LEFB

Servo motor 16 48 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000

Pick and place Vertical transfer

Work load: Horizontal [kg]∗3 Speed [mm/s]

∗1 The size corresponds to the bore of the air cylinder with

Simple Setting to Use Straight Away

Setting of jog Move for the

Teaching box screen Step Axis 1 Step Axis 1

<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Menu Axis 1

Applicable Fieldbus protocols:

Two methods of operation

24 VDC Compatible controllers

Compatible electric actuators

Electric gripper Electric slide table Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Pulse Input Type Series LECPA

 Return-to-origin command signal

 With force limit function (Pushing force/Gripping force operation available)

Easy Normal Step data

Operation of the specified

System Construction/General Purpose I/O

Power supply for I/O signal

I/O cable Pages 79, 92

Programless type Page 86

Cockpit parts can be

The ∗ mark: Can be included in the “How to

Teaching box Page 81 Controller setting kit Page 80

System Construction/Pulse Signal

Driver∗ Page 93 I/O cable Page 99

The ∗ mark: Can be included in the “How to

Teaching box Page 101 Controller setting software Page 100

System Construction/Fieldbus Network

Gateway (GW) unit Page 83 Options

Fieldbus Power supply

Communication cable Page 83

Return-to-origin command signal

With force limit function (Pushing force/Gripping force operation available)

I/O cable Pages 79, 92

Teaching box Page 81 Controller setting kit Page 80

Driver∗ Page 93 I/O cable Page 99

Teaching box Page 101 Controller setting software Page 100

Fieldbus Power supply

Communication cable Page 83

Controller Page 71 Controller Page 71

Motor cable Page 196

Encoder cable Page 196 Battery (Accessory) Power supply